17 CHEV Silverado OM en US 23476161B 2016OCT04 LO 2P

2k17_Chevrolet_Silverado_23476161B.
ai 1 9/22/2016 4:12:29 PM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
23476161 B
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 33
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 119
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 181
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 246
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 452
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 473
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 483
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that

may or may not be on the vehicle
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
because of optional equipment that specific vehicle to confirm the
was not purchased on the vehicle, features.
model variants, country Keep this manual in the vehicle for
specifications, features/applications quick reference.
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual. Canadian Vehicle Owners
The names, logos, emblems, If the vehicle has the Duramax ® A French language manual can be
slogans, vehicle model names, and diesel engine, see the Duramax obtained from your dealer, at
vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and www.helminc.com, or from:
this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine.
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, Propriétaires Canadiens
the CHEVROLET Emblem, If the vehicle has the bi-fuel engine, On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
SILVERADO, and Z71 are see the Silverado/Sierra Bi-Fuel ce guide en français auprès du
trademarks and/or service marks of supplement for additional and concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
General Motors LLC, its specific information on this engine. suivante:
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. For an eAssist vehicle, see the Helm, Incorporated
For vehicles first sold in Canada, Silverado/Sierra eAssist Attention: Customer Service
substitute the name “General supplement. 47911 Halyard Drive
Motors of Canada Company” for Plymouth, MI 48170
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it USA
appears in this manual.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23476161 B Second Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Introduction 3
Using this Manual Symbols

{ Warning
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the Warning indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an could result in injury or death. text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. component, control, message,
Caution gauge, or indicator.
Danger, Warning, and Caution indicates a hazard that M : Shown when the owner
Caution could result in property or vehicle manual has additional instructions
damage. or information.
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe * : Shown when the service
hazards and what to do to avoid or manual has additional instructions
reduce them. or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
{ Danger information on another page —
“see page.”
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
4 Introduction
Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Here are some additional symbols Changer
that may be found on the vehicle ( : Heated Steering Wheel
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to j : LATCH System Child Restraints
the Index. * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
0 : Adjustable Pedals : : Oil Pressure
9 : Airbag Readiness Light g : Outside Power Foldaway
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Mirrors
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls O : Power
or OnStar (if equipped) / : Remote Vehicle Start
$ : Brake System Warning Light > : Safety Belt Reminders
" : Charging System 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
I : Cruise Control _ : Tow/Haul Mode
` : Do Not Puncture d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
^ : Do Not Service a : Under Pressure
B : Engine Coolant Temperature M : Windshield Washer Fluid
O : Exterior Lamps
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
31
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 31
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Driving for Better Fuel
Instrument Panel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 24
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Roadside Assistance
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 25 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Forward Automatic
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Lane Departure
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 27
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 27
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16 Universal Remote System . . . . . 28
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 30
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fuel (Gasoline - Except
L86 6.2L Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fuel (Gasoline - L86 6.2L
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Base Shown, Uplevel Similar

9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 7
1. Instrument Panel Illumination Tow/Haul Selector Button (If 0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If
Control 0 177. Equipped). See Tow/Haul Equipped). See Adjustable
2. Integrated Trailer Brake Control Mode 0 282. Throttle and Brake Pedal
(ITBC) System (If Equipped). Range Selection Mode (If 0 267.
See Towing Equipment 0 336. Equipped). See Manual Mode
0 280.
{ Cargo Lamp 0 177.
3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 171.
10. Light Sensor. See Automatic X Parking Assist Button (If
Fog Lamps 0 176 (If
Headlamp System 0 174. Equipped). See Assistance
Equipped).
Systems for Parking or Backing
4. Air Vents 0 243. 11. Infotainment 0 181.
0 302.
5. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 12. Passenger Airbag On-Off
Switch (If Equipped) (Out of A Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
and Lane-Change Signals (1500 Series) 0 309 (If
0 175. View). See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 80. Equipped).
Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 122. 13. Heated and Ventilated Seats @ Lane Departure Warning
0 13 (If Equipped). (LDW) (2500/3500 Series)
6. Favorite Switches (Out of 0 308 (If Equipped).
View). See Steering Wheel 14. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Controls 0 121. Alternating Current (If 5 Hill Descent Control Switch
Equipped). See Power Outlets (If Equipped). See Hill Descent
Volume Switches (Out of View). 0 124. Control (HDC) 0 298.
See Steering Wheel Controls
15. Power Outlets 0 124 (If
0 121.
Equipped). q Exhaust Brake (If
7. Instrument Cluster 0 128. Equipped). See “Exhaust
16. g Traction Control/Electronic Brake” in the Duramax diesel
8. Hazard Warning Flashers Stability Control 0 296. supplement.
0 175.
9. Shift Lever. See Automatic g Power Take Off (PTO)
Transmission 0 277. Switch (If Equipped). See the
Duramax diesel supplement.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
8 In Brief
Auxiliary Button (If Equipped). 23. Steering Wheel Adjustment Initial Drive
See Add-On Electrical 0 120 (Out of View).
Equipment 0 346. 24. Cruise Control 0 299.
Information
17. Instrument Panel Storage Forward Collision Alert (FCA) This section provides a brief
0 115 (If Equipped). System 0 305 (If Equipped). overview about some of the
18. Climate Control Systems (with important features that may or may
25. Data Link Connector (DLC) not be on your specific vehicle.
Heater Only) 0 237 or Climate (Out of View). See Malfunction
Control Systems (with Air Indicator Lamp (Check Engine For more detailed information, refer
Conditioning) 0 238 (If Light) 0 138. to each of the features which can be
Equipped). found later in this owner’s manual.
26. Parking Brake 0 293.
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 240 (If Equipped). 27. Electronic Transfer Case Remote Keyless Entry
19. Parking Brake Release
Control (If Equipped). See (RKE) System
Four-Wheel Drive 0 285.
(Manual Transmission Only, If The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Equipped). See Parking Brake Card Holder (If Equipped). See transmitter functions may work from
0 293 Instrument Panel Storage up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the
0 115. vehicle.
20. Steering Wheel Controls 0 121
(If Equipped).
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls (If Equipped).
See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 147.
21. Hood Release. See Hood
0 354.
22. Horn 0 122.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 9
See Keys 0 33 and Remote Keyless . Turn on the hazard warning

Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36. flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Remote Vehicle Start
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle. Door Locks
Starting the Vehicle There are several ways to lock and
unlock the vehicle.
1. Press and release Q on the
RKE transmitter. From outside, use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or
2. Immediately press and hold / the key in the driver door.
for at least four seconds or until
K : Press to unlock the driver door. the turn signal lamps flash. From inside, use the power door
Press K again within three seconds locks or push down or pull up on the
to unlock all remaining doors and Start the vehicle normally after manual door locks.
the tailgate. entering.
From inside, pull the door handle
Q : Press to lock all doors and the When the vehicle starts, the parking once to unlock the door. Pull again
tailgate. Lock and unlock feedback lamps will turn on. to open the door.
can be personalized. See Vehicle Remote start can be extended.
Personalization 0 160.
Canceling a Remote Start
7 : Press and release one time to
To cancel a remote start, do one of
initiate vehicle locator. Press 7 and
the following:
hold for at least three seconds to
sound the panic alarm. Press 7 . Press and hold / until the
again to cancel the panic alarm. parking lamps turn off.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
10 In Brief
Power Door Locks Windows

Power Windows
Base Trim
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim If equipped with power door locks:
Shown, Other Models Similar Q : Press to lock the doors. Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
K : Press to unlock the doors. Shown, Other Models Similar
See Door Locks 0 39 and Power If equipped, the driver door has a
Door Locks 0 40. switch to control all windows. Each
passenger door has a switch to
control that window. The power
windows work when the ignition is in
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 271.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 11
Press the switch to lower the Press the switch to open the 2. Slide the seat to the desired
window. Pull the switch up to raise window. Pull the switch up to close position and release the
it. it. handle.
See Windows 0 51 and Power See Windows 0 51 and Power 3. Try to move the seat back and
Windows 0 51. Windows 0 51. forth to be sure it is locked in
Power Sliding Rear Window The power sliding rear window place.
cannot be operated manually. See See Seat Adjustment 0 58.
“Power Sliding Rear Window” in
Rear Windows 0 53. Power Seats
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
If equipped, the power sliding rear

window works when the ignition has
been turned to ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN, or when Retained To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. . Move the seat forward or
See Retained Accessory Power rearward by sliding the control
(RAP) 0 271. forward or rearward.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
12 In Brief
. If equipped, raise or lower the Power Lumbar See Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control Reclining Seatbacks
up or down. Manual Reclining Seatbacks
. If equipped, raise or lower the
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 59.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
To adjust the power lumbar support,

if equipped:
. Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward To adjust a manual seatback:
to decrease upper and lower 1. Lift the lever.
lumbar support at the same time.
The seatback will automatically
. If equipped, press and hold the fold forward.
control up to increase upper
lumbar support and decrease 2. To recline, move the seatback
lower lumbar support. rearward to the desired
position, then release the lever
If equipped, move the lever up or Press and hold the control down to lock the seatback in place.
down repeatedly to increase or to increase lower lumbar support
decrease lumbar support. and decrease upper lumbar 3. Push and pull on the seatback
support. to make sure it is locked.
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 13
To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward Automatic Memory Recall and/or
position: to raise. Easy Exit Recall features may be
1. Lift the lever fully without See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60. enabled in the Personalization
applying pressure to the Menus.
seatback, and the seatback will Memory Features See Memory Seats 0 61 and
return to the upright position. Vehicle Personalization 0 160.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked. Heated and Ventilated
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60. Seats
Power Reclining Seatbacks
Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other

Models Similar
If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, and B
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are
Heated and Ventilated Seat
used to manually store and recall
memory settings for the driver seat, Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
outside mirrors, and adjustable Buttons Similar
To recline a power seatback,
if equipped: pedals (if equipped). If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
. Tilt the top of the control
must be running.
rearward to recline.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
14 In Brief
Press I to heat the driver or Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

passenger seatback only. System
Press J to heat the driver or The passenger sensing system,
passenger seat cushion and if equipped, turns off the front
seatback. outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. No other
PressC to ventilate the driver or airbag is affected by the passenger
passenger seat. sensing system.
See Heated and Ventilated Front If the vehicle has one of the
Seats 0 63. indicators pictured in the following
illustrations, then the vehicle has a
Head Restraint passenger sensing system for the
Adjustment front outboard passenger position
Refer to the following sections for unless there is an airbag off switch
Do not drive until the head restraints on the instrument panel endcap.
for all occupants are installed and important information on how to use
adjusted properly. safety belts properly: If there is an airbag off switch, the
. Safety Belts 0 66. vehicle does not have a passenger
To achieve a comfortable seating sensing system. See Airbag On-Off
position, change the seatback . How to Wear Safety Belts Switch 0 80 for more information.
recline angle as little as necessary Properly 0 67.
while keeping the seat and the head The passenger airbag status
. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 68. indicator will be visible on the
restraint height in the proper
position. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for overhead console when the vehicle
Children (LATCH System) 0 96. is started.
See Head Restraints 0 57 and Seat
Adjustment 0 58.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 15
Exterior Mirrors 2. Press the arrows on the control

pad to move the mirror up,
Manual Mirrors down, right, or left.
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors 3. Adjust each outside mirror so
by moving them up and down or left that a little of the vehicle and
to right to see a little of the side of the area behind it can be seen.
United States the vehicle and to have a clear view
behind the vehicle. 4. Keep the selector switch in the
center position when not
See Manual Mirrors 0 46. adjusting either outside mirror.
Power Mirrors
Canada and Mexico

See Passenger Sensing System
0 82 for important information.
Mirror Adjustment
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror Uplevel with Power Folding
performance. Base Power Mirrors Mirrors
If equipped with power mirrors: 1. Press (1) or (3) to select the

driver or passenger side mirror.
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
16 In Brief
2. Press the arrows on the control Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

pad while the indicator light on
the (1) or (3) button is Adjustment Adjustment
illuminated, to move the mirror Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
up, down, right, or left. the area behind the vehicle.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen. If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
4. Press either (1) or (3) again to use to avoid glare from the
deselect the mirror. headlamps from behind. See
See Power Mirrors 0 47. Manual Rearview Mirror 0 51.
If equipped with power folding Automatic Dimming Rearview
mirrors: Mirror
1. Press (2) to fold the mirrors out If equipped, the mirror will
to the driving position. automatically reduce the glare of the To adjust the steering wheel:
headlamps from behind. The
2. Press (2) again to fold the 1. Hold the steering wheel and
dimming feature comes on when the
mirrors in to the folded position. pull the lever.
vehicle is started.
For manual, power, and auto folding 2. Move the steering wheel up
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
mirrors, see Folding Mirrors 0 48. or down.
Mirror 0 51.
The mirrors may also include a 3. Release the lever to lock the
memory function that works with the wheel in place.
memory seats. See Memory Seats
0 61.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 17
Tilt and Telescoping Steering Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

Wheel
Dome Lamps
There are reading lamps in the

To adjust the tilt and telescoping overhead console and the headliner,
steering wheel, if equipped: There are dome lamps in the if equipped. To operate, the ignition
overhead console and the headliner, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
1. Push the lever (1) down to if equipped.
move the steering wheel or ON/RUN position or using
forward or rearward. Lift the To change the dome lamp settings, Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
lever up to lock the wheel in press the following:
place. OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
2. Pull the lever (2) toward you to when a door is open.
move the steering wheel up or DOOR : The lamps come on
down, then release the lever to automatically when a door is
lock the wheel in place. opened.
Do not adjust the steering wheel ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
while driving.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
18 In Brief
Press m or n next to each reading AUTO : Automatically turns on the The windshield wiper control is on
lamp to turn it on or off. headlamps, parking lamps, the turn signal lever.
taillamps, instrument panel lights, The windshield wipers are controlled
For more information about interior roof marker lamps (if equipped),
lighting, see Instrument Panel front/rear sidemarker lamps, and by turning the band with z on it.
Illumination Control 0 177. license plate lamps. 1 : Fast wipes.
Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps w : Slow wipes.
including all lamps, except the
headlamps. 3 INT : Turn the band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
5 : Turns on the headlamps frequent wipes.
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights. OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.
See:
8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 171. then release. For several wipes,
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) hold the band on 8 longer.
0 174. Lm : Push the paddle at the top of
The exterior lamp control is on the . Fog Lamps 0 176. the lever to spray washer fluid on
instrument panel to the left of the the windshield.
steering wheel.
Windshield Wiper/Washer See Windshield Wiper/Washer
O : Turns off the automatic 0 122.
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 19
Climate Controls
These systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation.
For an eAssist vehicle, see the Silverado/Sierra eAssist supplement.
Climate Control System (with Heater Only)
1. Fan Control 4. Defrost

2. Air Recirculation 5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
20 In Brief
Climate Control System (with Air Conditioning)
1. Fan Control 6. K (Rear Window Defogger, If

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Equipped)
3. Air Delivery Mode Control f (Outside Heated Mirror, If
4. Defrost Equipped)
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) 8 (Outside Air, If Equipped)
7. Air Recirculation
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 21
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

Range Selection Mode
The Range Selection Mode buttons,

if equipped, are on the automatic
transmission shift lever.
To enable:
1. Driver Temperature Control 9. Power Button
1. Move the shift lever to
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 10. Air Recirculation L (Manual Mode). The current
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 11. AUTO (Automatic Operation) range will display next to the L.
This is the highest attainable
4. Fan Control See Climate Control Systems (with
range with all lower gears
5. Defrost Heater Only) 0 237 or Climate
accessible. As an example,
Control Systems (with Air
6. Passenger Temperature when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected,
Conditioning) 0 238 or Dual
Control 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears
Automatic Climate Control System
are available.
7. SYNC (Synchronized 0 240 (If Equipped).
Temperature) 2. Press the plus/minus buttons to
select the desired range of
8. Rear Window Defogger gears for current driving
conditions. See Manual Mode
0 280.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
22 In Brief
While using Range Selection Mode, Manual Transfer Case Electronic Transfer Case
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 282.
Four-Wheel Drive
If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive,
the engine's driving power can be
sent to all four wheels for extra
traction.
Transfer Case Controls
This transfer case shift lever is on This transfer case knob is to the left
The vehicle will have one of these the floor to the right of the driver. of the steering column.
three styles of transfer case
controls. Use these controls to shift
into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 23
Automatic Transfer Case Do not use AUTO mode to park on Vehicle Features
a steep grade with poor traction
such as ice, snow, mud or gravel. In
AUTO mode only the rear wheels Infotainment System
will hold the vehicle from sliding The base radio and base radio with
when parked. If parking on a steep touchscreen information is included
grade, use 4 m to keep all four in this manual. See the infotainment
wheels engaged. manual for information on the
uplevel radios, audio players,
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use phone, navigation system, Rear
this setting when extra traction is Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
needed, such as on snowy or icy voice or speech recognition,
roads or in most off-road situations. if equipped.
N (Neutral) : Shift to this setting
This transfer case knob is to the left only when towing the vehicle. Radio(s)
of the steering column. See Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 438 or Trailer Towing 0 319. Base Radio
The different drive options that may
be available are described following. O : Press to turn the system on.
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This Press and hold to turn it off. When
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This setting sends maximum power to all on, press to mute; press again to
setting is used for driving in most four wheels. Choose 4n when unmute. Turn to increase or
street and highway situations. driving in deep sand, mud, or snow, decrease the volume.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel and while climbing or descending RADIO : Press to choose between
Drive) : This setting is ideal for use steep hills. FM, AM, and SiriusXM®,
when road surface traction See Four-Wheel Drive 0 285. if equipped.
conditions are variable. MEDIA : Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB, AUX,
and Bluetooth® Audio, if equipped.
{ : Press to go to the Home Page.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
24 In Brief
MENU : Press to select a menu. Setting the Clock See Satellite Radio (Base Radio)
g : Press to seek the previous 0 193 or Satellite Radio (Base
See Clock 0 123.
station or track. Radio with Touchscreen) 0 193.
l : Press to seek the next station Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices
or track. Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
See “Base Radio” in Overview radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and USB
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) satellite radio subscription can
ports in the center console or
0 183 or Overview (Base Radio) receive SiriusXM programming.
armrest. There may be a USB port
0 184. in the upper glove box. External
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Base Radio with Touchscreen Service devices such as iPods®, laptop
computers, MP3 players, and USB
O : Press to turn the system on. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service storage devices may be connected,
Press and hold to turn it off. When based in the 48 contiguous United depending on the audio system.
on, press to mute; press again to States and 10 Canadian provinces.
unmute. Turn to increase or SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 199
decrease the volume. variety of programming and or USB Port (Base Radio with
commercial-free music, coast to Touchscreen) 0 201 and Auxiliary
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. coast, and in digital-quality sound. Jack 0 207.
7 : Press to seek the previous A fee is required to receive the
station or track. SiriusXM service. Bluetooth®
6 : Press to seek the next station For more information refer to: The Bluetooth® system allows users
or track. with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
. www.siriusxm.com or call
See “Base Radio with Touchscreen” to make and receive hands-free
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
in Overview (Base Radio with calls using the vehicle audio system
. www.siriusxm.ca or call and controls.
Touchscreen) 0 183 or Overview
(Base Radio) 0 184. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 25
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone If equipped, some audio controls

must be paired with the in-vehicle can be adjusted at the steering
Bluetooth system before it can be wheel.
used in the vehicle. Not all phones g : If equipped with OnStar® or a
will support all functions. ®
Bluetooth system, press to interact
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - with those systems. See OnStar
Base Radio) 0 221 or Bluetooth Overview 0 487, Bluetooth (Voice
(Infotainment Controls - Base Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or
Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio (Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
with Touchscreen) 0 226. (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 226, The favorite and volume switches
Steering Wheel Controls or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the are on the back of the steering
infotainment manual. wheel.
i : Press to reject an incoming 1. Favorite: When on a radio
call or end a current call. Press to source, press to select the next
mute or unmute the infotainment or previous favorite. When on a
system when not on a call. media source, press to select
o or p : Press to go to the the next or previous track.
previous or next menu option. 2. Volume: Press to increase or
w or x : Press to go to the next or decrease the volume.
previous selection. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 121.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
26 In Brief
Cruise Control SET− : Press briefly to set the

speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 299.
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
vehicle systems.
5 : Press to turn the system on or o or p : Press to move between
off. The indicator light is white when If the vehicle has the base level
the interactive display zones in the
cruise control is on and turns off instrument cluster, the trip odometer
cluster.
when cruise control is off. reset stem is used to operate
the DIC. V : Press to open a menu or select
+RES : If there is a set speed in a menu item. Press and hold to
memory, press briefly to resume to If the vehicle has the uplevel
reset values on certain screens.
that speed or press and hold to instrument cluster, the right steering
wheel controls are used to operate See Driver Information Center (DIC)
accelerate. If cruise control is
the DIC. (Base Level) 0 145 or Driver
already active, use to increase
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
vehicle speed.
0 147.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 27
Forward Collision Alert vehicle. This can help avoid or marking without using a turn signal
lessen the severity of crashes when in that direction. It may also provide
(FCA) System driving in a forward gear. a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or See Forward Automatic Braking alert as the lane marking is crossed.
reduce the harm caused by (FAB) 0 307. The system will not assist or alert if
front-end crashes. FCA provides a it detects that you are actively
green indicator, V, when a vehicle steering. Override LKA by turning
Lane Departure the steering wheel. LKA uses a
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
Warning (LDW) camera to detect lane markings
vehicle much too closely. When If equipped, LDW may help avoid between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
approaching a vehicle ahead too unintentional lane departures at 180 km/h (112 mph).
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert on the windshield and rapidly greater. LDW uses a camera sensor (2500/3500 Series) 0 308 and Lane
beeps or pulses the driver seat. to detect the lane markings. The Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 Series)
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) LDW light, @, is green if a lane 0 309.
System 0 305. marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane, the light will Rear Vision
Forward Automatic change to amber and flash. In Camera (RVC)
addition, beeps will sound or the
Braking (FAB) driver seat will pulse. If equipped, RVC shows a view of
If the vehicle has Forward Collision the area behind the vehicle on the
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) infotainment display when the
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which (2500/3500 Series) 0 308.
includes Intelligent Brake vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
Assist (IBA). When the system aid with parking and low-speed
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) backing maneuvers.
that is traveling in the same If equipped, LKA may help avoid See Assistance Systems for Parking
direction that you may be about to crashes due to unintentional lane or Backing 0 302.
crash into, it can provide a boost to departures. It may assist by gently
braking or automatically brake the turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
28 In Brief
Parking Assist Vehicles with a Center Console Universal Remote System

If equipped, Rear Parking . One or two in front of the
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the cupholders on the center
rear bumper to assist with parking console.
and avoiding objects while in . One inside the center console.
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
. One on the rear of the center
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
console.
display a warning triangle on the
Rear Vision Camera screen and a Vehicles with Bench Seats
graphic on the instrument cluster to . One on the center stack below
provide the object distance. In
the climate control system.
addition, multiple beeps or seat
pulses may occur if very close to an . One or two in the storage area
object. on the bench seat.
The vehicle may also have the Front Lift the cover to access and replace If equipped with the Universal
Parking Assist system. when not in use. Remote system, these buttons will
be in the front overhead console.
See Assistance Systems for Parking See Power Outlets 0 124.
or Backing 0 302. This system provides a way to
replace up to three remote control
Power Outlets transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
Accessory power outlets can be openers, security systems, and
used to plug in electrical equipment, home automation devices.
such as a cell phone, MP3
See Universal Remote System
player, etc.
0 167.
The vehicle may have up to four
accessory power outlets.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 29
Sunroof Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To Performance and

open the sunroof, press and
hold I. Release the switch to stop Maintenance
the movement. Press and hold K
to close the sunroof. Release the Traction Control/
switch to stop the movement. Electronic Stability
Tilt Switch Control
Vent : From the closed position, The vehicle has a traction control
system that limits wheel spin and
press J to vent the sunroof. Press
the StabiliTrak system that assists
K to close the vent. with directional control of the vehicle
When the sunroof is opened, an air in difficult driving conditions. Both
deflector will automatically raise. systems come on automatically
The air deflector will retract when when the vehicle is started and
If equipped, the sunroof operates the sunroof is closed. begins to move.
when the ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained The sunroof also has a sunshade, . To turn off traction control, press
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. which can be pulled forward to block and release g on the center
See Retained Accessory Power sun rays. The sunshade must be
stack. The traction off light i
(RAP) 0 271. opened and closed manually.
displays in the instrument
Slide Switch If an object is in the path of the cluster. The appropriate Driver
sunroof while it is closing, the Information Center (DIC)
Express-Open/Express-Close : To automatic reversal system will message displays. See Ride
express-open the sunroof, fully detect the object and stop the Control System Messages
press and release I. Press the sunroof. 0 154.
switch again to stop the movement. See Sunroof 0 54. . To turn off both traction control
To express-close the sunroof, fully
and StabiliTrak, press and
press and release K. Press the
hold g until i and g illuminate
switch again to stop the movement.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
30 In Brief
in the instrument cluster and the the tires to the recommended Fuel (Gasoline - Except
appropriate DIC message pressure shown on the Tire and
displays. See Ride Control Loading Information label. See
L86 6.2L Engine)
System Messages 0 154. Vehicle Load Limits 0 259. The
warning light will remain on until the
. Press and release g again to tire pressure is corrected.
turn on both systems.
The low tire pressure warning light
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on may come on in cool weather when
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h the vehicle is first started, and then
(35 mph). Traction control will turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
remain off. Regular Fuel
may be an early indicator that the
See Traction Control/Electronic tire pressures are getting low and Use only unleaded gasoline rated
Stability Control 0 296. the tires need to be inflated to the 87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
proper pressure. Do not use gasoline with an octane
rating lower as it may result in
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal vehicle damage and lower fuel
This vehicle may have a Tire monthly tire maintenance. Maintain economy. See Fuel 0 311.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System Fuel (Gasoline - L86 6.2L
0 408. Engine)
The low tire pressure warning light

alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In Brief 31
Premium Recommended Fuel Engine Oil Life System The oil life system can also be reset
Use premium 93 octane unleaded as follows:
The engine oil life system calculates
gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded engine oil life based on vehicle use 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
gasoline with an octane rating as and, on most vehicles, displays a on the DIC. See Driver
low as 87 may be used, but it will DIC message when it is necessary Information Center (DIC) (Base
reduce performance and fuel to change the engine oil and filter. Level) 0 145 or Driver
economy. See Fuel 0 311. The oil life system should be reset Information Center (DIC)
to 100% only following an oil (Uplevel) 0 147.
Fuel (Diesel) change. 2. Fully press the accelerator
For diesel vehicles, do not use Resetting the Oil Life System pedal slowly three times within
gasoline. See “Fuel for Diesel five seconds.
Engines” in the Duramax diesel To reset the engine oil life system:
3. If the display changes to 100%,
supplement. 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING the system is reset.
on the DIC. See Driver
See Engine Oil Life System 0 363.
E85 or FlexFuel Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) Driving for Better Fuel
(Uplevel) 0 147. If the vehicle Economy
does not have DIC buttons, the
Driving habits can affect fuel
vehicle must be in P (Park) to
mileage. Here are some driving tips
access this display.
to get the best fuel economy
2. Press and hold V on the DIC, possible.
FlexFuel Possible or the trip odometer reset stem . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
Certain models are compatible with if the vehicle does not have smoothly.
E85 fuel. See E85 or FlexFuel DIC buttons, for several
seconds. The oil life will . Brake gradually and avoid
0 313.
change to 100%. abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
32 In Brief
. When road and weather Roadside Assistance
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
Program
. Always follow posted speed U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
limits or drive more slowly when TTY Users (U.S. Only):
conditions require. 1-888-889-2438
. Keep vehicle tires properly Canada: 1-800-268-6800
inflated.
New Chevrolet owners are
. Combine several trips into a automatically enrolled in the
single trip. Roadside Assistance Program.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with See Roadside Assistance Program
the same TPC Spec number 0 477.
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 33
Keys, Doors, and Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
47
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
48 Keys
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Keys and Locks Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 49 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Leaving children in a vehicle with
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 the ignition key is dangerous and
Interior Mirrors children or others could be
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 50
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 seriously injured or killed. They
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 51 could operate the power windows
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 38 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 or other controls or make the
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 vehicle move. The windows will
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Windows function with the keys in the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 41 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 ignition, and children or others
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 could be caught in the path of a
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 closing window. Do not leave
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 children in a vehicle with the
Doors Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 ignition key.
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 43
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 45
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
34 Keys, Doors, and Windows
moving the key out of the RUN

Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items
deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit
unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys
ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than
way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and

{ Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
If the key is unintentionally
system to reduce the risk of
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition
moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow
This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring.
items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement
or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See
to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is
contacted by the driver or required.
steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the
moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were
the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your
and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to
(Continued) the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Programming with Two Programming without

Recognized Keys Recognized Keys
To program a new key: Program a new key to the vehicle
1. Insert the original, already when a recognized key is not
programmed key in the ignition available. Canadian regulations
and turn the key to the ON/ require that owners see their dealer.
RUN position. If two currently recognized keys are
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, not available, follow this procedure
and remove the key. to program the first key.
3. Quickly, within five seconds, This procedure will take

insert the second original approximately 30 minutes to
Interference from radio-frequency already programmed key in the complete for the first key. The
identification (RFID) tags may ignition and turn the key to the vehicle must be off and all of the
prevent the key from starting the ON/RUN position. keys you wish to program must be
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from with you.
4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
the key when starting the vehicle. 1. Insert the new vehicle key into
and remove the key.
The key is used for the ignition, all the ignition.
5. Insert the key to be
door locks and glove box, 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
programmed and turn it to the
if equipped. light will come on.
ON/RUN position within
Programming Keys five seconds. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
6. The security light will turn off security light turns off.
Follow these procedures to program
up to eight keys to the vehicle. once the key has been 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
programmed. 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
7. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional times. After the third time, turn
keys are to be programmed. to ON/RUN; the key is learned
If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
and all previously known keys Remote Keyless Entry Other conditions can affect the
will no longer work with the performance of the transmitter. See
vehicle.
(RKE) System Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
6. To learn a second key, turn to See Radio Frequency Statement System 0 36.
OFF, insert the second key to 0 483.
be learned, and rotate to If there is a decrease in the Remote
ON/RUN. Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
After two keys are learned, the range:
remaining keys can be learned by . Check the distance. The
following the procedure in transmitter may be too far from
“Programming with Two the vehicle.
Recognized Keys.” . Check the location. Other
The key has a bar-coded key tag vehicles or objects may be
that the dealer or qualified locksmith blocking the signal.
can use to make new keys. Store . Check the transmitter's battery.
this information in a safe place, not With Remote Start (without
See “Battery Replacement” later
in the vehicle.
in this section. Remote Start Similar)
See your dealer if a replacement . If the transmitter is still not
key or additional key is needed. / : If equipped, / is used to start
working correctly, see your the engine from outside the vehicle
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, dealer or a qualified technician using the RKE transmitter. See
inspect the key blade for debris. for service. Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick. Remote Keyless Entry Q : Press to lock all doors and the
tailgate.
With an active OnStar subscription, (RKE) System Operation If enabled in vehicle personalization,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar The RKE transmitter functions may the turn signal lamps flash once to
Overview 0 487. work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from indicate locking has occurred.
the vehicle. If enabled through vehicle
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
personalization, the horn chirps Pressing K on the RKE transmitter RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
when Q is pressed again within disarms the alarm system. See ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
three seconds. See Vehicle Vehicle Alarm System 0 43. the panic alarm to work.
Personalization 0 160. If equipped with auto mirror folding, Programming Transmitters to
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. pressing and holding K for the Vehicle
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 43. one second will unfold the mirrors.
Only RKE transmitters programmed
If equipped with auto mirror folding, The auto mirror folding feature will
to this vehicle will work. If a
not operate unless it is enabled.
pressing and holding Q for See Folding Mirrors 0 48 and
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
one second will fold the mirrors. The replacement can be purchased and
Vehicle Personalization 0 160.
auto mirror folding feature will not programmed through your dealer.
operate unless it is enabled. On some models, press, release Each vehicle can have up to
See Folding Mirrors 0 48 and and then press and hold K to open eight transmitters programmed to it.
Vehicle Personalization 0 160. all of the windows. Pressing the See your dealer for transmitter
button again will stop the windows. programming.
K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If K is pressed again See Vehicle Personalization 0 160. Battery Replacement
within three seconds, all remaining 7 : Press and release one time to Replace the battery in the
doors and the tailgate unlock. The initiate vehicle locator. The turn transmitter soon if the REPLACE
interior lamps may come on and signal lamps flash and the horn BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
stay on for 20 seconds or until the sounds three times. message displays in the DIC.
ignition is turned on.
Press and hold 7 for at least
If enabled in Vehicle three seconds to sound the panic
Caution
Personalization, the turn signal alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
lamps flash twice to indicate When replacing the battery, do
and the horn sounds repeatedly for not touch any of the circuitry on
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle 30 seconds. The alarm turns off
Personalization 0 160. If enabled the transmitter. Static from your
when the ignition is moved to ON/
through vehicle personalization, the body could damage the
exterior lamps may turn on. See transmitter.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To replace the battery: Remote Vehicle Start

If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely, depending on the
outside temperature.
The rear defog and heated and
ventilated seats, if equipped, may
also come on. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 63 and
2. Press and slide the battery Laws in some communities may
down toward the pocket of the restrict the use of remote starters.
1. Separate and remove the back transmitter in the direction of Check local regulations for any
cover of the transmitter with a the key ring. Do not use a requirements on remote starting of
flat, thin object, such as a coin. metal object. vehicles.
3. Remove the battery. Do not use remote start if the
4. Insert the new battery, positive vehicle is low on fuel.
side facing up. Replace with a The vehicle cannot be remote
CR2032 or equivalent battery. started if:
5. Push together the transmitter . The key is in the ignition.
back cover top side first, and . The hood is not closed.
then the bottom toward the
key ring. . There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
. Fuel level is too low.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The engine will turn off during a The engine will continue to run . Turn on the hazard warning
remote vehicle start if: for 10 minutes. After flashers.
. The coolant temperature gets 30 seconds, repeat . Turn the ignition on and then off.
too high. Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute
time extension.
. The oil pressure gets low. Door Locks
Place the ignition in ON/RUN to
The RKE transmitter range may be operate the vehicle.
reduced while the vehicle is running. { Warning
Extending Engine Run Time
Other conditions can affect the Unlocked doors can be
performance of the transmitter. The engine run time can be dangerous.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) extended by 10 minutes, for a total
of 20 minutes, if during the first . Passengers, especially
System 0 36 or Vehicle
10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are children, can easily open
repeated while the engine is still the doors and fall out of a
Starting the Engine Using Remote running. An extension can be moving vehicle. When a
Start requested 30 seconds after starting. door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
1. Press and release Q. A maximum of two remote starts, of being thrown out of the
or a single start with an extension, vehicle in a crash is
2. Immediately press and hold / is allowed between ignition cycles. increased if the doors are
until the turn signal lamps flash
The vehicle's ignition must be not locked. So, all
or for at least four seconds.
turned on and then back off to use passengers should wear
When the vehicle starts, the remote start again. safety belts properly and the
parking lamps will turn on. The doors should be locked
doors will be locked and the Canceling a Remote Start whenever the vehicle is
climate control system may To cancel a remote start, do one of driven.
come on. the following: (Continued)
. Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
From inside, pull the door handle

Warning (Continued) once to unlock the door. Pull the
handle again to open the door.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be See Vehicle Alarm System 0 43.
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by Power Door Locks
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter Base Trim
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop If equipped with power door locks:
the vehicle. Locking the Q : Press to lock the doors.
doors can help prevent this
from happening. K : Press to unlock the doors.
There are several ways to lock and Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
unlock the vehicle. Shown, Other Models Similar
From outside, use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or
the key in the driver door.
From inside, use the power door
locks or manual door locks. To lock
or unlock the door with the manual
locks, push down or pull up on the
manual lock knob.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Delayed Locking To unlock the doors:

If equipped, when locking the doors . Press K on a power door lock
with the power lock switch and a switch.
door open, the doors will lock . If equipped with an automatic
five seconds after the last door is transmission, shift the
closed. Three chimes signal that transmission into P (Park)
delayed locking is in use.
. If equipped with manual
Pressing the power lock switch transmission, remove the key
twice overrides the delayed locking from the ignition when parked.
feature and immediately locks all
doors. Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
This feature will not operate if the can be programmed. See Vehicle
key is in the ignition. Shown, Others Similar
Turn delayed locking on or off using Press { to activate the safety locks
vehicle personalization. See Vehicle Lockout Protection on the rear doors. The indicator light
When locking is requested with the comes on when activated. Press {
driver door open and the key in the again to deactivate. The vehicle
Automatic Door Locks ignition, all the doors will lock and must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
If equipped, the doors will lock then the driver door will unlock. or in Retained Accessory Power
automatically when all doors are This can be manually overridden by (RAP). See Retained Accessory
closed, the ignition is on, and the Power (RAP) 0 271.
shift lever is moved out of P (Park) pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch. If the indicator light flashes, the
for automatic transmissions or
feature may not be working properly.
vehicle speed is above 13 km/h
(8 mph) for manual transmissions. Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Doors To shut the tailgate, firmly push it

upward until it latches.
Kick Switch
Tailgate After closing the tailgate, pull it back

to be sure it latches securely.
{ Warning Power Assist Steps
It is extremely dangerous to ride If equipped, the power assist steps,
on the tailgate, even when the when enabled, will extend when the
vehicle is operated at low speeds. door is opened. They will retract
People riding on the tailgate can three seconds after the door is
easily lose their balance and fall closed or immediately if the vehicle
in response to vehicle starts moving.
maneuvers. Falling from a moving Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
vehicle may result in serious and clothing clear of the power 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park)
injuries or death. Do not allow assist steps when in motion. and unlock the doors.
people to ride on the tailgate. Be
The steps will reverse direction if 2. Kick the switch to extend the
sure everyone in your vehicle is in power assist step to the tire.
there is an obstruction. Remove the
a seat and using a safety belt A DIC message displays.
obstruction, then open and close the
properly.
door on the same side to complete 3. Kick the switch again to return
the motion. If the obstruction is not to normal operation.
If equipped, to lock or unlock the cleared, the assist steps remain
tailgate, use the RKE transmitter or extended.
the key. See Remote Keyless Entry Slight movement of the steps while
(RKE) System Operation 0 36. extended is normal.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Center Stack Switch . Press j again to extend to the Vehicle Security

tire. A DIC message displays.
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
. Press j again to return to features; however, they do not make
normal operation. the vehicle impossible to steal.
Enable/Disable
Vehicle Alarm System
To enable or disable the power
assist steps, press and hold j for
four seconds. A DIC message
displays.
Cleaning
Clean the power assist steps
The power assist steps can be regularly. For an automatic car
extended and extended to the tire wash, extend the steps while in
N (Neutral) using the center stack
by pressing j. When extending switch. The steps will stow when
the steps with j, the kick switch is shifting into D (Drive).
disabled.
The vehicle must be in P (Park) or The indicator light, on the
N (Neutral). To extend the steps: instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
. Press j to extend both steps. the system.
A DIC message displays.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by
A door, the liftgate or the hood first unlocking with the RKE accident:
is open. transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle after all
Slow Flash : Alarm system is the lights will flash to indicate occupants have exited.
armed. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked . Always unlock a door with the
Arming the Alarm System by pressing K on the RKE RKE transmitter, or use the
transmitter during the 10-second Keyless Access system.
1. Turn off the vehicle.
pre-alarm, the alarm will be Unlocking the driver door with
2. Lock the vehicle in one of activated. the key will not disarm the
three ways: system or turn off the alarm.
The alarm will also be activated if a
. Use the RKE transmitter. passenger door, the liftgate, or the How to Detect a Tamper
. Use the Keyless Access hood is opened without first Condition
system. disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals If K is pressed on the RKE
. With a door open, press Q flash and the horn sounds for about transmitter and the horn chirps three
on the interior of the door. 30 seconds. The alarm system will times, an alarm occurred previously
3. After 30 seconds, the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next while the alarm system was armed.
system will arm and the unauthorized event.
If the alarm has been activated, a
indicator light will begin to Disarming the Alarm System message will appear on the DIC.
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the See Security Messages 0 156.
RKE transmitter a second time To disarm the alarm system or turn
will bypass the 30-second off the alarm if it has been activated: Inclination Sensor and
Intrusion Sensor
delay and immediately arm the . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
alarm system. In addition to the standard
. Unlock the vehicle using the
The vehicle alarm system will not theft-deterrent system features, this
Keyless Access system. system may also have an,
arm if the doors are locked with
the key. . Start the vehicle. inclination sensor and intrusion
sensor.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The inclination sensor can set off Inclination and Intrusion Immobilizer
the alarm if it senses movement of Sensors Disable Switch
the vehicle, such as a change in See Radio Frequency Statement
vehicle orientation. 0 483.
The intrusion sensor monitors the Immobilizer Operation
vehicle interior, and can activate the
alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
allow passengers or pets to remain
in the vehicle when the intrusion
sensor is activated.
Before arming the theft-deterrent
system and activating the intrusion
This vehicle has a passive
sensor:
theft-deterrent system.
. Make sure all doors and
It is recommended that the intrusion The system does not have to be
windows are completely closed.
and inclination sensors be manually armed or disarmed.
. Secure any loose items such as deactivated if pets are left in the The vehicle is automatically
sunshades. vehicle or if the vehicle is being immobilized when the vehicle is
. Make sure there are no transported. turned off.
obstructions blocking the With the vehicle turned off, press The system is automatically
sensors in the front overhead o in the front overhead console. disarmed when the key is turned to
console. The indicator light will come on ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
. Close DVD screens, if equipped, momentarily, indicating that these or START from the LOCK/OFF
before leaving the vehicle. sensors have been disabled for the position.
next alarm system arming cycle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The security light, in the instrument It is possible for the immobilizer Exterior Mirrors
cluster, comes on if there is a system to learn new or replacement
problem with arming or disarming keys. Up to eight keys can be
the theft-deterrent system. programmed for the vehicle. To Convex Mirrors
When trying to start the vehicle, the program additional keys, see Keys
security light comes on briefly when 0 33. To program additional { Warning
the ignition is turned on. transmitters, see Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36. A convex mirror can make things,
If the engine does not start and the like other vehicles, look farther
security light stays on, there is a Do not leave the key or device that
away than they really are. If you
problem with the system. Turn the disarms or deactivates the vehicle
cut too sharply into the right lane,
ignition off and try again. theft system in the vehicle.
you could hit a vehicle on the
If the engine still does not start, and See your dealer to get a new key right. Check the inside mirror or
the key appears to be undamaged, blank cut exactly as the ignition key glance over your shoulder before
try another ignition key. It may be that operates the system. changing lanes.
necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses 0 392. If the engine still does The passenger side mirror is convex
not start with the other key, the shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle curved so more can be seen from
does start, the first key may be the driver seat.
faulty. See your dealer.
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
by moving the mirror up and down
or left to right to see a little of the
side of the vehicle and to have a
clear view behind the vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Using hood-mounted air deflectors seat. The convex mirror can be 3. Adjust each outside mirror so
and add-on convex mirror adjusted manually to the driver that a little of the vehicle and
attachments could decrease mirror preferred position for better vision. the area behind it can be seen.
performance. The mirror may have a turn signal 4. Keep the selector switch in the
arrow that flashes in the direction of center position when not
Trailer-Tow Mirrors the turn or lane change. adjusting mirrors.
Power Mirrors
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim

If equipped, adjust trailer-tow Shown, Other Models Similar
mirrors for a clear view of the area
Base Power Mirrors 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
behind you. Manually pull out the
mirror head to extend it for better If equipped with power mirrors: driver or passenger side mirror.
visibility when towing a trailer. 2. Press the arrows on the control
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
The lower portion of the mirror is driver or passenger side mirror. pad while the indicator light on
convex. A convex mirror's surface is button (1) or (2) is illuminated,
curved to see more from the driver 2. Press the arrows on the control to move the mirror in the
pad to move the mirror in the desired direction.
desired direction.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
3. Adjust each outside mirror so Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding
that a little of the vehicle and Mirrors
the area behind it can be seen. Reset the power folding mirrors if:
4. Press either (1) or (2) again to . The mirrors are accidentally
deselect the mirror. obstructed while folding.
If you do not deselect the mirror, the . They are accidentally manually
feature will turn off after about folded/unfolded.
one minute.
. The mirrors will not stay in the
If equipped, the mirrors may include unfolded position.
a memory function that works with
the memory seats. See Memory . The mirrors vibrate at normal
Seats 0 61. driving speeds.
Manually fold both mirrors if they
are out of sync. Fold and unfold the
Shown, Other Models Similar
mirrors three times using the mirror
Power Folding controls to reset them to their
normal position. A popping noise
If equipped with power folding may be heard. This sound is normal
mirrors: after a manual folding operation.
1. Press (2) to fold the mirrors out
to the driving position. Manual Folding
2. Press (2) again to fold the If equipped, push the mirror toward
mirrors in to the folded position. the vehicle to fold. Push the mirror
outward to return to its original
The mirrors may also include a position.
memory function that works with the
memory seats. See Memory Seats Manually fold the mirrors inward to
0 61. prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Auto Mirror Folding If the vehicle has trailer-tow mirrors, Driving with the Blind Spot
only the upper glass of the mirror is Mirror
If equipped, with the ignition off,
heated. The lower convex part of
press and hold Q on the RKE the towing mirrors is not heated.
transmitter for approximately
one second to automatically fold the See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Climate Control Systems (with
exterior mirrors. Press and hold K Heater Only) 0 237 or Climate
on the RKE transmitter for Control Systems (with Air
approximately one second to unfold. Conditioning) 0 238 or Dual
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Climate Control System
System Operation 0 36. 0 240.
This feature is turned on or off
through vehicle personalization. See Automatic Dimming
Vehicle Personalization 0 160. Mirror
Turn Signal Indicator If equipped, the driver outside mirror
If equipped, indicator lights on the automatically adjusts for the glare of
mirror flash in the direction of the the headlamps from behind. This
turn or lane change. feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.
Heated Mirrors
Blind Spot Mirrors
1 : If equipped, the rear window
defogger also heats the side If equipped, there is a small convex
mirrors. mirror built into the upper and outer
corner of the driver outside rearview
W : If equipped, press to turn the mirror. It can show objects that may
heated side mirrors on or off. be in the vehicle's blind zone. Actual Mirror View
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
1. When the approaching vehicle zone. Then, glance over your Interior Mirrors
is a long distance away, the shoulder to double check
image in the main mirror is before moving slowly into the
small and near the inboard adjacent lane. Interior Rearview Mirrors
edge of the mirror. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the Reverse Tilt Mirrors view of the area behind your
image in the main mirror gets vehicle.
If equipped with memory seats, the
larger and moves outboard. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
3. As the vehicle enters the blind to a preselected position when the may have three control buttons at
zone, the image transitions vehicle is in R (Reverse). This the bottom of the mirror. See your
from the main mirror to the allows the curb to be seen when dealer for more information about
blind spot mirror. parallel parking. OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See OnStar Overview 0 487.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind The mirror(s) return to the original
zone, the image only appears position when: Do not spray glass cleaner directly
in the blind spot mirror. . The vehicle is shifted out of on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Using the Outside Mirror with R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
the Blind Spot Mirror 30 seconds.
1. Set the main mirror so that the . The ignition is turned off.
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror . The vehicle is driven in
has an unobstructed view. R (Reverse) above a set speed.
2. When checking for traffic or To turn this feature on or off, see
before changing a lane, look at Vehicle Personalization 0 160.
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Manual Rearview Mirror Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
If equipped, push the tab forward for windows are up. To reduce the
daytime use and pull it rearward for { Warning sound, open either a front window
nighttime use to avoid glare from or the sunroof, if equipped.
the headlamps from behind. Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
Manual Windows
Automatic Dimming especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather. If equipped, turn the hand crank on
Rearview Mirror each door to manually raise or lower
They can be overcome by the
If equipped, the mirror will extreme heat and suffer the manual windows.
automatically reduce the glare of the permanent injuries or even death
headlamps from behind. The from heat stroke. Power Windows
dimming feature comes on each
time the vehicle is started.
{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 33.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The windows work when the vehicle This feature stops the rear door
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, passenger window switches from
or when Retained Accessory Power working except from the driver
(RAP) is active. See Retained position.
Press Z to engage the rear
Press or pull the switch to open or window lockout feature. The
close the window. indicator light is on when engaged.
The windows will be temporarily
disabled if the window switches are
Press Z again to disengage.
used repeatedly within a short time. Window Express Movement
Window Lockout Express-down and, if equipped,
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim express-up allows the windows to
Shown, Other Models Similar be opened or closed without holding
the window switch. Press the
window switch fully down or pull it
up, and quickly release it to engage.
Briefly press or pull the same switch
to stop window movement.

Shown, Other Models Similar
Regular Cab Uplevel Trim Shown,
Other Models Similar
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Express Window Obstacle Programming the Power Rear Windows

Detection Windows
Power Sliding Rear Window
The express-up feature will reverse Programming may be necessary if
window movement if it comes in the vehicle's battery has been
contact with an object. Extreme cold disconnected or discharged. If the
or ice could cause the window to window is unable to express-up,
auto-reverse. The window will program the window:
operate as normal after the object or 1. Close all doors.
condition is removed.
2. Place the ignition in ACC/
Obstacle Detection Override ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
3. Partially open the window to be
{ Warning programmed, then close it and
continue to pull the switch
If obstacle detection override is
briefly after the window has
activated, the window will not
fully closed.
reverse automatically. You or If equipped, the power sliding rear
others could be injured and the 4. Press the power window switch window works when the ignition has
window could be damaged. until the window is fully open been turned to ACC/ACCESSORY
Before you use obstacle detection and briefly hold. or ON/RUN, or when Retained
override, make sure that all Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
people and obstructions are clear See Retained Accessory Power
of the window path. (RAP) 0 271.
. Press the switch to open the
The window can be closed by window.
holding the window switch in the up . Pull the switch to close the
position if conditions prevent it from window.
express closing.
The power sliding rear window
cannot be operated manually.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Sun Visors Roof To express-close the sunroof, fully

press and release K. Press the
Sunroof switch again to stop the movement.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and
hold I. Release the switch to stop
the movement. Press and hold K
to close the sunroof. Release the
switch to stop the movement.
Tilt Switch
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the Vent : From the closed position,
center mount to pivot to the side press J to vent the sunroof. Press
window or, if equipped, extend K to close the vent.
along the rod.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
If equipped, the sunroof operates deflector will automatically raise.
when the ignition is on or in ACC/ The air deflector will retract when
ACCESSORY, or when Retained the sunroof is closed.
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. The sunroof also has a sunshade,
See Retained Accessory Power which can be pulled forward to block
(RAP) 0 271. sun rays. The sunshade must be
Slide Switch opened and closed manually.
Express-Open/Express-Close : To Automatic Reversal System

express-open the sunroof, fully The sunroof is equipped with an
press and release I. Press the automatic reversal system that is
switch again to stop the movement. only active when the sunroof is
being operated in express-close.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If an object is in the path of the cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
sunroof while it is express closing, remove grease from the sunroof
the reversal system will detect the tracks.
object and stop. In the event of If water is seen dripping into the
closing difficulties like frost or other water drainage system, this is
conditions, it is possible to override normal.
the reversal system. To override the
reversal system, close in manual
mode. To stop the movement,
release the switch.
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
56 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
72
72
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 94
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
73 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 96
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 102
Head Restraints Securing Child Restraints (With
Airbag System the Safety Belt in the
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 75 Securing Child Restraints (With
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 When Should an Airbag the Safety Belt in the Center
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 59 What Makes an Airbag Securing Child Restraints (With
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 the Safety Belt in the Front
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 60 How Does an Airbag Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Heated and Ventilated Front What Will You See after an
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 80
Rear Seats Passenger Sensing System . . . 82
Rear Seats (Double Cab Full Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Bench) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Rear Seats (Split Bench) . . . . . . 65 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 87
Safety Belts Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 88
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Replacing Airbag System Parts
How to Wear Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Child Restraints
Safety Belt Use During Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Infants and Young Children . . . . 90
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 92
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Seats and Restraints 57
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the restraint
down. Try to move the head
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Rear Seats Front Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired

position and release the
The rear seat has adjustable
handle.
headrests in the outboard seating Seat Adjustment
positions. 3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
The height of the headrest can be { Warning place.
adjusted. Pull the headrest up to
raise it. To lower the headrest, push You can lose control of the To adjust the seatback, see
the headrest down. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.
seat while the vehicle is moving. To adjust the lumbar support,
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see “Securing a Adjust the driver seat only when if equipped, see Lumbar Adjustment
Child Restraint Designed for the the vehicle is not moving. 0 59.
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children Center Seat
(LATCH System) 0 96.
If equipped, the center front
seatback doubles as an armrest and
cupholder/storage area for the driver
and passenger when the center
front seat is not used. Do not use it
as a seating position when the
seatback is folded down.
To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see Power Lumbar
Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibrating
pulse alert in the driver seat to help
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 301.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the power lumbar support,

if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control . Press and hold the control
forward or rearward. forward to increase or rearward
to decrease upper and lower
lumbar support at the same time.
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control . If equipped, press and hold the
up or down. control up to increase upper
lumbar support and decrease
If equipped, move the lever up or lower lumbar support.
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down. down repeatedly to increase or Press and hold the control down
decrease lumbar support. to increase lower lumbar support
To adjust the seatback, see and decrease upper lumbar
Reclining Seatbacks 0 60. support.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if To adjust a manual seatback:
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries. 1. Lift the lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks The seatback will automatically
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces fold forward.
would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning 2. To recline, move the seatback
bones. This could cause serious rearward to the desired
If either seatback is not locked, it
internal injuries. position, then release the lever
could move forward in a sudden
to lock the seatback in place.
For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there. 3. Push and pull on the seatback
seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the to make sure it is locked.
back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
safety belt properly. locked.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To return the seatback to the upright Memory Seats 2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
position: mirrors, and adjustable pedals
1. Lift the lever fully without (if equipped) to the desired
applying pressure to the driving positions.
seatback, and the seatback will 3. Press and release SET. A beep
return to the upright position. will sound.
2. Push and pull on the seatback 4. Immediately press and hold 1
to make sure it is locked. until two beeps sound.
Power Reclining Seatbacks 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
driver using 2.
To store positions to the B (Exit)
button and easy exit features,
Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other repeat Steps 1–4 above using B to
Models Similar store your positions for getting out
If memory equipped, the SET, 1, 2, of the vehicle.
and B (Exit) buttons on the driver Manually Recalling Memory
door are used to manually store and Positions
recall memory settings for the driver
seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable Press and hold 1, 2, or B (Exit) to
pedals (if equipped). manually recall the previously
stored memory positions. Releasing
Storing Memory Positions 1, 2, or B before the stored
To recline a power seatback,
if equipped: To store positions to the 1 and 2 positions are reached stops the
buttons: recall.
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline. 1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Automatically Recalling Memory Easy Exit Recall Obstructions

Positions (Auto Recall) If programmed on in the vehicle If something has blocked the driver
If programmed on in the vehicle personalization menu, the easy exit seat and/or adjustable pedals while
personalization menu, the Auto feature automatically recalls the recalling a memory position, the
(Automatic) Memory Recall feature previously stored B (Exit) position. recall may stop. Remove the
automatically recalls the current See “Storing Memory Positions” obstruction. Then do one of the
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2 listed previously. See also Vehicle following:
position when the ignition is Personalization 0 160. . For manual or automatic recall
changed from OFF to ON/RUN or positions, press and hold the
ACC/ACCESSORY. Easy exit recall automatically
activates when one of the following appropriate manual control for
See “Auto Memory Recall” under occurs: two seconds. Try recalling again
“Comfort and Convenience” in by pressing the appropriate
Vehicle Personalization 0 160. . The vehicle is turned off and the memory button.
driver door is opened within a
To stop recall movement, press one short time. . For exit recall position, press
of the memory, power mirror or and hold the appropriate manual
power seat controls; or press the . The vehicle is turned off with the control for the exit feature not
adjustable pedal control (if driver door open. recalling for two seconds. Then
equipped). To stop recall movement, press one try recalling the exit position
RKE transmitters are not labeled of the memory, power mirror or again.
with a number. If your memory seat power seat controls; or press the If the memory position is still not
position is stored to 1 or 2 but this adjustable pedal control (if recalling, see your dealer for
position is not automatically equipped). service.
recalling, then store your positions
to the other button or switch RKE
transmitters with the other driver.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Heated and Ventilated Press J to heat the driver or

Front Seats passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
{ Warning Press C to ventilate the driver or
passenger seat.
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the The indicator light on the button
seat heater may cause burns. To comes on when this feature is on.
reduce the risk of burns, people Press the button once for the
with such a condition should use highest setting. With each press of
care when using the seat heater, the button, the seat will change to
especially for long periods of the next lower setting, and then to
Heated and Ventilated Seat
time. Do not place anything on the off setting. The indicator lights
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat next to the buttons indicate three for
the seat that insulates against Buttons Similar
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, the highest setting and one for the
cover, or similar item. This may If equipped, the buttons are on the lowest. If the heated seats are on
cause the seat heater to center stack. To operate, the engine high for an extended time, their level
overheat. An overheated seat must be running. may automatically be lowered.
heater may cause a burn or may Press I to heat the driver or
damage the seat. passenger seatback only.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Remote Start Auto Heated and Rear Seats The feature is active only once each
Ventilated Seats time the vehicle is turned on and off,
During a remote start, the heated or and will require reactivation by
Rear Seats (Double Cab opening and closing the second row
ventilated seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold Full Bench) doors. There may be an alert even
outside, the heated seats turn on, when there is nothing in the rear
Rear Seat Reminder (Full seat; for example, if a child entered
and when it is hot outside the Bench Only)
ventilated seats turn on. The heated the vehicle through the rear door
or ventilated seats are canceled Look in Rear Seat Reminder and left the vehicle without the
when the ignition is turned on. Press Feature vehicle being shut off.
the heated or ventilated seat button If equipped, this message displays The feature can be turned on or off
to use the heated or ventilated seats under certain conditions indicating through Vehicle Personalization
after the vehicle is started. there may be an item or passenger 0 160.
The heated or ventilated seat in the rear seat. Check before Folding the Rear Seat
indicator lights do not turn on during exiting the vehicle.
a remote start. This feature will activate when a Caution
The temperature performance of an second row door is opened while
unoccupied seat may be reduced. the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes Folding a rear seat with the safety
This is normal. before the vehicle is turned on, belts still fastened may cause
including if the vehicle was started damage to the seat or the safety
The heated or ventilated seats will remotely. There will be an alert
not turn on during a remote start belts. Always unbuckle the safety
when the vehicle is turned off. The belts and return them to their
unless they are enabled in the alert does not directly detect objects
vehicle personalization menu. normal stowed position before
in the rear seat; instead, under folding a rear seat.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38 and certain conditions, it detects when a
Vehicle Personalization 0 160. rear door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
2. Pull up on the seat cushion to

make sure it is locked in place. Caution
Make sure the safety belts are Folding a rear seat with the safety
not twisted or caught in the belts still fastened may cause
seat cushion. damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
{ Warning belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
A safety belt that is improperly folding a rear seat.
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The Make sure that nothing is on the
To fold the seat: person wearing the belt could be seat cushion.
1. Pull up on the front of the seat seriously injured. After raising the
cushion while pulling down on rear seatback, always check to be
the release strap loop under sure that the safety belts are
the seat cushion. properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
2. Pull the seat cushion up until it
latches with the seatback.
3. Pull forward on the seat Rear Seats (Split Bench)
cushion to make sure it is
locked in place. Folding the Rear Seat
To unfold the seat: Either side of the rear seat can be
folded for added cargo space.
1. Push the seat cushion
rearward while pulling the To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat
release strap loop under the cushion up.
seat cushion. Pull the seat
cushion down until it latches.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To return the seat to the normal Safety Belts

seating position, slowly pull the seat Warning (Continued)
cushion down. This section describes how to use
safety belts properly, and some passengers to ride in any area of
Make sure the safety belts are not the vehicle that is not equipped
things not to do.
twisted or caught in the seat with seats and safety belts.
cushion.
{ Warning Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
{ Warning Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too.
A safety belt that is improperly safety belt cannot be worn
routed, not properly attached, properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
or twisted will not provide the reminder to buckle the safety belts.
protection needed in a crash. The safety belts, injuries can be much
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 134.
person wearing the belt could be worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously This vehicle may have the Safety
seriously injured. After raising the Belt Assurance System, which may
rear seatback, always check to be injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by prevent the vehicle from shifting out
sure that the safety belts are of P (Park). See Safety Belt
properly routed and attached, and being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not Messages 0 155.
are not twisted.
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Why Safety Belts Work Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle This section is only for people of
after a crash if I am wearing a adult size.
safety belt?
There are special things to know
A: You could be — whether you are about safety belts and children, and
wearing a safety belt or not. there are different rules for smaller
Your chance of being conscious children and infants. If a child will be
during and after a crash, so you riding in the vehicle, see Older
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 88 or Infants and Young
much greater if you are belted. Children 0 90. Follow those rules for
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why everyone's protection.
should I have to wear safety It is very important for all occupants
When riding in a vehicle, you travel belts? to buckle up. Statistics show that
as fast as the vehicle does. If the A: Airbags are supplemental unbelted people are hurt more often
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep systems only. They work with in crashes than those who are
going until something stops you. safety belts — not instead of wearing safety belts.
It could be the windshield, the them. Whether or not an airbag
instrument panel, or the safety belts! There are important things to know
is provided, all occupants still about wearing a safety belt properly.
When you wear a safety belt, you have to buckle up to get the
and the vehicle slow down together. most protection.
There is more time to stop because Also, in nearly all states and in
you stop over a longer distance and, all Canadian provinces, the law
when worn properly, your strongest requires wearing safety belts.
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Wear the shoulder belt over the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt
shoulder and across the chest. except for the center front
These parts of the body are best passenger position (if equipped),
able to take belt restraining which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt
forces. The shoulder belt locks if 0 72.
there is a sudden stop or crash. The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
{ Warning properly.
You can be seriously injured, 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
or even killed, by not wearing adjustable, so you can sit up
your safety belt properly. straight. To see how, see
. “Seats” in the Index.
Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become
of you. loose or twisted.
. Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder
for your seating position. belt under both arms or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low behind your back.
and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
this applies force to the strong armrest.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt Lap-Shoulder Belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause If the vehicle is a regular cab, then
all seating positions in the vehicle 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
serious or even fatal injuries. the belt across you. Do not let
have a lap-shoulder belt. If the
vehicle is a double or crew cab, it get twisted.
then all seating positions in the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The lap-shoulder belt may lock 3. Push the latch plate into the
if you pull the belt across you buckle until it clicks.
very quickly. If this happens, let Pull up on the latch plate to
the belt go back slightly to make sure it is secure. If the
unlock it. Then pull the belt belt is not long enough, see
across you more slowly. Safety Belt Extender 0 72.
If the shoulder portion of a Position the release button on
passenger belt is pulled out all the buckle so that the safety
the way, the child restraint belt could be quickly unbuckled
locking feature may be if necessary.
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
and start again. If the webbing locks in the latch height adjuster, move it to the
plate before it reaches the height that is right for you. See
Engaging the child restraint “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
locking feature may affect the buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock. later in this section for
passenger sensing system, instructions on use and
if equipped. See Passenger important safety information.
Sensing System 0 82.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To unlatch the belt, push the button could reduce the effectiveness of
on the buckle. The belt should the safety belt in a crash. See How
return to its stowed position. to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 67.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
5. To make the lap part tight, pull dealer.
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the Push down on the release button to
safety belt and the vehicle. move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
Move the adjuster up by pushing up
The vehicle has a shoulder belt on the shoulder belt guide.
height adjuster for the driver and
After the adjuster is set to the
front outboard passenger.
desired position, try to move it down
Adjust the height so the shoulder without pushing the release button
portion of the belt is on the shoulder to make sure it has locked into
and not falling off of it. The belt position.
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Safety Belt Pretensioners the seat. Sitting on the safety belt

can damage the webbing and
This vehicle has safety belt
hardware.
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt Rear Safety Belt Comfort
pretensioners cannot be seen, they Guides
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety Rear safety belt comfort guides may
belts during the early stages of a provide added safety belt comfort
moderate to severe frontal, near for older children who have
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold outgrown booster seats and for
conditions for pretensioner some adults. When installed on a
activation are met. And, if your shoulder belt, the comfort guide
vehicle has side impact airbags, positions the belt away from the A pregnant woman should wear a
safety belt pretensioners can help neck and head. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
tighten the safety belts in a side Comfort guides are available portion should be worn as low as
crash. If the vehicle has rollover through your dealer for the rear possible, below the rounding,
roof-rail airbags, safety belt outboard seating positions. throughout the pregnancy.
pretensioners can help tighten the Instructions are included with the The best way to protect the fetus is
safety belts in a rollover event. guide. to protect the mother. When a safety
Pretensioners work only once. If the belt is worn properly, it is more likely
pretensioners activate in a crash, Safety Belt Use During that the fetus will not be hurt in a
they will need to be replaced, and Pregnancy crash. For pregnant women, as for
the vehicle's safety belt system will anyone, the key to making safety
probably need other new parts. See Safety belts work for everyone, belts effective is wearing them
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts including pregnant women. Like all properly.
after a Crash 0 73. occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
Do not sit on the outboard safety wear safety belts.
belt while entering or exiting the
vehicle or at any time while sitting in
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Lap Belt will wear, so the extender will be

long enough for you. To help avoid
This section is only for the lap belt. personal injury, do not let someone
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder else use it, and use it only for the
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 68. seat it is made to fit. The extender
The vehicle may have a center has been designed for adults. Never
seating position with a lap safety use it for securing child restraints.
belt. The lap safety belt does not To wear it, attach it to the regular
have a retractor. safety belt. For more information,
see the instruction sheet that comes
with the extender.
To make the belt shorter, pull its free

Safety System Check
end as shown until the belt is snug. Check that the safety belt reminder,
If the belt is not long enough, see safety belts, buckles, latch plates,
Safety Belt Extender 0 72. and retractors, are all working
properly. Look for any other loose or
Make sure the release button on the damaged safety belt system parts
buckle is positioned so you would that might keep a safety belt system
be able to unbuckle the safety belt from performing properly. See your
quickly if necessary. dealer to have it repaired. Torn or
frayed safety belts may not protect
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch Safety Belt Extender you in a crash. They can rip apart
plate and pull it along the belt. If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten under impact forces. If a belt is torn
around you, you should use it. or frayed, have it replaced
Buckle, position, and release it the immediately.
same way as the lap part of a But if a safety belt is not long
lap-shoulder belt. enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder
an extender. When you go in to light is working. See Safety Belt
order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders 0 134.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Keep safety belts clean and dry. please see the dealer. Parts may After a minor crash, replacement of
See Safety Belt Care 0 73. need to be replaced to ensure safety belts may not be necessary.
proper functionality of the system. But the safety belt assemblies that
Safety Belt Care were used during any crash may
Keep belts clean and dry.
Replacing Safety Belt have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
System Parts after a belt assemblies inspected or
{ Warning Crash replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
Do not bleach or dye safety belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
{ Warning necessary even if the safety belt
the webbing. In a crash, they system was not being used at the
A crash can damage the safety
time of the crash.
might not be able to provide belt system in the vehicle.
adequate protection. Clean and A damaged safety belt system Have the safety belt pretensioners
rinse safety belt webbing only may not properly protect the checked if the vehicle has been in a
with mild soap and lukewarm person using it, resulting in crash, or if the airbag readiness light
water. Allow the webbing to dry. serious injury or even death in a stays on after you start the vehicle
crash. To help make sure the or while you are driving. See Airbag
safety belt systems are working Readiness Light 0 135.
Safety belts should be properly
cared for and maintained. properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
Safety belt hardware should be kept replacements made as soon as
dry and free of dust or debris. As
possible.
necessary exterior hard surfaces
and safety belt webbing may be
lightly cleaned with mild soap and
water. Ensure there is not excessive
dust or debris in the mechanism.
If dust or debris exists in the system
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word

AIRBAG is on the center of the Warning (Continued)
The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
airbags: the instrument panel for the front belts, not replace them. Also,
outboard passenger. airbags are not designed to inflate
. A frontal airbag for the driver. in every crash. In some crashes
. A frontal airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact safety belts are the only restraint.
outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the See When Should an Airbag
seatback closest to the door. Inflate? 0 76.
The vehicle may have the following
airbags: For roof-rail airbags, the word
Wearing your safety belt during a
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
. A seat-mounted side impact crash helps reduce your chance
airbag for the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement of hitting things inside the vehicle
the protection provided by safety or being ejected from it. Airbags
. A seat-mounted side impact belts. Even though today's airbags are “supplemental restraints” to
airbag for the front outboard are also designed to help reduce the safety belts. Everyone in the
passenger. the risk of injury from the force of an vehicle should wear a safety belt
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver inflating bag, all airbags must inflate properly, whether or not there is
and the passenger seated very quickly to do their job. an airbag for that person.
directly behind the driver. Here are the most important things
. A roof-rail airbag for the front to know about the airbag system:
outboard passenger and the
person seated directly behind { Warning { Warning
the front outboard passenger. Because airbags inflate with great
You can be severely injured or
All of the airbags in the vehicle will force and faster than the blink of
killed in a crash if you are not
have the word AIRBAG on the trim an eye, anyone who is up
or on a label near the deployment wearing your safety belt, even
against, or very close to any
opening. with airbags. Airbags are
airbag when it inflates can be
designed to work with safety
(Continued)
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Where Are the Airbags?

Warning (Continued) { Warning
seriously injured or killed. Do not Children who are up against,
sit unnecessarily close to any or very close to, any airbag when
airbag, as you would be if sitting it inflates can be seriously injured
on the edge of the seat or leaning or killed. Always secure children
forward. Safety belts help keep properly in the vehicle. To read
you in position before and during how, see Older Children 0 88 or
a crash. Always wear a safety Infants and Young Children 0 90.
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The safety belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when The driver frontal airbag is in the
you are sitting well back and center of the steering wheel.
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor. There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
Occupants should not lean on or
shows the airbag symbol.
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with The system checks the airbag
seat-mounted side impact airbags electrical system for malfunctions.
and/or roof-rail airbags. The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 135 for more
information.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The front outboard passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger Warning (Continued)
side instrument panel.
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, block the inflation path of a
Passenger Side Double and seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Regular Cabs Similar
Never secure anything to the roof
Driver Side Shown, Passenger If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
Side Similar for the driver, front outboard by routing a rope or tie‐down
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side passenger, and second row through any door or window
impact airbags for the driver and outboard passengers, they are in opening. If you do, the path of an
front outboard passenger, they are the ceiling above the side windows. inflating roof-rail airbag will be
in the side of the seatbacks closest blocked.
to the door. { Warning
If something is between an When Should an Airbag
occupant and an airbag, the Inflate?
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with
that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 0 74.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
(Continued) impact exceeds the specific airbag
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or If the GVWR is at or below 4 536 kg
Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow (10,000 lb), the vehicle has
predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. seat-mounted side impact airbags.
to be in time for the airbags to Frontal airbags are not intended to Vehicles with a GVWR above
inflate and help restrain the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) may or may not
occupants. The vehicle has rear impacts, or in many side have seat-mounted side impact
electronic sensors which help the impacts. airbags. Seat-mounted side impact
airbag system determine the airbags, if equipped, are designed
severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, if the GVWR (Gross to inflate in moderate to severe side
thresholds can vary with specific Vehicle Weight Rating) is at or crashes depending on the location
vehicle design. below 3 855 kg (8,500 lb), the of the impact. Seat-mounted side
vehicle has advanced technology impact airbags are not designed to
Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags. You can find the
inflate in moderate to severe frontal inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal
GVWR on the Certification/Tire label impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts.
or near frontal crashes to help on the center pillar of the vehicle.
reduce the potential for severe A seat-mounted side impact airbag
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 259 for is designed to inflate on the side of
injuries, mainly to the driver's or more information.
front outboard passenger's head the vehicle that is struck.
and chest. Advanced technology frontal airbags Vehicles with a GVWR at or below
adjust the restraint according to 3 855 kg (8,500 lb) have roof-rail
Whether the frontal airbags will or crash severity. Vehicles with
should inflate is not based primarily airbags. These roof-rail airbags are
advanced technology frontal airbags designed to inflate in moderate to
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. have a seat position sensor that
It depends on what is hit, the severe side crashes depending on
enables the sensing system to the location of the impact. In
direction of the impact, and how monitor the position of the driver
quickly the vehicle slows down. addition, these roof-rail airbags are
seat. The seat position sensor designed to inflate during a rollover
Frontal airbags may inflate at provides information that is used to or in a severe frontal impact. The
different crash speeds depending on adjust the deployment of the driver roof-rail airbags are not designed to
whether the vehicle hits an object frontal airbag. inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail
straight on or at an angle, and airbags will inflate when either side
of the vehicle is struck or if the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
sensing system predicts that the are designed to inflate in moderate What Makes an Airbag
vehicle is about to roll over on its to severe side crashes depending
side, or in a severe frontal impact. on the location of the impact. Both
Inflate?
Vehicles with a GVWR above roof-rail airbags will inflate when In a deployment event, the sensing
3 855 kg (8,500 lb) up to and either side of the vehicle is struck. system sends an electrical signal
including 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) also In addition, these roof-rail airbags triggering a release of gas from the
have roof-rail airbags. These are designed to inflate in a severe inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
roof-rail airbags are designed to frontal impact. If the vehicle has airbag causing the bag to break out
inflate in moderate to severe side single rear wheels and has a of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
crashes depending on the location factory-installed pickup box and and related hardware are all part of
of the impact. Both roof-rail airbags roof-rail airbags, the roof-rail airbags the airbag module.
will inflate when either side of the are rollover capable. If the vehicle
For airbag locations, see Where Are
vehicle is struck. In addition, these has dual rear wheels, or is sold as
the Airbags? 0 75.
roof-rail airbags are designed to an incomplete vehicle, as a chassis
cab, or with the pickup box
inflate in a severe frontal impact.
removed, and has roof-rail airbags, How Does an Airbag
The roof-rail airbags are also
rollover capable except on models the roof-rail airbags are not rollover Restrain?
sold as an incomplete vehicle with capable. If the airbags are rollover In moderate to severe frontal or
the pickup box removed. If the capable, both roof-rail airbags will near frontal collisions, even belted
roof-rail airbags are rollover also inflate if the sensing system occupants can contact the steering
capable, both roof-rail airbags will predicts that the vehicle is about to wheel or the instrument panel. In
also inflate if the sensing system roll over on its side. The roof-rail moderate to severe side collisions,
predicts that the vehicle is about to airbags are not designed to inflate in even belted occupants can contact
roll over on its side. The roof-rail rear impacts. the inside of the vehicle.
airbags are not designed to inflate in In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection
rear impacts. say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
Vehicles with a GVWR above inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
4 536 kg (10,000 lb) may or may not vehicle damage or repair costs. more evenly over the
be equipped with roof-rail airbags. occupant's body.
These roof-rail airbags, if equipped,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags even realize an airbag inflated.

are designed to help contain the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least Warning (Continued)
head and chest of occupants in the partially inflated for some time after
outboard seating positions in the they inflate. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have
first and second rows. The rollover the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot
capable roof-rail airbags are several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an
designed to help reduce the risk of airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air
full or partial ejection in rollover Airbags? 0 75. by opening a window or a door.
events, although no system can If you experience breathing
The parts of the airbag that come
prevent all such ejections. problems following an airbag
into contact with you may be warm,
deployment, you should seek
But airbags would not help in many but not too hot to touch. There may
types of collisions, primarily be some smoke and dust coming medical attention.
because the occupant's motion is from the vents in the deflated
not toward those airbags. See When airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 76. prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn
Airbags should never be regarded the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard
as anything more than a supplement the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the
to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle. fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
What Will You See after { Warning without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
an Airbag Inflates? When an airbag inflates, there threshold. You can lock the doors,
For an eAssist vehicle, see the may be dust in the air. This dust and turn off the interior lamps, and
Silverado/Sierra eAssist could cause breathing problems turn off the hazard warning flashers
supplement. for people with a history of by using the controls for those
asthma or other breathing trouble. features.
After the frontal airbags and
To avoid this, everyone in the
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so vehicle should get out as soon as
quickly that some people may not (Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If you do not get them, the switch that you can use to manually
{ Warning airbag system will not be there turn on or off the front outboard
to help protect you in another passenger frontal airbag. See
A crash severe enough to inflate crash. A new system will include Instrument Panel 0 6.
the airbags may have also airbag modules and possibly
damaged important functions in other parts. The service manual
the vehicle, such as the fuel for the vehicle covers the need
system, brake and steering to replace other parts.
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
appears to be drivable after a
and diagnostic module which
moderate crash, there may be
records information after a
concealed damage that could crash. See Vehicle Data
make it difficult to safely operate Recording and Privacy 0 485
the vehicle. and Event Data Recorders
Use caution if you should attempt 0 485. If the vehicle does not have an
to restart the engine after a crash airbag on-off switch, it may have a
. Let only qualified technicians passenger sensing system. See
has occurred. work on the airbag systems. Passenger Sensing System 0 82.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work This switch should only be turned to
In many crashes severe enough to
properly. See your dealer for the off position if the person in the
inflate the airbag, windshields are
service. front outboard passenger position is
broken by vehicle deformation. a member of a passenger risk group
Additional windshield breakage may identified by the national
also occur from the front outboard Airbag On-Off Switch
government as follows:
passenger airbag. If the passenger side instrument
. Airbags are designed to inflate panel endcap has the switch
only once. After an airbag pictured in the following illustration,
inflates, you will need some new the vehicle has an airbag on-off
parts for the airbag system.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Infant. An infant (less than 1 year necessary for the child to ride in
old) must ride in the front seat the front seat so that the driver Warning (Continued)
because: can constantly monitor the
child's condition. not be able to inflate and help
. My vehicle has no rear seat; protect the person sitting there.
. My vehicle has a rear seat too Medical Condition. A passenger Do not turn off the front outboard
small to accommodate a has a medical condition which, passenger frontal airbag unless
rear-facing infant seat; or according to his or her physician: the person sitting there is in a risk
. The infant has a medical . Causes the passenger airbag to group.
condition which, according to the pose a special risk for the
infant's physician, makes it passenger; and
necessary for the infant to ride in . Makes the potential harm from
the front seat so that the driver the passenger airbag in a crash
can constantly monitor the greater than the potential harm
child's condition. from turning off the airbag and
Child age 1 to 12. A child allowing the passenger, even if
age 1 to 12 must ride in the front belted, to hit the instrument
seat because: panel or windshield in a crash.
. My vehicle has no rear seat;
{ Warning To turn off the front outboard
. Although children ages 1 to 12
If the front outboard passenger passenger frontal airbag, insert the
ride in the rear seat(s) whenever
frontal airbag is turned off for a ignition key into the switch, push in,
possible, children ages 1 to 12
and move the switch to the off
sometimes must ride in the front person who is not in a risk group
position.
because no space is available in identified by the national
the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or government, that person will not The word OFF or the off symbol will
. have the extra protection of an come on in the passenger airbag
The child has a medical
airbag. In a crash, the airbag will status indicator located in the
condition which, according to the
overhead console to let you know
child's physician, makes it (Continued)
that the front outboard passenger
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
frontal airbag is off, after the system have a passenger sensing system.
check is completed. The airbag off See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for
light will come on and stay on to let more information.
you know that the front outboard The passenger airbag status
passenger frontal airbag is off. See indicator will light on the overhead
Airbag On-Off Light 0 136. The front console when the vehicle is started.
outboard passenger airbag will
remain off until you turn it back on
again.
To turn the front outboard passenger
{ Warning frontal airbag on again, insert the
ignition key into the switch, push in,
If the airbag readiness light ever and move the switch to the on
comes on and stays on, it means position. United States
that something may be wrong The front outboard passenger
with the airbag system. For frontal airbag is now enabled
example, the front outboard (may inflate). See Airbag On-Off
passenger frontal airbag could Light 0 136.
inflate even though the airbag
on-off switch is turned off. Passenger Sensing
To help avoid injury to yourself or System Canada and Mexico
others, have the vehicle serviced
If the vehicle has one of the The words ON and OFF, or the
right away. See Airbag Readiness
following indicators, then the vehicle symbol for on and off, will be visible
Light 0 135 for more information, during the system check. When the
has a passenger sensing system for
including important safety the front outboard passenger system check is complete, either the
information. position, unless there is an airbag word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
on-off switch on the instrument on or off, will be visible. See
panel endcap. If there is an airbag Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on-off switch, the vehicle does not 0 137.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The passenger sensing system

turns off the front outboard { Warning Warning (Continued)
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger
is affected by the passenger restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far
sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to
airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear
The passenger sensing system the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another
works with sensors that are part of restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child
the front outboard passenger seat
the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available.
and safety belt. The sensors are
forward-facing child restraint can
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and be seriously injured or killed if the If the vehicle does not have a rear
determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates seat that will accommodate a
passenger frontal airbag should be and the passenger seat is in a rear-facing child restraint, a
allowed to inflate or not. forward position. rear-facing child restraint should not
According to accident statistics, Even if the passenger sensing be installed in the vehicle, even if
children are safer when properly system has turned off the the airbag is off.
secured in a rear seat in the correct passenger frontal airbag, no The passenger sensing system is
child restraint for their weight system is fail-safe. No one can designed to turn off the front
and size. guarantee that an airbag will not outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
Whenever possible, children aged deploy under some unusual . The front outboard passenger
12 and under should be secured in circumstance, even though the seat is unoccupied.
a rear seating position. airbag is turned off.
. The system determines an infant
Never put a rear-facing child seat in Never put a rear-facing child is present in a child restraint.
the front. This is because the risk to restraint in the front seat, even if
. A front outboard passenger
the rear-facing child is so great, the airbag is off. If securing a
takes his/her weight off of the
if the airbag deploys. forward-facing child restraint in
seat for a period of time.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. There is a critical problem with frontal airbag, depending upon the is present in a child restraint. If a
the airbag system or the person's seating posture and body child restraint has been installed
passenger sensing system. build. Everyone in the vehicle who and the on indicator is lit:
When the passenger sensing has outgrown child restraints should 1. Turn the vehicle off.
system has turned off the front wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there is 2. Remove the child restraint from
outboard passenger frontal airbag, the vehicle.
the off indicator will light and stay lit an airbag for that person.
as a reminder that the airbag is off. 3. Remove any additional items
See Passenger Airbag Status { Warning from the seat such as blankets,
Indicator 0 137. cushions, seat covers, seat
If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers.
The passenger sensing system is comes on and stays on, it means
designed to turn on the front 4. Reinstall the child restraint
that something may be wrong
outboard passenger frontal airbag following the directions
with the airbag system. To help
anytime the system senses that a provided by the child restraint
avoid injury to yourself or others, manufacturer and refer to
person of adult size is sitting
have the vehicle serviced right Securing Child Restraints (With
properly in the front outboard
away. See Airbag Readiness the Safety Belt in the Center
passenger seat.
Light 0 135 for more information, Front Seat) 0 105 or Securing
When the passenger sensing including important safety Child Restraints (With the
system has allowed the airbag to be information. Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
enabled, the on indicator will light 0 102 or Securing Child
and stay lit as a reminder that the Restraints (With the Safety Belt
airbag is active. If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
in the Front Passenger Seat)
For some children, including
Child Restraint 0 106.
children in child restraints, and for The passenger sensing system is
Make sure the safety belt
very small adults, the passenger designed to turn off the front
retractor is locked by pulling
sensing system may or may not turn outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the shoulder belt all the way
off the front outboard passenger the system determines that an infant
out of the retractor when
installing the child restraint,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
even if the child restraint is vehicle to transport the child when a steps to allow the system to detect
equipped with a safety belt rear seat is not available. Never put that person and enable the front
lock-off. When the retractor a rear-facing child restraint in the outboard passenger frontal airbag:
lock is set, the belt can be front seat, even if the on indicator is 1. Turn the vehicle off.
tightened but not pulled out of not lit.
the retractor. 2. Remove any additional material
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an from the seat, such as
5. If, after reinstalling the child Adult-Sized Occupant blankets, cushions, seat
restraint and restarting the covers, seat heaters, or seat
vehicle, the on indicator is still massagers.
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle 3. Place the seatback in the fully
seatback and adjust the seat upright position.
cushion, if adjustable, to make 4. Have the person sit upright in
sure that the vehicle seatback the seat, centered on the seat
is not pushing the child cushion, with legs comfortably
restraint into the seat cushion. extended.
Also make sure the child 5. If the shoulder portion of the
restraint is not trapped under belt is pulled out all the way,
the vehicle head restraint. the child restraint locking
If this happens, adjust the head feature will be engaged. This
restraint. See Head Restraints may unintentionally cause the
If a person of adult size is sitting in
0 57. passenger sensing system to
the front outboard passenger seat,
6. Restart the vehicle. but the off indicator is lit, it could be turn the airbag off for some
because that person is not sitting adult-sized occupants. If this
The passenger sensing system may happens, unbuckle the belt, let
or may not turn off the airbag for a properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged. the belt go back all the way,
child in a child restraint depending and then buckle the belt again
upon the child’s size. It is better to If this happens, use the following
without pulling the belt out all
secure child restraints in the rear the way.
seat. Consider using another
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
6. Restart the vehicle and have in the Index for additional

the person remain in this information about the importance of { Warning
position for two to three minutes proper restraint use.
after the on indicator is lit. Stowing of articles under the
A thick layer of additional material, passenger seat or between the
such as a blanket or cushion, passenger seat cushion and
{ Warning or aftermarket equipment such as seatback may interfere with the
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat proper operation of the passenger
If the front outboard passenger massagers can affect how well the
airbag is turned off for an sensing system.
passenger sensing system
adult-sized occupant, the airbag operates. We recommend that you
will not be able to inflate and help not use seat covers or other Servicing the
protect that person in a crash, aftermarket equipment except when
resulting in an increased risk of approved by GM for your specific
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
serious injury or even death. An vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
adult-sized occupant should not the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87 should be serviced. There are parts
ride in the front outboard for more information about of the airbag system in several
passenger seat, if the passenger modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your
airbag off indicator is lit. the system operates. dealer and the service manual have
The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To
Additional Factors Affecting purchase a service manual, see
System Operation handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering
Safety belts help keep the an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 482.
passenger in position on the seat desired, remove the object from
during vehicle maneuvers and the seat.
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
ceiling headliner or pillar garnish turning off the passenger airbag(s).

{ Warning trim, overhead console, front See Passenger Sensing System
sensors, side impact sensors, 0 82.
For up to 10 seconds after the or airbag wiring.
vehicle is turned off and the If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
battery is disconnected, an airbag Your dealer and the service manual airbags, see Different Size Tires
can still inflate during improper have information about the location and Wheels 0 418 for additional
service. You can be injured if you of the airbag sensors, sensing and important information.
are close to an airbag when it diagnostic module, and airbag If a snow plow is added to the
wiring. vehicle, the airbags should still work
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the In addition, the vehicle may have a properly. The airbag systems were
airbag system. Be sure to follow passenger sensing system for the designed to work properly under a
proper service procedures, and front outboard passenger position, wide range of conditions, including
make sure the person performing which includes sensors that are part snow plowing with vehicles that
work for you is qualified to do so. of the passenger seat. The have the optional snow plow prep
passenger sensing system may not package (RPO VYU). Do not
operate properly if the original seat change or defeat the snow plow's
Adding Equipment to the trim is replaced with non-GM “tripping mechanism.” If you do, it
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle covers, upholstery, or trim; or with can damage the snow plow and the
GM covers, upholstery, or trim vehicle, and may cause an airbag
Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any deployment.
vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat
height, front end, or side sheet If you have to modify your vehicle
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad because you have a disability and
metal, may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top
from working properly. The you have questions about whether
of the seat fabric, could also the modifications will affect the
operation of the airbag system can interfere with the operation of the
also be affected by changing any vehicle's airbag system, or if you
passenger sensing system. This have questions about whether the
parts of the front seats, safety belts, could either prevent proper
the airbag sensing and diagnostic airbag system will be affected if the
deployment of the passenger vehicle is modified for any other
module, steering wheel, instrument airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
panel, any of the airbag modules, sensing system from properly
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
reason, call Customer Assistance. Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints

See Customer Assistance Offices
0 475.
Parts after a Crash
Older Children
Airbag System Check { Warning
The airbag system does not need A crash can damage the airbag
regularly scheduled maintenance or systems in the vehicle.
replacement. Make sure the airbag A damaged airbag system may
readiness light is working. See not properly protect you and your
Airbag Readiness Light 0 135. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
Caution help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
If an airbag covering is damaged, after a crash, have them
opened, or broken, the airbag inspected and any necessary
may not work properly. Do not replacements made as soon as
open or break the airbag possible. Older children who have outgrown
coverings. If there are any booster seats should wear the
opened or broken airbag vehicle safety belts.
coverings, have the airbag If an airbag inflates, you will need to
covering and/or airbag module replace airbag system parts. See
replaced. For the location of the your dealer for service.
airbags, see Where Are the If the airbag readiness light stays on
Airbags? 0 75. See your dealer after the vehicle is started or comes
for service. on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 135.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be According to accident statistics,
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the children are safer when properly
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, restrained in a rear seating position.
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. In a crash, children who are not
lap-shoulder belt until the child If you have the choice, a child buckled up can strike other people
passes the fit test below: should sit in a position with a who are buckled up, or can be
. Sit all the way back on the seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the thrown out of the vehicle. Older
Do the knees bend at the seat additional restraint a shoulder children need to use safety belts
edge? If yes, continue. If no, belt can provide. properly.
return to the booster seat. Q: What is the proper way to
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. wear safety belts? { Warning
Does the shoulder belt rest on A: An older child should wear a
the shoulder? If yes, continue. Never allow more than one child
lap-shoulder belt and get the to wear the same safety belt. The
If no, try using the rear safety additional restraint a shoulder
belt comfort guide, if available. safety belt cannot properly spread
belt can provide. The shoulder the impact forces. In a crash, they
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort belt should not cross the face or
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt can be crushed together and
neck. The lap belt should fit
0 68. If a comfort guide is not seriously injured. A safety belt
snugly below the hips, just
available, or if the shoulder belt must be used by only one person
touching the top of the thighs.
still does not rest on the This applies belt force to the at a time.
shoulder, then return to the child's pelvic bones in a crash.
booster seat. It should never be worn over the
. Does the lap belt fit low and abdomen, which could cause
snug on the hips, touching the severe or even fatal internal
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, injuries in a crash.
return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 68.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
restraints. In fact, the law in every

Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
That could cause serious or fatal children up to some age must be
injuries. The shoulder belt should restrained while in a vehicle.
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
Never allow a child to wear the
retractor. It unlocks when the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
behind their back. A child can be
the way back into the retractor,
seriously injured by not wearing
but it cannot do this if it is
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
wrapped around a child’s neck.
crash, the child would not be
If the shoulder belt is locked and
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
Infants and Young tightened around a child’s neck,
Children the only way to loosen the belt is
forward increasing the chance of
to cut it.
head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs
might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and Never leave children unattended
belt. The belt force would then be all other children. Neither the in a vehicle and never allow
applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and children to play with the safety
(Continued) size of the traveler changes the belts.
need, for everyone, to use safety
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Every time infants and young

children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ Warning
Child restraints are devices used to
Never hold an infant or a child { Warning restrain, seat, or position children in
while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against, the vehicle and are sometimes
crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when called child seats or car seats.
will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured There are three basic types of
possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraints:
For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) . Forward-facing child restraints
outboard seat. Secure a
infant will suddenly become a rear-facing child restraint in a rear . Rearward-facing child restraints
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's seat. It is also better to secure a . Belt-positioning booster seats
arms. An infant or child should be forward-facing child restraint in a
secured in an appropriate The proper child restraint for your
rear seat. If you must secure a child depends on their size, weight,
restraint. forward-facing child restraint in and age, and also on whether the
the front outboard seat, always child restraint is compatible with the
move the front passenger seat as vehicle in which it will be used.
far back as it will go.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
For each type of child restraint, Child Restraint Systems

there are many different models { Warning
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be A young child's hip bones are still
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the so small that the vehicle's regular
restraint will have a label saying that safety belt may not remain low on
it meets federal motor vehicle safety the hip bones, as it should.
standards. The restraint Instead, it may settle up around
manufacturer's instructions that the child's abdomen. In a crash,
come with the restraint state the the belt would apply force on a
weight and height limitations for a body area that is unprotected by
particular child restraint. In addition, any bony structure. This alone
there are many kinds of restraints could cause serious or fatal
available for children with special injuries. To reduce the risk of
needs. serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat
crash, young children should A rear-facing child restraint provides
{ Warning always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and The harness system holds the infant
toddlers should be secured in a in place and, in a crash, acts to
rear-facing child restraint until age keep the infant positioned in the
two, or until they reach the restraint.
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child restraint A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions
provides restraint for the child's used for children who have in this manual.
body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury,
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
Children 0 88. the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 96 for more
information. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with If a child restraint is secured in the
restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial front outboard passenger seat, and
that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. the vehicle has a switch on the
may be on the restraint itself or in a passenger side instrument panel
booklet, or both, and to this manual. Securing the Child Within the endcap to manually turn off the front
The child restraint instructions are Child Restraint outboard passenger airbag, see
important, so if they are not Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 and
available, obtain a replacement { Warning Securing Child Restraints (With the
copy from the manufacturer. Safety Belt in the Center Front Seat)
A child can be seriously injured or 0 105 or Securing Child Restraints
Keep in mind that an unsecured
killed in a crash if the child is not (With the Safety Belt in the Rear
child restraint can move around in a
properly secured in the child Seat) 0 102 or Securing Child
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to restraint. Secure the child Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
properly secure any child restraint in properly following the instructions the Front Passenger Seat) 0 106 for
the vehicle — even when no child is that came with that child restraint. more information, including
in it. important safety information.
In some areas of the United States Where to Put the Never put a rear-facing child seat in
and Canada, Certified Child the front. This is because the risk to
Restraint the rear-facing child is so great,
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect According to accident statistics, if the airbag deploys.
and demonstrate how to correctly children and infants are safer when
use and install child restraints. In properly restrained in an appropriate { Warning
the U.S., refer to the National child restraint secured in a rear
Highway Traffic Safety seating position. A child in a rear-facing child
Administration (NHTSA) website to restraint can be seriously injured
Whenever possible, children aged
locate the nearest child safety seat or killed if the front outboard
12 and under should be secured in
inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position. passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Child restraints and booster seats

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
rear-facing child restraint would back as it will go. It is better to better than others.
be very close to the inflating secure the child restraint in a
airbag. A child in a forward-facing rear seat. Depending on where you place the
child restraint can be seriously child restraint and the size of the
injured or killed if the front child restraint, you may not be able
outboard passenger frontal airbag to access adjacent safety belts or
inflates and the passenger seat is { Warning LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
in a forward position. A child in a child restraint in the Adjacent seating positions should
Even if the passenger sensing center front seat can be badly not be used if the child restraint
system or airbag switch has injured or killed by the frontal prevents access to or interferes with
turned off the front outboard airbags if they inflate. Never the routing of the safety belt.
passenger frontal airbag, no secure a child restraint in the If the vehicle does not have a rear
system is fail-safe. No one can center front seat. It is always seat that will accommodate a
guarantee that an airbag will not better to secure a child restraint in rear-facing child restraint, a
deploy under some unusual a rear seat. rear-facing child restraint should not
circumstance, even though it is be installed in the vehicle, even if
turned off. Do not use child restraints in the the airbag is off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints center front seat position. Wherever a child restraint is
in a rear seat, even if the airbag When securing a child restraint in a installed, be sure to follow the
is off. If you secure a rear seating position, study the instructions that came with the child
forward-facing child restraint in instructions that came with your restraint system and secure the
the front outboard passenger child restraint to make sure it is child restraint system properly.
seat, always move the seat as far compatible with this vehicle. Keep in mind that an unsecured
(Continued) child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s See Securing Child Restraints (With
your vehicle — even when no child safety belts to secure the child in the Safety Belt in the Center Front
is in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer Seat) 0 105 or Securing Child
recommends that the booster seat Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system, the Rear Seat) 0 102 or Securing
this can be done as long as the Child Restraints (With the Safety
Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned Belt in the Front Passenger Seat)
(LATCH System) properly and there is no interference 0 106.
The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the Child restraints built after March
restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child. 2014 will be labeled with the
LATCH attachments on the child Make sure to follow the instructions specific child weight up to which the
restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint, LATCH system can be used to
restraint to the anchors in the and also the instructions in this install the restraint.
vehicle. This system is designed to manual.
make installation of a child restraint The following explains how to attach
easier. When installing a child restraint with a child restraint with these
a top tether, you must also use attachments in the vehicle.
In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the
your vehicle, you need a child Not all vehicle seating positions or
safety belts to properly secure the child restraints have lower anchors
restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must
attachments. LATCH-compatible and attachments or top tether
never be attached using only the top anchors and attachments. In this
rear-facing and forward-facing child tether.
seats can be properly installed case, the safety belt must be used
using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can (with top tether where available) to
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight secure the child restraint.
use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is See Securing Child Restraints (With
LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt the Safety Belt in the Center Front
a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH Seat) 0 105 or Securing Child
child seat. anchorage system once the Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
combined weight is more than the Rear Seat) 0 102 or Securing
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Child Restraints (With the Safety Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) top tether are designed for use with
0 106. or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
Lower Anchors tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars attachment (2) on the child restraint
built into the vehicle. There are two connects to the top tether anchor in
lower anchors for each LATCH the vehicle in order to reduce the
seating position that will forward movement and rotation of
accommodate a child restraint with the child restraint during driving or in
lower attachments (2). a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Rear Seat
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top i : Seating positions with
tether to the anchor. top tether anchors.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
j : Seating positions with two lower The top tether anchors are the loops Securing a Child Restraint
anchors. near the top of the seatback for Designed for the LATCH
each rear seating position. These System
loops will be used to route the top
tether through, as well as to secure
the top tether to the vehicle. Be sure { Warning
to use the anchor (loop) on the If a LATCH-type child restraint is
same side of the vehicle as the not attached to anchors, the child
seating position where the child
restraint will not be able to protect
restraint will be placed.
To assist in locating the lower the child correctly. In a crash, the
anchors on crew cab models, each Be sure to read the following child could be seriously injured or
seating position with lower anchors instructions to properly install a child killed. Install a LATCH-type child
has two labels near the crease restraint using these loops. restraint properly using the
between the seatback and the seat Do not secure a child restraint in a anchors, or use the vehicle's
cushion. position without a top tether anchor safety belts to secure the
if a national or local law requires restraint, following the instructions
that the top tether be attached, or if that came with the child restraint
the instructions that come with the and the instructions in this
child restraint say that the top tether manual.
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child { Warning
restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child
system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor,
position. See Where to Put the except for the center top tether
Restraint 0 94 for additional
anchors in the crew cab models.
information.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Attaching more than one child If the shoulder belt is locked and Do not fold the rear seatback
restraint to a single anchor could tightened around a child’s neck, when the seat is occupied. Do not
cause the anchor or attachment the only way to loosen the belt is fold the empty rear seat with a
to come loose or even break to cut it. safety belt buckled. This could
during a crash. A child or others Buckle any unused safety belts damage the safety belt or the
could be injured. To reduce the behind the child restraint so seat. Unbuckle and return the
risk of serious or fatal injuries children cannot reach them. Pull safety belt to its stowed position,
during a crash, attach only one the shoulder belt all the way out before folding the seat.
child restraint per anchor. of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the If you need to secure more than one
child restraint after the child child restraint in the rear seat, see
{ Warning restraint has been installed. Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
This system is designed to make
Children can be seriously injured installation of child restraints easier.
or strangled if a shoulder belt is When using lower anchors, do not
wrapped around their neck. The Caution
use the vehicle's safety belts.
shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH Instead use the vehicle's anchors
cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the and child restraint attachments to
The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicle’s safety belts. This may secure the restraints. Some
pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary, restraints also use another vehicle
retractor. It unlocks when the anchor to secure a top tether.
move buckled safety belts to
shoulder belt is allowed to go all avoid rubbing the LATCH 1. Attach and tighten the lower
the way back into the retractor, attachments. attachments to the lower
but it cannot do this if it is anchors. If the child restraint
wrapped around a child’s neck. (Continued)
does not have lower
(Continued) attachments or the desired
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
seating position does not have 2.1. For a top tether in the
lower anchors, secure the child rear driver side position:
restraint with the top tether and 2.1.1. Raise the
the safety belts. Refer to your headrest.
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the 2.1.2. Route the top
instructions in this manual. tether (4) between
the headrest
1.1. Find the lower anchors posts, through the
for the desired seating loop (3), behind
position. the inboard
1.2. Put the child restraint on headrest post, and
the seat. under the center
Example — Rear Driver Side
1.3. Attach and tighten the shoulder belt (2).
Position
lower attachments on the 2.1.3. Then attach the
child restraint to the lower top tether (4) to
anchors. the top tether
2. For forward facing child anchor (loop) (1) at
restraints, attach and tighten the center rear
the top tether to the top tether seating position.
anchor (loop), if your vehicle 2.2. For a top tether in the
has one. Follow the child rear center position:
restraint instructions the 2.2.1. Route the top
vehicle LATCH anchor weight tether (4) through
limits described at the the center loop (1),
beginning of this section, and and behind the
the following steps: passenger side
Example — Rear Driver Side
Position headrest post.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
2.2.2. Then attach the 3. Tighten the top tether per the Headrest Removal and
top tether (4) to child restraint manufacturer's Reinstallation
the top tether instructions.
anchor (loop) at Removing Rear Headrests
When the top tether is properly
the rear passenger tightened, the anchor (loop) For outboard rear seating positions,
side seating may bend. This is normal and if the child restraint cannot be
position. will not damage the vehicle. installed properly with the headrest
2.3. For a top tether in the in place, the headrest may be
If child restraints are installed removed. See your dealer for
rear passenger position: in both outboard positions, both assistance with removal, and store
2.3.1. Raise the top tethers can be attached to the removed headrests in a secure
headrest. the center loop. Top tethers place. When the child restraint is
2.3.2. Route the top can be attached for child removed, reinstall the headrest
tether (4) between restraints in all three rear before the seating position is used.
the headrest seating positions at the same
time, following the routing Reinstalling Rear Headrests
posts, through the
loop on the instructions above.
passenger side 4. Before placing a child in the
and behind the child restraint, make sure it is
inboard securely held in place. To
headrest post. check, grasp the child restraint
2.3.3. Then attach the at the LATCH path and attempt
top tether (4) to to move it side to side and
the top tether back and forth. There should
anchor (loop) (1) at be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
the center rear of movement for proper
seating position. installation.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To reinstall the headrest: If the vehicle has the LATCH system Do not secure a child seat in a
1. Insert the headrest posts into and it was being used during a position without a top tether anchor
the holes in the top of the crash, new LATCH system parts if a national or local law requires
seatback with the longer may be needed. that the top tether be anchored, or if
chrome plated post toward the New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the
driver side of the vehicle. necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap
system was not being used at the must be anchored.
2. Push the headrest all the way
down until it contacts the top of time of the crash. In Canada, the law requires that
the seatback. forward-facing child restraints have
Securing Child Restraints a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
Replacing LATCH System (With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat) If the child restraint or vehicle seat
Parts After a Crash position does not have the LATCH
When securing a child restraint in a system, you will be using the safety
{ Warning rear seating position, study the belt to secure the child restraint. Be
instructions that came with the child sure to follow the instructions that
A crash can damage the LATCH restraint to make sure it is came with the child restraint.
system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle.
LATCH system may not properly If more than one child restraint
If the child restraint has the LATCH needs to be installed in the rear
secure the child restraint,
system, see Lower Anchors and seat, be sure to read Where to Put
resulting in serious injury or even
Tethers for Children (LATCH the Restraint 0 94.
death in a crash. To help make System) 0 96 for how and where to
sure the LATCH system is install the child restraint using Double Cab
working properly after a crash, LATCH. If a child restraint is secured 1. Remove the headrest prior to
see your dealer to have the in the vehicle using a safety belt installing a forward-facing child
system inspected and any and it uses a top tether, see Lower restraint in an outboard rear
necessary replacements made as Anchors and Tethers for Children seating position. See “Headrest
soon as possible. (LATCH System) 0 96 for top tether Removal and Reinstallation”
anchor locations.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
under Lower Anchors and Position the release button on

Tethers for Children (LATCH the buckle, away from the child
System) 0 96. restraint system, so that the
2. Put the child restraint on safety belt could be quickly
the seat. unbuckled if necessary.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the installing a forward-facing child
way out of the retractor to set restraint, it may be helpful to
the lock. When the retractor use your knee to push down on
lock is set, the belt can be the child restraint as you
tightened but not pulled out of tighten the belt.
the retractor. Try to pull the belt out of the
4. Push the latch plate into the retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
buckle until it clicks.
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
7. For forward-facing child System) 0 96 for additional Position the release button on
restraints, attach and tighten information on installing the the buckle, away from the child
the top tether to the top tether headrest properly. restraint system, so that the
anchor (loop). Refer to the child safety belt could be quickly
restraint instructions, the Crew Cab unbuckled if necessary.
vehicle LATCH anchor weight 1. Put the child restraint on
limits and instructions listed in the seat.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 96.
8. Before placing a child in the of the vehicle's safety belt
child restraint, make sure it is through or around the restraint.
securely held in place. To The child restraint instructions
check, grasp the child restraint will show you how.
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
movement. way out of the retractor to set
To remove the child restraint, the lock. When the retractor
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and lock is set, the belt can be
let it return to the stowed position. tightened but not pulled out of
If the top tether is attached to a top the retractor.
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Reinstall the headrest before the
seating position is used. See 3. Push the latch plate into the
“Headrest Removal and buckle until it clicks.
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
6. If the child restraint has a top removed. See your dealer for
tether, follow the child restraint assistance with removal, and store
manufacturer's instructions the removed headrest in a secure
regarding the use of the top place. When the child restraint is
tether. See Lower Anchors and removed, reinstall the headrest
Tethers for Children (LATCH before the seating position is used.
System) 0 96 for more For reinstallation instructions, see
information on using the top “Headrest Removal and
tether anchors. Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
7. Before placing a child in the and Tethers for Children (LATCH
child restraint, make sure it is System) 0 96.
securely held in place. To
5. To tighten the belt, push down check, grasp the child restraint Securing Child Restraints
on the child restraint, pull the at the safety belt path and (With the Safety Belt in
shoulder portion of the belt to attempt to move it side to side the Center Front Seat)
tighten the lap portion of the and back and forth. When the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt child restraint is properly
back into the retractor. When installed, there should be no { Warning
installing a forward-facing child more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
A child in a child restraint in the
restraint, it may be helpful to movement.
center front seat can be badly
use your knee to push down on To remove the child restraint, injured or killed by the frontal
the child restraint as you unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and airbags if they inflate. Never
tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position. secure a child restraint in the
Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top center front seat. It is always
retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it. better to secure a child restraint in
retractor is locked. If the For outboard rear seating positions, a rear seat.
retractor is not locked, repeat if the child restraint cannot be
Steps 4 and 5. installed properly with the headrest
Do not use child restraints in the
in place, the headrest may be
center front seat position.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Securing Child Restraints

(With the Safety Belt in
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
the Front A child in a rear-facing child under some unusual

restraint can be seriously injured circumstance, even though it is
Passenger Seat) or killed if the front outboard turned off.
With Passenger Sensing passenger airbag inflates. This is Secure rear-facing child restraints
System because the back of the in a rear seat, even if the airbag
rear-facing child restraint would is off. If you secure a
This vehicle has airbags. A rear be very close to the inflating
seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint in
airbag. A child in a forward-facing the front outboard passenger
forward-facing child restraint. See
child restraint can be seriously seat, always move the seat as far
Where to Put the Restraint 0 94.
injured or killed if the front back as it will go. It is better to
In addition, the vehicle may have a outboard passenger airbag
passenger sensing system which is secure the child restraint in a
inflates and the passenger seat is rear seat.
designed to turn off the front in a forward position.
outboard passenger frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System
under certain conditions. The vehicle may have a 0 82 for additional information.
See Passenger Sensing System passenger sensing system which
0 82 and Passenger Airbag Status is designed to turn off the front
Indicator 0 137 for more information outboard passenger frontal airbag If the vehicle does not have a rear
on this, including important safety under certain conditions. seat that will accommodate a
information. rear-facing child restraint, a
Even if the passenger sensing rear-facing child restraint should not
Never put a rear-facing child seat in system, if equipped, has turned be installed in the vehicle, even if
the front. This is because the risk to off the front outboard passenger the airbag is off.
the rear-facing child is so great, frontal airbag, no system is
if the airbag deploys. If a child restraint uses a top tether,
fail-safe. No one can guarantee
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
that an airbag will not deploy Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for
(Continued) top tether anchor locations.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Do not secure a child seat in a airbag status indicator should

position without a top tether anchor light and stay lit when you start
if a national or local law requires the vehicle. See Passenger
that the top tether be anchored, or if Airbag Status Indicator 0 137.
the instructions that come with the 2. Put the child restraint on
child restraint say that the top strap the seat.
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions
forward-facing child restraints have of the vehicle's safety belt
a top tether, and that the tether be through or around the restraint.
attached. The child restraint instructions
When using the lap-shoulder belt to will show you how.
secure the child restraint in this 4. Push the latch plate into the
position, follow the instructions that buckle until it clicks.
came with the child restraint and the Position the release button,
following instructions: away from the child restraint
1. Move the seat as far back as it system, so that the safety belt
will go before securing the could be quickly unbuckled if
forward-facing child restraint. necessary.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system, if equipped, has turned Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
off the front outboard belt, if needed.
passenger frontal airbag, the
off indicator in the passenger
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
7. If the vehicle does not have a

rear seat and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and to Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down securely held in place. To
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the check, grasp the child restraint
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to at the safety belt path and
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the attempt to move it side to side
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt and back and forth. When the
the retractor. back into the retractor. When child restraint is properly
installing a forward-facing child installed, there should be no
restraint, it may be helpful to more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
use your knee to push down on movement.
the child restraint as you If the vehicle is equipped with a
tighten the belt. passenger sensing system, and
Try to pull the belt out of the when the passenger sensing system
retractor to make sure the has turned off the front outboard
retractor is locked. If the passenger frontal airbag, the off
retractor is not locked, repeat indicator in the passenger airbag
Steps 5 and 6. status indicator should light and stay
lit when the vehicle is started.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If a child restraint has been installed

and the on indicator is lit, see “If the { Warning Warning (Continued)
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in
System 0 82 for more information. restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
To remove the child restraint, passenger airbag inflates. This is back as it will go. It is better to
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and because the back of the secure the child restraint in a
let it return to the stowed position. rear-facing child restraint would rear seat.
If the top tether is attached to a top
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
With Airbag On-Off Switch child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front { Warning
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a outboard passenger airbag If the airbag readiness light ever
forward-facing child restraint. See inflates and the passenger seat is comes on and stays on, it means
Where to Put the Restraint 0 94. in a forward position. that something may be wrong
There may be a switch on the Even if the airbag switch has with the airbag system. For
instrument panel endcap that you turned off the front outboard example, the front outboard
can use to turn off the front passenger frontal airbag, no passenger frontal airbag could
outboard passenger frontal airbag. system is fail-safe. No one can inflate even though the airbag
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for guarantee that an airbag will not on-off switch is turned off.
more information, including deploy under some unusual To help avoid injury to yourself or
important safety information. circumstance, even though it is others, have the vehicle serviced
Never put a rear-facing child seat in turned off. right away. See Airbag Readiness
the front. This is because the risk to Secure rear-facing child restraints Light 0 135 for more information,
the rear-facing child is so great, in a rear seat, even if the airbag including important safety
if the airbag deploys. is off. If you secure a information.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If the vehicle does not have a rear When using the lap-shoulder belt to
seat that will accommodate a secure the child restraint in this
rear-facing child restraint, a position, follow the instructions that
rear-facing child restraint should not came with the child restraint and the
be installed in the vehicle, even if following instructions:
the airbag is off. 1. Move the seat as far back as it
If a child restraint uses a top tether, will go before securing the
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for forward-facing child restraint.
Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for Move the seat upward or the
top tether anchor locations. seatback to an upright position,
Do not secure a child restraint in a if needed, to get a tight
position without a top tether anchor installation of the child
if a national or local law requires restraint. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
that the top tether be anchored, or if When the airbag off switch (if belt, if needed.
the instructions that come with the equipped) has turned off the
child restraint say that the top strap front outboard passenger
must be anchored. frontal airbag, the off indicator
In Canada, the law requires that in the airbag off light should
forward-facing child restraints have light and stay lit when you start
a top tether, and that the tether be the vehicle. See Airbag On-Off
attached. Light 0 136.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
through or around the restraint.
4. Push the latch plate into the
The child restraint instructions
buckle until it clicks.
will show you how.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Position the release button, 7. If the vehicle does not have a

away from the child restraint rear seat and the child restraint
system, so that the safety belt manufacturer recommends
could be quickly unbuckled if using a top tether anchor,
necessary. attach the top tether to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and to Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
6. To tighten the belt, push down securely held in place. To
on the child restraint, pull the check, grasp the child restraint
shoulder portion of the belt to at the safety belt path and
tighten the lap portion of the attempt to move it side to side
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and back and forth. When the
back into the retractor. When child restraint is properly
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the installing a forward-facing child installed, there should be no
way out of the retractor to set restraint, it may be helpful to more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
the lock. When the retractor use your knee to push down on movement.
lock is set, the belt can be the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tightened but not pulled out of tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
the retractor. Try to pull the belt out of the let it return to the stowed position.
retractor to make sure the If the top tether is attached to a top
retractor is locked. If the tether anchor, disconnect it.
retractor is not locked, repeat If you turned the airbag off with the
Steps 5 and 6. switch (if equipped), turn on the
front outboard passenger airbag
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
when you remove the child restraint When using the lap-shoulder belt to
from the vehicle unless the person Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
who will be sitting there is a member position, follow the instructions that
of a passenger airbag risk group. airbag. Always secure a came with the child restraint and the
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 80 for rear-facing child restraint in a following instructions:
more information, including rear seat.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
important safety information. will go before securing the
Heavy-Duty Crew Cab Only If a child restraint uses a top tether, forward-facing child restraint.
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Move the seat upward or the
This vehicle has airbags. A rear Children (LATCH System) 0 96 for seatback to an upright position,
seat is a safer place to secure a top tether anchor locations. if needed, to get a tight
forward-facing child restraint. See installation of the child
Do not secure a child seat in a
Where to Put the Restraint 0 94. restraint.
position without a top tether anchor
Never put a rear-facing child seat in if a national or local law requires 2. Put the child restraint on
the front. This is because the risk to that the top tether be anchored, or if the seat.
the rear-facing child is so great, the instructions that come with the
if the airbag deploys. child restraint say that the top strap 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
must be anchored. the lap and shoulder portions
{ Warning In Canada, the law requires that through or around the restraint.
forward-facing child restraints have The child restraint instructions
A child in a rear-facing child a top tether, and that the tether be
restraint can be seriously injured will show you how.
attached.
or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
Position the release button, the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
away from the child restraint lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
system, so that the safety belt tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
could be quickly unbuckled if the retractor. back into the retractor. When
necessary. installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
7. If your child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 96 for more
information on using the top
tether anchors.
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Storage 115
Storage Storage To access, pull down on the handle.
Compartments Card Holder

Storage Compartments If equipped, there is a card holder
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 115 { Warning on the front instrument panel to the
left of the steering wheel.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 115
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Do not store heavy or sharp
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 objects in storage compartments. Glove Box
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 116 In a crash, these objects may
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 116 cause the cover to open and
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . 117 could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Instrument Panel Storage
If equipped, there is storage under
the climate control system.
To access the upper glove box,

unlock with the key and pull up on
the handle.
If equipped, there is a USB port in
the upper glove box.
To access the lower glove box, pull
down on the handle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
116 Storage
Cupholders Sunglasses Storage Center Console Storage

Front
There may be cupholders on the
center front seat console armrest.
Rear
Bench Seat
If equipped, sunglasses storage is
If equipped, pull the front center
on the overhead console. Press the
seat armrest down to access the
fixed button on the cover and
storage area with cupholders.
release to access.
Press the button and lift to open.
There is a removable divider.
If equipped, pull the rear seat
armrest down to access the If equipped, there are dual USB
cupholders. ports, an accessory power outlet,
and an auxiliary jack inside.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Storage 117
Floor Console Storage Additional Storage

Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
Bucket Seat
If equipped, press the latch and lift
to open. Depending on the options If equipped with front seat floor
there may be a tote compartment, console storage, unlock with the
accessory power outlet, auxiliary ignition key, press the button, and
jack, and USB port(s) inside. There lift to open.
are openings for power cords on the The vehicle may be equipped with
edge of the storage area. cargo tie-downs.
See Power Outlets 0 124, USB Port Any of the nine holes inside the
(Base Radio) 0 199 or USB Port truck bed can be used for tie-downs.
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) The maximum load is 113 kg
0 201, and Auxiliary Jack 0 207. (250 lb) per tie-down.
If equipped with the uplevel radio,
see the infotainment manual.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
118 Storage
3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by

Caution hand only. Do not use tools.
The truck bed walls will collapse if To remove:
the tie-downs are overloaded. 1. Remove the tie-down loop
completely by turning
counterclockwise while holding
the backing plate against the
truck bed wall.
2. Pull the backing plate away
from the truck bed wall until a
click is heard. This locks the
toggle into position on the
toggle guide.
3. Push the backing plate against
the truck bed wall. This allows
the toggle nut to spin.
4. Remove the backing plate,
To install: toggle guide, and toggle nut
from the truck bed wall
1. Insert a tie-down loop completely.
assembly until it is flush with
the truck bed wall. 5. Reinstall the tie-down loop
through the backing plate into
2. Turn the tie-down loop the toggle nut for reuse.
clockwise to tighten. The
tie-down will be hard to turn
until the toggle moves past the
installation point on the toggle
guide.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Instruments and Controls 119
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 145

Instruments and Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 134
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 135
Information Displays
Controls Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Passenger Airbag Status Driver Information Center (DIC)
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 138 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 120 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 121 (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 138 Vehicle Messages
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 121 Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Battery Voltage and Charging
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 122 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Brake System Messages . . . . . 151
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . 141 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 151
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 141 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 151
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 141 Engine Cooling System
Lane Departure Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light (2500/3500 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 152
Indicators Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 153
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 153
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 (1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 153
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 142 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Object Detection System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 143 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Ride Control System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Airbag System Messages . . . . 155
Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 144 Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 155
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 144 Steering System
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 145 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 145
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
120 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering

Transmission Messages . . . . . . 157 Wheel
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Steering Wheel
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 159 Adjustment
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 160
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 160
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 167
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Push the lever (1) down to
To adjust the steering wheel: move the steering wheel
1. Hold the steering wheel and forward or rearward. Lift the
pull the lever. lever up to lock the wheel in
place.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. 2. Pull the lever (2) toward you to
move the steering wheel up or
3. Release the lever to lock the
down, then release the lever to
wheel in place.
lock the wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Steering Wheel Controls i : Press to reject an incoming 1. Favorite: When on a radio

call or end a current call. Press to source, press to select the next
mute or unmute the infotainment or previous favorite. When on a
system when not on a call. media source, press to select
the next or previous track.
o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option. 2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
w or x : Press to go to the next or
previous selection.
Heated Steering Wheel
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
If equipped, some audio controls

can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
g : For vehicles
®
with OnStar® or a
Bluetooth system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar
Overview 0 487, Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth The favorite and volume switches off. A light next to the button
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio are on the back of the steering displays when the feature is
with Touchscreen) 0 226, wheel. turned on.
or “Bluetooth (Overview)” in the The steering wheel takes about
infotainment manual. three minutes to start heating.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Horn Clear ice and snow from the wiper Windshield Washer
blades before using them. If frozen
To sound the horn, press a on the to the windshield, carefully loosen or { Warning
steering wheel. thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper In freezing weather, do not use
Windshield Wiper/Washer Blade Replacement 0 385. the washer until the windshield is
Heavy snow or ice can overload the warmed. Otherwise the washer
wiper motor. An internal circuit fluid can form ice on the
breaker to the motor will stop the windshield, blocking your vision.
motor until it cools down.
Wiper Parking L m (Washer Fluid) : Push the
paddle marked with the windshield
If the ignition is put in OFF while the
washer symbol at the top of the turn
The windshield wiper control is on wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT, signal lever, to spray washer fluid
the turn signal lever. they will immediately stop. and activate the wipers. The wipers
The windshield wipers are controlled If the windshield wiper lever is then will continue until the paddle is
moved to OFF before the driver released or the maximum wash time
by turning the band with z on it. is reached. When the paddle is
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
1 : Fast wipes. the wipers will restart and move to released, additional wipes may
the base of the windshield. occur depending on how long the
w : Slow wipes. windshield washer had been
3 INT : Turn the band up for more If the ignition is put in OFF while the activated. See Washer Fluid 0 376
frequent wipes or down for less wipers are performing wipes due to for information on filling the
frequent wipes. windshield washing, the wipers windshield washer fluid reservoir.
continue to run until they reach the
OFF : Turns the windshield base of the windshield.
wipers off.
8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Compass Clock If auto timing is set, the time

displayed on the clock may not
The vehicle may have a compass Setting the Time and Date with update immediately when driving
display on the Driver Information Faceplate Controls into a new time zone.
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information To set the time or date: To set the clock display:
from the Global Positioning 1. Select SETTINGS from the 1. Select SETTINGS from the
System (GPS) antenna, Home Page, then select Time Home Page, then select Time
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed and Date. and Date.
information.
2. Select the desired function. 2. Select Clock Display.
The compass system is designed to
3. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before increase or decrease the value. or On.
needing a signal from the GPS 4. Press the MENU knob to go to 4. Press the MENU knob to
satellites. When the compass the next value. After the last select.
display shows CAL, drive the value is selected, the system
vehicle for a short distance in an will update and return to the Press o BACK to go to the last
open area where it can receive a menu and save the changes.
Settings menu. Press o BACK
GPS signal. The compass system to go to the last menu and
will automatically determine when a save the changes.
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again. See Compass Auto Set requires an OnStar
Messages 0 151 for the messages subscription.
that may be displayed for the
compass.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Setting the Time and Date with To set the date: Power Outlets
Touchscreen Controls 1. Touch the SETTINGS screen Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
To set the time: button from the Home Page, Current
then touch Time and Date.
1. Touch the SETTINGS screen Accessory power outlets can be
button from the Home Page, 2. Touch Set Date and touch « used to plug in electrical equipment,
then touch Time and Date. or ª to increase or decrease such as a cell phone, MP3
2. Touch Set Time and touch « month, day, or year. player, etc.
or ª to increase or decrease 3. Touch the } or 0 screen The vehicle may have up to four
hours, minutes, and AM or PM. accessory power outlets.
button to go back to the
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or previous menu. Vehicles with a Center Console
24 hour clock.
To set the clock display: . One or two in front of the
3. Touch the } or 0 screen 1. Touch the SETTINGS screen cupholders on the center
button to go back to the button and touch Time console.
previous menu. and Date. . One inside the center console.
Auto Set requires an OnStar 2. Touch Clock Display and touch . One on the rear of the center
subscription. OFF or ON to turn the clock console.
If auto timing is set, the time display off or on.
Vehicles with Bench Seats
displayed on the clock may not
3. Touch the } or 0 screen . One on the center stack below
update immediately when driving
button to go back to the the climate control system.
into a new time zone.
previous menu.
. One or two in the storage area
on the bench seat.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The power outlets on the center Certain power accessory plugs may Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
stack and in front of the cupholders not be compatible with the Alternating Current
are powered at all times. The power accessory power outlet and could
outlets inside the storage area and overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
on the rear of the console are If a problem is experienced, see
powered when the ignition is in ON/ your dealer.
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, When adding electrical equipment,
or when RAP is active. be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
{ Warning the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 346.
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
Caution
vehicle is not in use because the Hanging heavy equipment from
vehicle could catch fire and cause Base Shown, Uplevel Similar
the power outlet can cause
injury or death. damage not covered by the If equipped with this power outlet, it
vehicle warranty. The power can be used to plug in electrical
outlets are designed for equipment that uses a maximum
accessory power plugs only, such limit of 150 watts.
Caution
as mobile phone charge cords. For vehicles with a center console,
Leaving electrical equipment the 110/120 volt power outlet is in
plugged in for an extended period front of the cupholders in the center
of time while the vehicle is off will console.
drain the battery. Always unplug For vehicles with bench seats, the
electrical equipment when not in 110/120 volt power outlet is on the
use and do not plug in equipment center stack.
that exceeds the maximum
15 amp rating.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
An indicator light on the outlet turns . Other equipment requiring an

on to show it is in use. The light extremely stable power supply, { Warning
comes on when the ignition is in such as
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less microcomputer-controlled Wireless charging can affect the
than 150 watts is plugged into the electric blankets and touch operation of an implanted
outlet, and no system fault is sensor lamps. pacemaker or other medical
detected. devices. If you have one, it is
. Medical equipment. recommended to consult with
The indicator light does not come on your doctor before using the
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or Wireless Charging wireless charging system.
if the equipment is not fully seated
into the outlet. The vehicle may have wireless
charging on top of the center The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
If equipment is connected using console. See Center Console
more than 150 watts or a system ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
Storage 0 116. The system Accessory Power (RAP). The
fault is detected, a protection circuit wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi
shuts off the power supply and the wireless charging feature may not
compatible mobile device. correctly indicate charging when the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it To check for phone or other device vehicle is in RAP. See Retained
back in or turn the Retained compatibility: Accessory Power (RAP) 0 271.
Accessory Power (RAP) off and . In the U.S., see The operating temperature is −20 °C
then back on. See Retained my.chevrolet.com/learn. (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 271. . In Canada, see charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
The power outlet is not designed for 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
gmtotalconnect.ca.
the following, and may not work
properly if they are plugged in:
. Or, see your dealer for details.
{ Warning
. Equipment with high initial peak Remove all objects from the
wattage, such as compressor- charging pad before charging
driven refrigerators and electric your mobile device. Objects, such
power tools.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To charge a mobile device: Warning Lights,

Warning (Continued)
1. Remove all objects from the
as coins, keys, rings, paper clips, charging pad. The system may
Gauges, and
or cards, between the phone and not charge if there are any Indicators
charging pad will become very objects between the phone and
charging pad. Warning lights and gauges can
hot. On the rare occasion that the signal that something is wrong
charging system does not detect 2. Place the mobile device face before it becomes serious enough
an object, and the object gets up on the @ symbol on the to cause an expensive repair or
wedged between the phone and charging pad. replacement. Paying attention to the
charger, remove the phone and warning lights and gauges could
allow the object to cool before 3. The } will display on the V prevent injury.
removing it from the charging on the infotainment screen.
This indicates that the mobile Some warning lights come on briefly
pad, to prevent burns. when the engine is started to
device is properly positioned
and charging. If a phone is indicate they are working. When
placed on the charging pad one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
and } does not display, one of the gauges shows there may
remove the phone from the be a problem, check the section that
pad, turn 180 degrees and wait explains what to do. Waiting to do
three seconds before placing/ repairs can be costly and even
aligning the phone on the pad dangerous.
again.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Instrument Cluster
Base Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Uplevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster) viewed. See “Driver Information phone source. If there is an active
Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the call, mute the phone or switch to
There is an interactive display area
Index. handset operation.
in the center of the instrument
cluster. . Audio Navigation
. Phone Press V to select the Navigation
. Navigation app, then press p to enter the
. Settings Navigation menu. If there is no
active route, you can resume the
Audio last route and turn the voice
Press V to select the Audio app, prompts on/off. If there is an active
route, you can cancel the route.
then press p to enter the Audio
menu. In the Audio menu browse for Settings
music, select from the favorites,
Press V to select the Settings app.
or change the audio source. In the
main view, use w or x to change Use w or x to scroll through items
the station or go to the next or in the Settings menu.
Use the right steering wheel control previous track.
to open and scroll through the Units : Press p while Units is
different items and displays. Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or metric units by
Press o to access the cluster Press V to select the Phone app, pressing V while the desired item is
applications. Use w or x to scroll then press p to enter the Phone highlighted. A checkmark will be
through the list of available menu. In the Phone menu, if there is displayed next to the selected item.
applications. Not all applications will no active phone call, view recent
be available on all vehicles. calls, scroll through contacts, select Info Pages : Press p while Info
from the favorites, or change the Pages is displayed to enter the Info
. Info App. This is where the Pages menu and select the items to
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
be displayed in the Info app. See Odometer Fuel Gauge

“Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel)” in the Index. The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
Speed Warning : The Speed kilometers or miles.
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to Trip Odometer
exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
press p when Speed Warning is The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
displayed, or press V on the main the trip odometer was last reset.
view to set the speed value. Press
w or x to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer is accessed and
V to set the speed. Once the speed reset through the Driver Information
is set, this feature can be turned off Center (DIC).
by pressing V while viewing this See Driver Information Center (DIC) Metric
(Base Level) 0 145 or Driver
page. If the selected speed limit is
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
exceeded, a pop-up warning is
0 147.
displayed with a chime.
Software Information : Press p Tachometer
while Software Information is The tachometer displays the engine
highlighted to display open source speed in revolutions per
software information. minute (rpm).
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per English
hour (mph).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge takes a few seconds
gauge indicates about how much to stabilize after the ignition is
fuel is left in the tank. turned on, and goes back to
There is an arrow near the fuel empty when the ignition is
gauge pointing to the side of the turned off.
vehicle the fuel door is on.
Engine Oil Pressure
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is Gauge
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these English
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
The engine oil pressure gauge
. At the service station, the fuel shows the engine oil pressure
pump shuts off before the gauge in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
reads full. per square inch) when the engine is
. It takes a little more or less fuel running.
to fill up than the gauge Oil pressure can vary with engine
indicated. For example, the speed, outside temperature, coolant
gauge may have indicated the Metric temperature, and oil viscosity.
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
A reading outside the normal If the vehicle has a diesel engine,

operating range can be caused by a see the Duramax diesel
dangerously low oil level or some supplement.
other problem causing low oil
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as Engine Coolant
soon as possible. See “OIL
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE”
Temperature Gauge
under Engine Oil Messages 0 152
and Engine Oil 0 360.
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil English
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil This gauge measures the
low can also damage the engine. temperature of the vehicle's engine
coolant.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check While driving under normal
the oil level as soon as possible. operating conditions, if the needle
Add oil if required, but if the oil Metric moves into the red warning area,
level is within the operating range the engine is too hot. Pull off the
and the oil pressure is still low, road, stop the vehicle, and turn off
have the vehicle serviced. Always the engine as soon as possible.
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Voltmeter Gauge Readings outside the normal Safety Belt Reminders

operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical Driver Safety Belt Reminder
accessories are operating in the Light
vehicle and the engine is left idling
There is a driver safety belt
for an extended period. This
reminder light on the instrument
condition is normal since the
cluster.
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can only be driven for a When the vehicle is started, this
When the ignition is on, this gauge
short time with the readings outside light flashes and a chime may come
indicates the battery voltage.
the normal operating range. If the on to remind the driver to fasten
When the engine is running, this vehicle must be driven, turn off all their safety belt. Then the light stays
gauge shows the condition of the accessories, such as the radio and on solid until the belt is buckled.
charging system. The gauge can air conditioner. This cycle may continue several
transition from a higher to lower or a
Readings outside the normal times if the driver remains or
lower to higher reading. This is
operating range indicate a possible becomes unbuckled while the
normal. If the vehicle is operating
problem in the electrical system. vehicle is moving.
outside the normal operating range,
Have the vehicle serviced as soon If the driver safety belt is buckled,
the charging system light comes on.
as possible. neither the light nor the chime
See Charging System Light 0 138
for more information. The voltmeter comes on.
gauge may also read lower when in
fuel economy mode. This is normal.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on
Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn for several seconds when the
on if an object is put on the seat vehicle is started. If the light does
There may be a passenger safety such as a briefcase, handbag, not come on then, have it fixed
belt reminder light near the grocery bag, laptop, or other immediately.
passenger airbag status indicator. electronic device. To turn off the
See Passenger Sensing System
0 82.
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
{ Warning
the safety belt. If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means
This light shows if there is an the airbag system might not be
electrical problem with the airbag working properly. The airbags in
system. The system check includes the vehicle might not inflate in a
the airbag sensor(s), passenger crash, or they could even inflate
For vehicles equipped with the
sensing system (if equipped), the without a crash. To help avoid
passenger safety belt reminder light,
pretensioners, the airbag modules, injury, have the vehicle serviced
when the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on the wiring, and the crash sensing right away.
to remind passengers to fasten their and diagnostic module. For more
safety belt. Then the light stays on information on the airbag system, If there is a problem with the airbag
solid until the belt is buckled. This see Airbag System 0 74. system, a Driver Information Center
cycle continues several times if the (DIC) message may also come on.
passenger remains or becomes See Airbag System Messages
unbuckled while the vehicle is 0 155.
moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Airbag On-Off Light the on or off symbol, will light to let

you know the status of the front { Warning
If the vehicle has an airbag on-off outboard passenger frontal airbag.
switch, it also has a passenger If the front outboard passenger
airbag status indicator located in the When the front outboard passenger frontal airbag is turned off for a
overhead console. frontal airbag is manually turned off person who is not in a risk group
using the airbag on-off switch on the identified by the national
instrument panel endcap, the OFF government, that person will not
indicator light or the off symbol will have the extra protection of an
come on and stay on as a reminder
airbag. In a crash, the airbag will
that the airbag has been turned off.
not be able to inflate and help
This light will go off when the airbag
has been turned on. See Airbag protect the person sitting there.
United States On-Off Switch 0 80 for more Do not turn off the front outboard
information, including important passenger frontal airbag unless
safety information. the person sitting there is in a risk
group identified by the national
government. See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 80 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Canada and Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
{ Warning
for on and off, will light for several If the airbag readiness light ever
seconds as a system check. Then, comes on and stays on, it means
after several more seconds, the that something may be wrong
status indicator ON or OFF, or either with the airbag system. For
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Warning (Continued)
Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
Indicator or either the on or off symbol, to let
example, the front outboard If the vehicle has the passenger you know the status of the front
passenger frontal airbag could sensing system, the overhead outboard passenger frontal airbag.
inflate even though the airbag console will have a passenger
on-off switch is turned off. If the word ON or the on symbol is
airbag status indicator. See lit on the passenger airbag status
To help avoid injury to yourself or Passenger Sensing System 0 82 for indicator, it means that the front
others, have the vehicle serviced important safety information. outboard passenger frontal airbag is
right away. See Airbag Readiness allowed to inflate.
Light 0 135 for more information,
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
including important safety lit on the airbag status indicator, it
information. means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
If the word ON or the on symbol is outboard passenger frontal airbag.
lit, it means that the front outboard United States
If, after several seconds, both status
passenger frontal airbag is enabled indicator lights remain on, or if there
(may inflate). See Airbag On-Off are no lights at all, there may be a
Switch 0 80 for more information, problem with the lights or the
including important safety passenger sensing system. See
information. your dealer for service.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
Canada and Mexico { Warning
problem with the lights or the airbag When the vehicle is started, the If the airbag readiness light ever
on-off switch. See your dealer for passenger airbag status indicator comes on and stays on, it means
service. will light ON and OFF, or the symbol that something may be wrong
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after (Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
system. Have it checked by your

Warning (Continued) dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others, When this light comes on, or is
have the vehicle serviced right flashing, the Driver Information
away. See Airbag Readiness Center (DIC) also displays a
message. Malfunctions are often indicated by
Light 0 135 for more information,
the system before any problem is
including important safety See Battery Voltage and Charging
noticeable. Being aware of the light
information. Messages 0 150.
and seeking service promptly when
If a short distance must be driven it comes on may prevent damage.
Charging System Light with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio Caution
and air conditioner.
If the vehicle is driven continually
Malfunction Indicator with this light on, the emission
Lamp (Check Engine control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
Light) lower, and the vehicle may not
This light is part of the vehicle’s run smoothly. This could lead to
The charging system light comes on
emission control on-board costly repairs that might not be
briefly when the ignition is turned
diagnostic system. If this light is on covered by the vehicle warranty.
on, but the engine is not running, as
while the engine is running, a
a check to show the light is working.
malfunction has been detected and
It should go out when the engine is
the vehicle may require service. The
started.
light should come on to show that it
If the light stays on, or comes on is working when the ignition is in
while driving, there may be a ON/RUN and the engine is not
problem with the electrical charging running. See Ignition Positions
0 268.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If towing a trailer, reduce the . Poor fuel quality can cause

Caution amount of cargo being hauled as inefficient engine operation and
soon as possible. poor driveability, which may go
Modifications to the engine, away once the engine is warmed
transmission, exhaust, intake, If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle up. If this occurs, change the
or fuel system, or the use of fuel brand. It may require at
replacement tires that do not off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the least one full tank of the proper
meet the original tire fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
specifications, can cause this light light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your 0 311.
to come on. This could lead to
dealer for service as soon as If the light remains on, see your
costly repairs not covered by the
possible. dealer.
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass If the light is on steady : A Emissions Inspection and
an Emissions Inspection/ malfunction has been detected. Maintenance Programs
Maintenance test. See Diagnosis and service may be
required. If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Accessories and Modifications Inspection/Maintenance test, the
0 353. Check the following: test equipment will likely connect to
. If fuel has been added to the the vehicle's Data Link
If the light is flashing : A vehicle using the capless funnel Connector (DLC).
malfunction has been detected that adapter, make sure that it has
could damage the emission control been removed. See “Filling the
system and increase vehicle Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
emissions. Diagnosis and service under Filling the Tank 0 314.
may be required. The diagnostic system can
detect if the adapter has been
To help prevent damage, reduce
left installed in the vehicle,
vehicle speed and avoid hard
allowing fuel to evaporate into
accelerations and uphill grades. The DLC is under the instrument
the atmosphere. A few driving
trips with the adapter removed panel to the left of the steering
may turn off the light. wheel. Connecting devices that are
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
not used to perform an Emissions Brake System Warning does not fully release. If it stays on
Inspection/Maintenance test or to after the parking brake is fully
service the vehicle may affect
Light released, it means the vehicle has a
vehicle operation. See Add-On The vehicle brake system consists brake problem.
Electrical Equipment 0 346. See of two hydraulic circuits. If one If the light comes on while driving,
your dealer if assistance is needed. circuit is not working, the remaining pull off the road and stop carefully.
The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the The pedal might be harder to push,
inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking or the pedal can go closer to the
performance, both circuits need to floor. It may take longer to stop.
. The light is on when the engine be working.
is running. If the light is still on, have the
If the warning light comes on, there vehicle towed for service. See
. The light does not come on is a brake problem. Have the brake Towing the Vehicle 0 437.
when the ignition is in ON/RUN system inspected right away.
while the engine is off.
{ Warning
. Critical emission control systems
have not been completely The brake system might not be
diagnosed. If this happens, the working properly if the brake
vehicle would not be ready for system warning light is on.
inspection and might require Driving with the brake system
several days of routine driving Metric English warning light on can lead to a
before the system is ready for crash. If the light is still on after
inspection. This can happen if This light should come on briefly
the vehicle has been pulled off
the 12-volt battery has recently when the engine is started. If it does
the road and carefully stopped,
been replaced or run down, or if not come on then, have it fixed so it
have the vehicle towed for
the vehicle has been recently will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem. service.
serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will When the ignition is on, the brake
not pass or cannot be made ready system warning light also comes on
for the test. when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake Tow/Haul Mode Light
system warning light are on, the
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 140 and Brake System Messages
0 151. For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
This light comes on briefly when the Mode feature, this light comes on
engine is started. Four-Wheel-Drive Light when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if See Tow/Haul Mode 0 282.
there is a problem.
Hill Descent Control Light
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the The four-wheel-drive light comes on
system. If the ABS light stays on, when a vehicle with a manual
or comes on again while driving, the transfer case is shifted into
vehicle needs service. A chime may four-wheel drive and the front axle
also sound when the light comes on engages.
steady. If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
Some delay between the shifting light comes on when the system is
If the ABS light is the only light on, and the light coming on is normal. ready for use. When the light
the vehicle has regular brakes, but flashes, the system is active.
the antilock brakes are not See Four-Wheel Drive 0 285 for
functioning. more information. See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 298.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Lane Departure Warning Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Vehicle Ahead Indicator
(LDW) Light (2500/3500 Light (1500 Series)
Series)
If equipped, this indicator will

If available, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is
briefly while starting the vehicle. detected ahead and amber when
If equipped, this light comes on you are following a vehicle ahead
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it If it does not come on, have the much too closely.
does not come on, have the vehicle vehicle serviced.
serviced. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
This light is green if LKA is available System 0 305.
This light is green if LDW is on and to assist.
ready to operate.
LKA may assist by gently turning Traction Off Light
This light changes to amber and the steering wheel if the vehicle
flashes to indicate that the lane approaches a detected lane marking
marking has been crossed without without using the turn signal in that
using a turn signal in that direction. direction. The LKA light will turn
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) amber.
(2500/3500 Series) 0 308. This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane This light comes on briefly while
marking has been crossed. starting the engine. If it does not,
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 have the vehicle serviced by your
Series) 0 309.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
dealer. If the system is working This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the
normally, the indicator light then StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
turns off. If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled.
The traction off light comes on when Control System (TCS) is also off. A Driver Information Center (DIC)
the Traction Control System (TCS) If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the message may display. Check the
has been turned off by pressing and system does not assist in controlling DIC messages to determine which
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and feature(s) is no longer functioning
button. the StabiliTrak systems, and the and whether the vehicle requires
warning light turns off. service. See Ride Control System
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF Messages 0 154.
light come on when StabiliTrak is See Traction Control/Electronic
turned off. Stability Control 0 296. If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not is actively working.
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. Traction Control System
See Traction Control/Electronic
See Traction Control/Electronic (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Stability Control 0 296.
Stability Control 0 296.
Tire Pressure Light
StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly when the

engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
This light comes on briefly while the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
starting the engine. If it does not, If the system is working normally, comes on briefly when the engine is
have the vehicle serviced by your the indicator light turns off. started. It provides information
dealer. about tire pressures and the TPMS.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
When the Light Is On Steady Low Fuel Warning Light serviced by your dealer. If the
This indicates that one or more of system is working normally, the
the tires are significantly indicator light turns off.
underinflated. If the light stays on and the engine
A Driver Information Center (DIC) does not start, there could be a
tire pressure message may also problem with the theft-deterrent
display. See Tire Messages 0 156. system. See Immobilizer Operation
Stop as soon as possible, and 0 45.
inflate the tires to the pressure value This light is near the fuel gauge and
shown on the Tire and Loading comes on briefly when the ignition is High-Beam On Light
Information label. See Tire Pressure turned on as a check to show it is
0 406. working.
When the Light Flashes First and It also comes on when the fuel tank
Then Is On Steady is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
If the light flashes for about a minute have the vehicle serviced.
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the Security Light This light comes on when the
problem is not corrected, the light high-beam headlamps are in use.
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Operation 0 409. Changer 0 173.
The security light should come on

briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
IntelliBeam® Light Lamps On Reminder Information Displays

Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level)
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster. The
displays show the status of many
This light comes on when the This light comes on when the vehicle systems. The trip odometer
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is exterior lamps are in use. See reset stem in the instrument cluster
enabled. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 171. is used to access the DIC menu
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 171. items.
Cruise Control Light DIC Menu Items
Front Fog Lamp Light Turn the trip odometer reset stem to
scroll through the following menu
items:
. Digital Speedometer
. Trip
. Fuel Range
For vehicles with cruise control, the
For vehicles with fog lamps, this cruise control light is white when the . Average Fuel Economy
light comes on when the fog lamps cruise control is on and ready, and . Tire Pressure
are on. turns green when the cruise control
is set and active. . Remaining Oil Life
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog The light turns off when the cruise . Transmission Fluid Temperature
Lamps 0 176 for more information. control is turned off. See Cruise . Trailer Brake
Control 0 299.
. Hourmeter
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Unit Average Fuel Economy Remaining Oil Life
Digital Speedometer The Average Fuel Economy display Turn the trip odometer reset stem
shows the approximate average until REMAINING OIL LIFE
The speedometer shows how fast liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) displays. An estimate of the oil's
the vehicle is moving in either or miles per gallon (mpg). This remaining useful life is shown.
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles number reflects only the REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means
per hour (mph). The speedometer approximate average fuel economy 99% of the current oil life remains.
cannot be reset. that the vehicle has right now, and When the remaining oil life is low,
Trip will change as driving conditions the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
change. This number is based on message will appear on the display.
Turn the trip odometer reset stem the number of L/100 km (mpg)
until TRIP displays. The current See Engine Oil Messages 0 152.
recorded since the last time this The oil should be changed as soon
distance traveled, in either
menu item was reset. Reset this as possible. See Engine Oil 0 360.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
display by pressing the trip In addition to the engine oil life
the last reset for the trip odometer is odometer reset stem.
shown. The trip odometer can be system monitoring the oil life,
reset to zero by pressing and Tire Pressure additional maintenance is
holding the trip odometer reset stem recommended in the Maintenance
Turn the trip odometer reset stem Schedule. See Maintenance
while the trip odometer is displayed. until a vehicle with the approximate Schedule 0 453.
Fuel Range pressures of all four tires displays.
Tire pressure is displayed in either The Oil Life display must be reset
This display shows the approximate after each oil change. It will not
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
distance the vehicle can be driven reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
square inch (psi).
without refueling. The fuel range display at any time other than when
estimate is based on an average of See Tire Pressure Monitor System the oil has just been changed.
the vehicle's fuel economy over 0 408 and Tire Pressure Monitor It cannot be reset accurately until
recent driving history and the Operation 0 409. the next oil change. To reset the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel engine oil life system, see Engine
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. Oil Life System 0 363.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Transmission Fluid Temperature Unit

The temperature of the automatic This will change the displays on the
transmission fluid displays in either instrument cluster and DIC to either
degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees metric or English (US)
Fahrenheit (°F). measurements. To change the units,
press the trip odometer reset stem
Trailer Brake when UNITS is displayed to enter
On vehicles with the Integrated the Unit menu. Turn the trip
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, odometer reset stem to switch
turn the trip odometer reset stem between English and metric. Press
until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER the trip odometer reset stem when
OUTPUT displays. the desired setting is displayed.
TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer Compass
Gain setting. This setting can be
w or x : Press to move up or
The vehicle may have a compass in down in a list. In the main view,
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
the Driver Information Center (DIC). press up and down to move
a trailer connected or disconnected.
See Compass 0 123. between different info app pages.
TRAILER OUTPUT shows the
power output to the trailer anytime a
o or p : Press to move between
Driver Information Center the interactive display zones in the
trailer with electric brakes is
(DIC) (Uplevel) cluster.
connected. Output is displayed as a
bar graph. Dashes may appear in The DIC displays are shown in the V : Press to open a menu or select
the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a center of the instrument cluster in a menu item. Press and hold to
trailer is not connected. the Info app. See Instrument Cluster reset values on certain screens.
Hourmeter 0 128. The displays show the status DIC Info Page Options
of many vehicle systems. The
This display shows the total number controls for the DIC are on the right The info pages on the DIC can be
of hours the engine has run. steering wheel control. turned on or off through the
Settings menu.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
1. Press o to access the cluster Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in Fuel Range : Shows the
applications. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or approximate distance the vehicle
miles per hour (mph). can be driven without refueling.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the LOW will be displayed when the
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the
Settings application. current distance traveled, in either vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since range estimate is based on an
3. Press V to enter the average of the vehicle's fuel
Settings menu. the trip odometer was last reset.
economy over recent driving history
4. Scroll to Info Pages and This also shows the approximate and the amount of fuel remaining in
average liters per 100 kilometers the fuel tank.
press p. (L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
5. Press w or x to move oil's remaining useful life.
through the list of possible calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
information displays. displayed, that means 99% of the
last time this menu item was reset.
6. Press V while an item is This number reflects only the current oil life remains.
highlighted to select or approximate average fuel economy When the remaining oil life is low,
deselect that item. When an that the vehicle has right now, and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
item is selected, a checkmark will change as driving conditions message will appear on the display.
will appear next to it. change. See Engine Oil Messages 0 152.
The oil should be changed as soon
DIC Info Pages Press and hold V while this display as possible. See Engine Oil 0 360.
The following is the list of all is active to reset the trip odometer In addition to the engine oil life
possible DIC info page displays. and the average fuel economy. Trip system monitoring the oil life,
Some may not be available for your A and Trip B can also be reset by additional maintenance is
particular vehicle. Some items may pressing p and choosing reset. recommended in the Maintenance
not be turned on by default but can Schedule. See Maintenance
be turned on through the Settings Schedule 0 453.
app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
earlier in this section.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The Oil Life display must be reset economy that has been achieved for that has passed since the timer was
after each oil change. It will not the selected distance. The selected last reset. To stop the timer, press V
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life distance is displayed at the top of briefly while this display is active
display at any time other than when the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Next and the timer is running. To reset
the oil has just been changed. to the odometer, the Active Fuel
the timer to zero, press and hold V
It cannot be reset accurately until Management displays the number of
the next oil change. To reset the cylinders the vehicle is running on. while this display is active, or
engine oil life system, press and See Active Fuel Management press p and select reset.
hold V for several seconds while 0 276. Speed Limit (If Equipped) : Shows
the Oil Life display is active. See Press p to select the distance or sign information, which comes from
Engine Oil Life System 0 363. a roadway database in the onboard
reset best value. Use w and x to navigation.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
choose the distance and press V.
approximate pressures of all four Engine Hours : Shows the total
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in Press w and x to select “Reset number of hours the engine has run.
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds Best Score.” Press V to reset the Transmission Fluid
per square inch (psi). If the pressure best average fuel economy. After Temperature : Shows the
is low, the value for that tire is reset, the momentary average fuel temperature of the automatic
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure economy will display. transmission fluid in either degrees
Monitor System 0 408 and Tire
The display provides information on Celsius (°C) or degrees
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 409.
how current driving behavior affects Fahrenheit (°F).
Fuel Economy : The center the running average and how well Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : On
displays the approximate recent driving compares to the best vehicles with the Integrated Trailer
instantaneous fuel economy as a that has been achieved for the Brake Control (ITBC) system, the
number and bar graph. Displayed selected distance. trailer brake display appears in
above the bar graph is a running
Timer : This display can be used as the DIC.
average of fuel economy for the
most recently traveled selected a timer. To start the timer, press V TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
distance. Displayed below the bar while this display is active. The gain setting. This setting can be
graph is the best average fuel display will show the amount of time adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
OUTPUT shows the power output to Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and
the trailer anytime a trailer with
electric brakes is connected. Output Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages
is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY LOW START
may appear in the OUTPUT display some action that may be needed to VEHICLE
if a trailer is not connected. correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is
Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch severely discharged, this message
another.
and roll information, road wheel will display and four chimes will
angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) The messages that do not require
sound. Start the vehicle
status. immediate action can be
immediately. If the vehicle is not
acknowledged and cleared by
Blank Page : Shows no started and the battery continues to
information. pressing V or the trip odometer discharge, the climate controls,
reset stem on the base cluster. heated seats, and audio systems
The messages that require will shut off and the vehicle may
immediate action cannot be cleared require a jump start. These systems
until that action is performed. will function again after the vehicle
is started.
All messages should be taken
seriously and clearing the message BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
does not correct the problem. This message displays when the
The following are the possible battery voltage drops below
messages and some information expected levels and features are
about them. disabled. Turn off all unnecessary
accessory features.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
SERVICE BATTERY Brake System Messages As soon as it is safe to do so,

CHARGING SYSTEM carefully pull your vehicle over to
BRAKE FLUID LOW the side of the road and turn the
On some vehicles, this message ignition off. Check the wiring
displays if there is a problem with This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake connection to the trailer and turn the
the battery charging system. Under ignition back on. If this message still
certain conditions, the charging Fluid 0 378.
displays, either your vehicle or the
system light may also turn on in the SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST trailer needs service. See your
instrument cluster. See Charging dealer.
System Light 0 138. Driving with this This message may be displayed
problem could drain the battery. when there is a problem with the See “Integrated Trailer Brake
Turn off all unnecessary brake boost assist system. When Control System” under Towing
accessories. Have the electrical this message is displayed, the brake Equipment 0 336 for more
system checked as soon as boost assist motor might be heard information.
possible. See your dealer. operating and you might notice
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is Compass Messages
TRANSPORT MODE ON normal under these conditions. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for Dashes may be displayed if the
This message is displayed when the vehicle temporarily loses
vehicle is in transport mode. Some service.
communication with the Global
features can be disabled while in SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE Positioning System (GPS).
this mode, including Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
SYSTEM
and the vehicle alarm system. Take On vehicles with the Integrated
Door Ajar Messages
the vehicle to your dealer for service Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, DOOR OPEN
to turn transport mode off. this message displays and a chime
may sound when there is a problem This message displays and a chime
with the ITBC system. may sound if a door is not fully
closed. Stop and turn off the
When this message displays, power vehicle, check the door for
is no longer available to the trailer
brakes.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
obstructions, and close the door If this message continues to appear, Engine Oil Messages
again. Check to see if the message have the system repaired by your
still appears on the DIC. dealer as soon as possible to avoid CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
damage to the engine. This message displays when the
HOOD OPEN
ENGINE OVERHEATING IDLE engine oil needs to be changed.
This message displays and a chime When you change the engine oil, be
may sound if the hood is not fully ENGINE
sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
closed. Stop and turn off the This message displays when the OIL SOON message. See Engine
vehicle, check the hood for engine coolant temperature is too Oil Life System 0 363 for
obstructions, and close the hood hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to information on how to reset the
again. Check to see if the message idle until it cools down. See Engine message. See Engine Oil 0 360 and
still appears on the DIC. Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 133. Maintenance Schedule 0 453.
When towing, use Tow/Haul mode ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL
Engine Cooling System to prevent damage to the engine or
Messages transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode On some vehicles, this message
0 282. displays when the engine oil level
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH may be too low. Check the oil level
ENGINE TEMP ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP before filling to the recommended
This message displays when the
ENGINE level. If the oil is not low and this
engine coolant becomes hotter than This message displays and a chime message remains on, take the
the normal operating temperature. may sound if the engine cooling vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Coolant Temperature system reaches unsafe See Engine Oil 0 360.
Gauge 0 133. To avoid added strain temperatures for operation. Stop ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE
on a hot engine, the air conditioning and turn off the vehicle as soon as it ENGINE
compressor automatically turns off. is safe to do so to avoid severe
When the coolant temperature damage. This message clears when This message displays when the
returns to normal, the air the engine has cooled to a safe engine oil becomes hotter than the
conditioning compressor turns back operating temperature. normal operating temperature. Stop
on. You can continue to drive your
vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
and allow the vehicle to idle until it accelerate. If this message is on, be replaced in the transmitter. See
cools down. See Engine Coolant but there is no reduction in “Battery Replacement” under
Temperature Gauge 0 133. performance, proceed to your Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
destination. The performance may System Operation 0 36.
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP be reduced the next time the vehicle
ENGINE is driven. The vehicle may be driven Lamp Messages
This message displays if low oil at a reduced speed while this
pressure levels occur. Stop the message is on, but acceleration and TURN SIGNAL ON
vehicle as soon as safely possible speed may be reduced. Anytime This message displays and a chime
and do not operate it until the cause this message stays on, or displays sounds if a turn signal is left on for
of the low oil pressure has been repeatedly, the vehicle should be 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
corrected. Check the oil as soon as taken to your dealer for service as signal lever to the off position.
possible and have the vehicle soon as possible.
serviced by your dealer. See Engine Object Detection System
Oil 0 360. Fuel System Messages
Messages
Engine Power Messages FUEL LEVEL LOW
FORWARD COLLISION
This message displays and a chime ALERT OFF
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED may sound if the fuel level is low.
Refuel as soon as possible. This message displays when the
This message displays and a chime
See Fuel Gauge 0 131 and Fuel Forward Collision Alert has been
may sound when the cooling system
0 311. turned off.
temperature gets too hot and the
engine further enters the engine FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
coolant protection mode. See Key and Lock Messages CLEAN WINDSHIELD
Engine Overheating 0 373 for more
information. REPLACE BATTERY IN This message displays when the
REMOTE KEY camera is blocked. Cleaning the
This message also displays when outside of the windshield behind the
the vehicle's engine power is This message displays if a Remote
rearview mirror may correct the
reduced. Reduced engine power Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
issue. The Lane Departure Warning
can affect the vehicle's ability to battery is low. The battery needs to
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
(LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), This message could be due to the Ride Control System
and Forward Collision Alert (FCA) camera being blocked. Cleaning the
will not operate. outside of the windshield behind the
Messages
rearview mirror may correct the SERVICE STABILITRAK
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING issue.
UNAVAILABLE If this message displays, it means
PARK ASSIST OFF there may be a problem with the
This message displays when
This message displays when the StabiliTrak system. If you see this
attempting to activate the Lane
Parking Assist system has been message, try to reset the system.
Departure Warning (LDW) system
turned off or when there is a Stop; turn off the engine for at least
when it is temporarily unavailable.
temporary condition causing the 15 seconds; then start the engine
The LDW system does not need
system to be disabled. again. If this message still comes
service.
on, it means there is a problem. You
This message could be due to the SERVICE FRONT CAMERA should see your dealer for service.
camera being blocked. Cleaning the The vehicle is safe to drive;
outside of the windshield behind the If this message remains on after
however, you do not have the
rearview mirror may correct the continued driving, the vehicle needs
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
issue. service. Do not use the Lane Keep
your speed and drive accordingly.
Assist (LKA), Lane Departure
LANE KEEPING ASSIST Warning (LDW), and Forward SERVICE TRACTION
UNAVAILABLE Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take CONTROL
the vehicle to your dealer.
This message displays when the This message displays when there
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane SERVICE PARKING ASSIST is a problem with the Traction
Departure Warning (LDW) system is Control System (TCS). When this
This message displays if there is a
temporarily unavailable. The LKA message displays, the system will
problem with the Parking Assist
system does not need service. not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
system. Do not use this system to
help you park. See your dealer for driving accordingly. See your dealer
service. for service. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 296.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
STABILITRAK INITIALIZING To limit wheel spin and realize the The message turns off as soon as
full benefits of the stability the conditions that caused the
This message may come on if the
enhancement system, you should message to be displayed are no
StabiliTrak system has not fully
normally leave StabiliTrak on. See longer present.
initialized because of road
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
conditions or the incorrect tire size.
When the StabiliTrak system is fully
Control 0 296. Airbag System Messages
initialized, the message will turn off. STABILITRAK OFF may also SERVICE AIRBAG
See Traction Control/Electronic display when the stability control
Stability Control 0 296. If this has been automatically disabled. This message displays if there is a
message continues to be displayed The following conditions can cause problem with the airbag system.
for multiple ignition cycles and on this message to appear: Take the vehicle to your dealer for
different road surfaces, see your service.
. The system is overheating,
dealer for service. which could occur if StabiliTrak
activates continuously for an Safety Belt Messages
TRACTION CONTROL OFF
extended period of time. SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE
This message displays when the
traction control has been turned off. . The brake system warning light SEATBELT
See Traction Control/Electronic is on. See Brake System This message displays if the vehicle
Stability Control 0 296. Warning Light 0 140. is equipped with the Safety Belt
. The stability system takes longer Assurance System and the driver
TRACTION CONTROL ON than usual to complete its and front outboard passenger,
This message displays when the diagnostic checks due to driving if present, safety belts are not
traction control is active. See conditions. buckled. The vehicle will not shift
Traction Control/Electronic Stability . An engine or vehicle-related out of P (Park). Buckle the safety
Control 0 296. problem has been detected and belt(s) to unlock the shift lever.
STABILITRAK OFF the vehicle needs service. See This system may not allow the
your dealer. vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an
This message displays when the object — such as a briefcase,
StabiliTrak system has been turned . The transfer case is in
Four-Wheel Drive Low. handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
off. Adjust your driving accordingly.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
or other electronic device — is on Security Messages SERVICE POWER STEERING

the front outboard passenger seat. (1500 Series)
If this happens, remove the object SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
from the seat or buckle the SYSTEM This message displays when there
safety belt. is a problem with electric power
This message displays when there steering. If this message displays
If the driver or front outboard is a problem with the theft-deterrent and a reduction in steering
passenger unbuckles their safety system. The vehicle may or may not performance or loss of power
belt while driving, the safety belt restart, so you may want to take the steering assistance is noticed. See
reminder chime and light(s) will vehicle to your dealer before turning your dealer. See Steering 0 249.
come on. See Safety Belt off the engine. See Immobilizer
Reminders 0 134. Operation 0 45. SERVICE POWER STEERING
(2500/3500 Series)
SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE
TO SHIFT
Steering System This message displays when there
Messages is a problem with the power steering
This message displays when the assist system. If this message
Safety Belt Assurance System times STEERING ASSIST IS displays the vehicle can be driven
out and allows the vehicle to be REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE but should be repaired as soon as
shifted out of P (Park) after possible. See your dealer. See
30 seconds following brake apply. This message may display if a
problem occurs with the electric Steering 0 249.
See “Safety Belts” and “Child
Restraints” in the Index for power steering system. If this
message appears, steering effort Tire Messages
information about the importance of
proper restraint use. may be slightly higher than normal. SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
This system may not function caution while in reduced assist SYSTEM
properly if the airbag readiness light mode. If this message is persistent If equipped with the Tire Pressure
is on. See Airbag Readiness Light or appears repeatedly, take the Monitor System (TPMS), this
0 135. vehicle to your dealer for service. message displays if a part on the
See Steering 0 249. system is not working properly. The
tire pressure light also flashes and
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
then remains on during the same to indicate the location of the low will run in two-wheel drive when this
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure tire. The low tire pressure warning message is present. Once the
Light 0 143. Several conditions may light will also come on. See Tire four-wheel-drive system cools down,
cause this message to appear. See Pressure Light 0 143. You can the message turns off and the
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation receive more than one tire pressure four-wheel-drive system returns to
0 409. If the warning comes on and message at a time. If a tire pressure normal operation.
stays on, there may be a problem message appears on the DIC, stop
with the TPMS. See your dealer. as soon as you can. Have the tire 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
pressures checked and set to those This message will display while the
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE shown on the Tire and Loading four-wheel-drive system is shifting.
If equipped with the Tire Pressure Information label. See Tires 0 398,
Monitor System (TPMS), this Vehicle Load Limits 0 259, and Tire FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
message displays when the system Pressure 0 406. The DIC also NEUTRAL
is relearning the tire positions on shows the tire pressure values.
If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
your vehicle. The tire positions must See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 145 or Driver requested, and the vehicle speed is
be relearned after rotating the tires
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) correct, but the transmission is not
or after replacing a tire or sensor.
0 147. in N (Neutral), this message will
See Tire Inspection 0 412, Tire
display until the transmission is
Rotation 0 413, Tire Pressure
shifted to N (Neutral).
Monitor System 0 408, and Tire Transmission Messages
Pressure 0 406. FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX
4WD OFF
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
If equipped with four-wheel drive,
AIR TO TIRE this message displays when the requested, but the vehicle speed is
If equipped with the Tire Pressure four-wheel-drive system is too high, this message will display
Monitor System (TPMS), this temporarily disabled due to an until the correct vehicle speed is
message displays when the overheated condition. The vehicle reached.
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low. This message
also displays with a vehicle picture
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE four-wheel-drive system. If this TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW
message appears, stop as soon as TO XXX
This message displays when grade
possible and turn off the vehicle.
braking has been activated while If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/
driving on downhill grades. This requested, but the vehicle speed is
OFF position for at least
message will only appear the first too high, this message will display
one minute, then restart the vehicle
time the feature is activated in an until the correct vehicle speed is
and check for the message on the
ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode reached.
DIC display. If the message is still
0 282, Automatic Transmission
displayed or appears again when
0 277, and Cruise Control 0 299.
you begin driving, the TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
four-wheel-drive system needs ENGINE
GRADE BRAKING OFF
service. See your dealer. This message displays and a chime
This message displays when grade
may sound if the transmission fluid
braking has been disabled with the SHIFT DENIED in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
This message displays when the the transmission fluid temperature
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
shift lever is in L (Manual Mode) and high can cause damage to the
0 282, Automatic Transmission
a transmission range has been vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it
0 277, and Cruise Control 0 299.
selected that is unavailable at the idle to allow the transmission to
GRADE BRAKING ON current vehicle speed. cool. This message clears and the
chime stops when the fluid
This message displays when grade TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO temperature reaches a safe level.
braking has been enabled with the NEUTRAL
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is to prevent damage to the engine or
0 282, Automatic Transmission requested, and the vehicle speed is transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 277, and Cruise Control 0 299. correct, but the transmission is not 0 282.
in N (Neutral), this message will
SERVICE 4WD display until the transmission is VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, shifted to N (Neutral). This message will display if the
this message may display if a vehicle is driven in 4 n for about
problem occurs with the 10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so, This message clears itself after
carefully pull the vehicle over to the several seconds. This message also
Messages side of the road and turn the ignition clears if you acknowledge it. After
CHECK TRAILER WIRING off. Check the wiring connection to this message clears, the TRAILER
the trailer and turn the ignition back GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer in the DIC.
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also
this message may display and a See Driver Information Center (DIC)
clears if you acknowledge it. If this (Base Level) 0 145 or Driver
chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the
following conditions exists: Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
vehicle or the trailer needs service. 0 147 and “Integrated Trailer Brake
. A trailer with electric brakes See your dealer. Control System” under Towing
becomes disconnected from the See “Integrated Trailer Brake Equipment 0 336.
vehicle. Control System” under Towing
‐ If the disconnect occurs while Equipment 0 336. Vehicle Speed Messages
the vehicle is stopped, this
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL
message clears itself after a
short time. WITH CARE DESCENT CONTROL
‐ If the disconnect occurs while This message displays when ice This message displays when
the vehicle is moving, this conditions are possible. attempting to enable Hill Descent
message stays on until the TRAILER CONNECTED Control (HDC) when the vehicle
ignition is turned off. speed is too high. See Hill Descent
On vehicles with the Integrated Control (HDC) 0 298.
. There is a short in the wiring to Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
the electric trailer brakes. this message displays briefly when
When this message displays, power a trailer with electric or electric over
is no longer available to the trailer hydraulic brakes is first connected
brakes. to the vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Washer Fluid Messages Vehicle Uplevel Radio Audio System

Controls
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Personalization 1. Touch the desired feature to
FLUID Use the audio system controls to display a list of available
This message displays when the access the personalization menus options.
windshield washer fluid is low. Fill for customizing vehicle features. 2. Touch to select the desired
the windshield washer fluid reservoir The following are all possible feature setting.
as soon as possible. See Engine personalization features. Depending
Compartment Overview 0 355 for on the vehicle, some may not be 3. Press o BACK on the
the location of the windshield available. faceplate or the 0 screen
washer fluid reservoir. Also, see button to return to the previous
Washer Fluid 0 376 for more Base Radio Audio System menu or exit.
information. Controls
Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
MENU : Press to enter menus and access the Settings menu, then
select menu items. Turn to scroll select SETTINGS from the Home
through the menus. page on the infotainment system
o BACK : Press to return to the display.
previous menu or exit.
Personalization Menus
Base Radio with Touchscreen The following list of menu items may
Audio System Controls be available:
{ : Press to access the Home . Time and Date
Page Menu.
. Language (Language)
Q or R : Touch to scroll through the
menus or setup items. . Rear Seat Reminder
0 : Touch to exit or return to the . Teen Driver
previous screen or menu. . Valet Mode
. Radio
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Vehicle Rear Seat Reminder Radio
. Bluetooth This allows for a chime and a Select and the following may
. Apple CarPlay message ‘Look in Rear Seat’ when display:
the rear door has been opened . Manage Favorites
. Android Auto before or during operation of the
. USB Auto Launch vehicle. . Number of Favorites Shown
. Voice Select Off or On. . Audible Touch Feedback
. Display Teen Driver . Text Scroll
. Rear Camera . Tone Settings
See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
. Return to Factory Settings in the infotainment manual. . Auto Volume
. Software Information Valet Mode . Maximum Startup Volume
Detailed information for each menu This will lock the infotainment . Audio Cue Volume
follows. system and steering wheel controls. Manage Favorites
It may also limit access to vehicle
Time and Date storage locations (if equipped). This allows favorites to be edited.
Manually set the time and date. See See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio
To enable valet mode: Setup” under Home Page (Base
Clock 0 123.
1. Enter a four-digit code on the Radio) 0 186 or Home Page (Base
Language (Language) keypad. Radio with Touchscreen) 0 188 or
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings”
Select Language, then select from 2. Select Enter to go to the
under “Radio” in the infotainment
the available language(s). confirmation screen.
manual.
The selected language will display 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
on the system, and voice Number of Favorites Shown
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
recognition will reflect the selected unlock the system. Press Back to go Select to set the number of favorites
language. back to the previous menu. to display.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Select the desired number or select Maximum Startup Volume Climate and Air Quality
Auto and the infotainment system This feature sets the maximum Select and the following may
will automatically adjust the number startup volume. If the vehicle is display:
of favorites shown. started and the volume is greater . Auto Fan Max Speed
Audible Touch Feedback than this level, the volume is
adjusted to this level. To set the . Auto Rear Defog
This allows Audible Touch maximum startup volume, turn the
Feedback to be turned on or off. Auto Fan Max Speed
MENU knob or press + or − to
Select Off or On. increase or decrease. This feature will set the maximum
auto fan speed.
Text Scroll Audio Cue Volume
Select Low, Medium, or High.
Select to see text scroll on the This feature sets the volume of
screen. audio files played at system startup Auto Rear Defog
Select Off or On. and shutdown. This feature will automatically turn
Select On, then press + or − to on the rear defogger when it is cold
Tone Settings increase or decrease the volume. outside.
Select to adjust the radio tone. See Select Off or On.
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio Vehicle
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) Select and the following may Collision/Detection Systems
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base display: Select and the following may
Radio) 0 189. display:
. Climate and Air Quality
Auto Volume . Collision/Detection Systems . Alert Type
This feature adjusts the volume . Comfort and Convenience . Park Assist
based on vehicle speed and
ambient noise. . Lighting Alert Type
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, . Power Door Locks This feature will set crash alerts to
Medium, Medium-High, or High. beeps or seat vibrations. This
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start setting affects all crash alerts
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
including Forward Collision, Lane Select On or Off. Auto Mirror Folding

Departure Warning, and Park Assist When on, the outside rearview
alerts. Easy Exit Options
mirrors will automatically fold or
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. This feature moves the seat unfold when the Remote Keyless
rearward automatically allowing the Entry (RKE) transmitter lock or
Park Assist driver more room to exit the vehicle. unlock button is pressed and held.
If equipped, this feature can assist See Memory Seats 0 61.
Select Off or On.
in backing up and parking the Select On or Off.
vehicle. See Assistance Systems for Lighting
Parking or Backing 0 302. Chime Volume
Select and the following may
Select Off, On, or On with Towbar. This allows the selection of the display:
chime volume level.
Comfort and Convenience . Vehicle Locator Lights
Turn the MENU knob, touch + or −
Select and the following may to adjust the volume, or select . Exit Lighting
display: Normal or High. Vehicle Locator Lights
. Auto Memory Recall Reverse Tilt Mirror This feature will flash the exterior
. Easy Exit Options When on, the driver and/or lamps and allows some of the
. Chime Volume passenger mirrors will tilt downward exterior lamps and most of the
when the vehicle is shifted to interior lamps to turn on briefly
. Reverse Tilt Mirror R (Reverse) to improve visibility of when K on the Remote Keyless
. Auto Mirror Folding the ground near the rear wheels. Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed
Select Off, On - Driver and to locate the vehicle.
Auto Memory Recall
Passenger, On - Driver, or On - Select Off or On.
This feature automatically recalls Passenger.
the current driver’s previously stored
1 or 2 button positions when
entering the vehicle. See Memory
Seats 0 61.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Exit Lighting Select Off or On. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
This allows the selection of how Only, or Horn Only.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
long the exterior lamps stay on Remote Door Unlock
when leaving the vehicle when it is Select and the following may
dark outside. display: This allows selection of which doors
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback will unlock when pressing K on the
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 RKE transmitter.
Seconds, or 120 Seconds. . Remote Lock Feedback
Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Power Door Locks . Remote Door Unlock
. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
Select and the following may
display: . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the ventilated seats
. Auto Door Unlock . Remote Window Operation on when using remote start on
. Delayed Door Lock . Passive Door Unlock warm days.
Auto Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock Select Off or On.
This allows selection of which of the . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
doors will automatically unlock when If equipped and turned on, this
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) Remote Unlock Light Feedback
feature will turn the heated seats on
with an automatic transmission or When on, the exterior lamps will when using remote start on
when the vehicle is turned off with a flash when unlocking the vehicle cold days.
manual transmission. with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off or On.
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Window Operation
Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback
This feature enables the window to
When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of open by using the RKE transmitter.
locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter. System Operation 0 36.
switch on the door.
Select Off or On.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Passive Door Unlock Bluetooth Device Management

This allows the selection of what Select and the following may Select to connect to a different
doors will unlock when using the display: phone source, disconnect a phone,
button on the driver door to unlock . Pair New Device or delete a phone.
the vehicle. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36. . Discoverable Ringtones
Select All Doors or Driver . Device Management Select to change the ring tone for
Door Only. the specific phone. The phone does
. Ringtones not need to be connected to change
Passive Door Lock . Voice Mail Numbers the ring tones.
This feature can be turned on or off, . Text Message Alerts Voice Mail Numbers
or can be used to select feedback
when using the button on the driver Pair New Device This feature displays the voice mail
door to lock the vehicle. See number for all connected phones.
Select to pair a new device. See To change the voice mail number,
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) “Pairing” under Bluetooth (Voice
System Operation 0 36. select EDIT. Type a new number,
Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or then select SAVE.
Select Off, On with Horn Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Chirp, or On. Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth Text Message Alerts
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth This allows the feature to be turned
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio on or off.
This feature sounds an alert when with Touchscreen) 0 226 or “Pairing”
the RKE transmitter is left in the in “Infotainment Controls” under Select Off or On.
vehicle. “Bluetooth” in the infotainment Apple CarPlay™
manual.
Select Off or On. Select and the following may
Discoverable display:
This allows the system to find a . Apple CarPlay
device.
. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
Select Off or On.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Apple CarPlay USB Auto Launch . Audio Feedback Speed

This feature allows Apple devices to This allows Android and Apple Prompt Length
be connected to the infotainment CarPlay devices to automatically
system through a USB port. This feature adjusts the voice
connect when plugged into the
prompt length.
Select Off or On. USB port.
Select Short or Long.
Select Off or On.
Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
Audio Feedback Speed
Select to manage Apple devices. Voice
Apple CarPlay must be on for this This feature adjusts the audio
Select and the following may feedback speed.
feature to be accessed. display:
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
Android Auto . Prompt Length
Select and the following may . Audio Feedback Speed Display
display: Select and the following may
Prompt Length
. Android Auto display:
This feature adjusts the voice . Calibrate Touchscreen
. Manage Android Auto Devices prompt length.
. Turn Display Off
Android Auto Select Short or Long.
This feature allows Android devices Calibrate Touchscreen
Audio Feedback Speed
to be connected to the infotainment Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
This feature adjusts the audio
system through a USB port. then follow the prompts.
feedback speed.
Select Off or On. Turn Display Off
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
Manage Android Auto Devices Select to turn the display off. Press
Voice anywhere on the display area or any
Select to manage Android devices.
Android Auto must be on for this Select and the following may faceplate button to turn the
feature to be accessed. display: display on.
. Prompt Length
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Rear Camera Restore Vehicle Settings Universal Remote

Select and the following may This allows selection of restoring
display: vehicle settings.
System
. Guidance Lines Select Restore or Cancel. See Radio Frequency Statement
0 483.
. Rear Park Assist Symbols Clear All Private Data
Guidance Lines This allows selection to clear all Universal Remote System
Select to turn Off or On. See
private information from the vehicle. Programming
Assistance Systems for Parking or Select Delete or Cancel.
Backing 0 302.
Restore Radio Settings
Rear Park Assist Symbols This allows selection to restore
Select to turn Off or On. See radio settings.
Assistance Systems for Parking or Select Restore or Cancel.
Backing 0 302.
Software Information
Return to Factory Settings
Select to view the infotainment
Select and the following may system current software information.
display:
. Restore Vehicle Settings
. Clear All Private Data If equipped, these buttons are in the
. Restore Radio Settings overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to
opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do
devices. accurate transmission of the not release either button until
Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal. the indicator light goes from a
system with any garage door opener slow to a rapid flashing light.
Programming the Universal Then release both buttons.
that does not have the stop and Remote System
reverse feature. This includes any Some garage door openers
garage door opener model For questions or help programming may require substitution of
manufactured before April 1, 1982. the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure
1-800-355-3515 or see under “Radio Signals for
Read the instructions completely www.homelink.com.
before programming the Universal Canada and Some Gate
Remote system. It may help to have Programming involves Operators” later in this section.
another person assist with the time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly
programming process. out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote
repeated. system button for five seconds
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator
as well as for future programming. light and garage door
1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation.
Erase the programming when transmitter about 3 to 8 cm
vehicle ownership is terminated. (1 to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on
See “Erasing Universal Remote Universal Remote system continuously or the garage
System Buttons” later in this buttons with the indicator light door moves when the
section. in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then
To program a garage door opener, transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete.
park outside directly in line with and manufacturer of the garage There is no need to
facing the garage door opener door opener receiver. complete Steps 4–6.
receiver. Clear all people and 2. At the same time, press and . If the indicator light does
objects near the garage door. hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
the three Universal Remote second button press may
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
be required. For a second The name and color of the Radio Signals for Canada and
time, press and hold the button may vary by Some Gate Operators
newly programmed button manufacturer.
for five seconds. If the light For questions or programming help,
5. Press and release the Learn or call 1-800-355-3515 or see
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be
moves, programming is www.homelink.com.
completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. Canadian radio-frequency laws and
. If the indicator light blinks some U.S. gate operators require
6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or quit
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light after several seconds of
Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long
and the garage door does button for two seconds and
not move, continue with enough for the Universal Remote
then release it. If the garage system to pick up the signal during
programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the programming.
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash, If the programming did not work,
press and hold the same replace Step 2 under “Programming
button a second time for the Universal Remote System” with
two seconds, then release it. the following:
Again, if the door does not Press and hold the Universal
move or the garage door lamp Remote system button while
does not flash, press and hold pressing and releasing the
the same button a third time for hand-held transmitter button every
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it. two seconds until the signal has
4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system been successfully accepted by the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the Universal Remote system. The
button inside the garage on the garage door. Universal Remote system indicator
garage door opener receiver. light will flash slowly at first and then
Repeat the process for rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
programming the two remaining “Programming the Universal Remote
buttons. System” to complete.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single

Operation Universal Remote System
Button
Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System buttons:
Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
at least one-half second. The button.
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
System Buttons with Step 1 under
Erase all programmed buttons when “Programming the Universal
vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.”
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Lighting 171
Lighting Lighting Features

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Exterior Lighting
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Battery Load Management . . . 179 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 180
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 171
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
The exterior lamp control is on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 175
instrument panel to the left of the
Turn and Lane-Change
steering wheel.
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 O : Turns off the automatic
Auxiliary headlamps and Daytime Running
Roof-Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . 176 Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
Interior Lighting turn the automatic headlamps or
Instrument Panel Illumination DRL back on.
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 will only work when the vehicle is in
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 P (Park).
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
172 Lighting
roof marker lamps (if equipped), off and then back to the headlamp Turning On and Enabling
front/rear sidemarker lamps, and on position to make the headlamps IntelliBeam
license plate lamps. stay on for an additional 10 minutes. To enable the IntelliBeam system,
When the vehicle is turned off and To keep the lamps on for more than with the turn signal lever in the
the headlamps are in AUTO, the 10 minutes, the ignition must be in neutral position, turn the exterior
headlamps turn off. When the key is the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN lamp control to AUTO. The blue
removed, they automatically turn on position. high-beam on light appears on the
for a set time. The time of the delay # : If equipped, turns on the fog instrument cluster when the high
can be changed using the DIC. lamps. See Fog Lamps 0 176. beams are on.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 145 or Driver IntelliBeam® System Driving with IntelliBeam
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) If equipped, this system turns the The system only activates the high
0 147. vehicle's high-beam headlamps on beams when driving over 40 km/h
and off according to surrounding (25 mph).
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the traffic conditions. There is a sensor near the top
headlamps. The system turns the high-beam center of the windshield that
2 : Turns on the headlamps headlamps on when it is dark automatically controls the system.
enough and there is no other traffic Keep this area of the windshield
together with the parking lamps and
present. clear of debris to allow for best
instrument panel lights.
system performance.
When the headlamps are turned on
The high-beam headlamps remain
while the vehicle is on, the
on, under the automatic control,
headlamps turn off automatically
until one of the following situations
10 minutes after the ignition is
occurs:
turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off, . The system detects an
the headlamps will stay on for approaching vehicle's
10 minutes before turning off to This light comes on in the headlamps.
prevent the battery from being instrument cluster when the
drained. Turn the headlamp control IntelliBeam system is enabled.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Lighting 173
. The system detects a preceding The high beams may not turn off The automatic high-beam
vehicle's taillamps. automatically if the system cannot headlamps may need to be disabled
. The outside light is bright detect another vehicle's lamps if any of the above conditions exist.
enough that high-beam because of any of the following:
headlamps are not required. . The other vehicle's lamps are Exterior Lamps Off
. The vehicle's speed drops below missing, damaged, obstructed Reminder
20 km/h (12 mph). from view, or otherwise
A reminder chime sounds when the
undetected.
. The IntelliBeam system is headlamps or parking lamps are
. The other vehicle's lamps are manually turned on, the ignition is
disabled by the high/low-beam
changer or the flash-to-pass covered with dirt, snow, and/or off, and a door is open. To disable
feature. If this happens, the high/ road spray. the chime, turn the lamps off.
low-beam changer must be . The other vehicle's lamps cannot
activated two times within be detected due to dense Headlamp High/
two seconds to reactivate the exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road Low-Beam Changer
IntelliBeam system. The spray, mist, or other airborne
instrument cluster light will come obstructions. Push the turn signal lever toward
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is the instrument panel to change the
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, headlamps from low to high beam.
reactivated. See Headlamp cracked, or obstructed by
High/Low-Beam Changer 0 173 something that blocks the view Pull the turn signal lever toward you
and Flash-to-Pass 0 174. of the light sensor. and release it to return to low-beam
headlamps.
. The vehicle is loaded such that
the front end points upward,
causing the light sensor to aim
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps.
. Driving on winding or hilly roads.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
174 Lighting
When the high-beam headlamps are Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
on, this indicator light on the lamp control to the off position and
instrument cluster will also be on.
Lamps (DRL) then release. For vehicles first sold
DRL can make it easier for others to in Canada, off will only work when
Flash-to-Pass see the front of the vehicle during the vehicle is in P (Park).
the day. Fully functional DRL are
This feature lets you use the
high-beam headlamps to signal a
required on all vehicles first sold in Automatic Headlamp
Canada. System
driver in front of you that you want
to pass. It works even if the The DRL system comes on when
When the exterior lamp control is
headlamps are in the automatic the following conditions are met:
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
position. . The ignition is on. outside, the headlamps come on
To use it, pull the turn signal lever . The exterior lamp control is automatically.
toward you, then release it. in AUTO.
If the headlamps are in the . The transmission is not in
automatic position or on low beam, P (Park).
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. Depending on the type of . The light sensor determines it is
headlamp, they will either turn off daytime.
after a short duration or stay on as When the DRL system is on, only
long as you hold the lever toward the DRL are on. The taillamps,
you. The high-beam indicator on the sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
instrument cluster will come on. lights, and other lamps will not
Release the lever to return to be on. There is a light sensor on top of the
normal operation. instrument panel. Do not cover the
When it begins to get dark, the sensor, otherwise the headlamps
automatic headlamp system will come on when they are not
switches from DRL to the needed.
headlamps.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Lighting 175
The system may also turn on the Lights On with Wipers | : Press this button to make the
headlamps when driving through a front and rear turn signal lamps
If the windshield wipers are
parking garage or tunnel. flash on and off. Press again to turn
activated in daylight with the engine
If the vehicle is started in a dark on, and the exterior lamp control is the flashers off.
garage, the automatic headlamp in AUTO, the headlamps, parking When the hazard warning flashers
system comes on immediately. If it lamps, and other exterior lamps are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
is light outside when the vehicle come on. The transition time for the not work.
leaves the garage, there is a slight lamps coming on varies based on
delay before the automatic wiper speed. When the wipers are Turn and Lane-Change
headlamp system changes to the not operating, these lamps turn off.
DRL. During that delay, the Signals
Move the exterior lamp control to O
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the or ; to disable this feature.
instrument panel brightness control
is in the full bright position. See Hazard Warning Flashers
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 177.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
An arrow on the instrument cluster
The automatic headlamp system flashes in the direction of the turn or
turns off when the exterior lamp lane change.
control is turned to O or the ignition Move the turn signal lever all the
is off. way up or down to signal a turn.
Raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
176 Lighting
change. This causes the turn Fog Lamps Some localities have laws that
signals to automatically flash three require the headlamps to be on with
times. It will flash six times if Tow/ the fog lamps.
Haul Mode is active. Holding the
turn signal lever for more than Auxiliary
one second will cause the turn
signals to flash until the lever is
Roof-Mounted Lamp
released. If equipped, this button includes
wiring provisions for a dealer or a
The lever returns to its starting
qualified service center to install an
position whenever it is released.
auxiliary roof lamp.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or If equipped, the control is on the
do not come on, a signal bulb could center of the exterior lamp control,
be burned out. If equipped with LED to the left of the steering column.
turn signals, see your dealer. The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a position for the fog lamps to
bulb is not burned out, check the come on.
fuse. See Fuses 0 392. # : Press to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
Turn Signal On Chime
instrument cluster.
If the turn signal is left on for more This button is on the overhead
When the fog lamps are turned on, console.
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
the parking lamps automatically
sounds at each flash of the turn When the wiring is connected to an
turn on.
signal. The message TURN auxiliary roof-mounted lamp,
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the When the headlamps are changed pressing the bottom of the button
Driver Information Center (DIC). To to high beam, the fog lamps go off. will activate the lamp and illuminate
turn the chime and message off, When the high-beam headlamps are an indicator light at the bottom of
move the turn signal lever to the off turned off, the fog lamps will come
position. on again.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Lighting 177
this button. Pressing the top of the Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp
button will turn off the roof-mounted
lamp and indicator.
Instrument Panel
The emergency roof lamp circuit is
fused at 30 amps, so the total
Illumination Control
current draw of the attached lamps
should be less than this value. The
attachment points for the roof lamp
circuits are two blunt cut wires
above the overhead console: a dark
green with blue stripe switched
power wire and a black ground wire.
For information on roof-mounted
emergency lamp installation, see
www.gmupfitter.com or contact your This feature controls the brightness The cargo lamp provides more light
dealer. of the steering wheel and instrument in the cargo area or on the sides of
If the vehicle has this button, the panel lights. The instrument panel the vehicle, if needed. The lights
vehicle may have the snow plow illumination control is next to the inside the pickup box and/or on the
prep package. See Add-On exterior lamp control. outside rearview mirrors also turn
Electrical Equipment 0 346. on, if equipped.
D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the lights. Press the switch down to turn the
cargo lamp on or off. An indicator
light will turn on when the lamp is
turned on, if equipped. The shift
lever must be in the P (Park)
position to operate the cargo lamp.
The lights on the outside rearview
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
178 Lighting
mirrors turn on if the shift lever is in ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
the R (Reverse), N (Neutral),
or P (Park) position. Reading Lamps
Dome Lamps
Press m or n next to each reading

lamp to turn it on or off.
There are reading lamps in the

overhead console and the headliner,
There are dome lamps in the if equipped. To operate, the ignition
overhead console and the headliner, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
if equipped. or ON/RUN position, or using
To change the dome lamp settings, Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Lighting 179
Lighting Features automatically turn off. The interior

lamps do not come on if the dome
moving up or down. This is normal.
If there is a problem, an alert will be
lamp control is in the Off position. displayed.
Entry Lighting
The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at
Some exterior lamps and the interior immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in lamps control off. high. This is true for all vehicles.
areas with limited lighting, when K This is because the generator
This feature can be changed. See
is pressed on the Remote Keyless Vehicle Personalization 0 160. (alternator) may not be spinning fast
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a enough at idle to produce all the
door is opened, the interior lamps power that is needed for very high
come on if the dome lamp control is
Battery Load electrical loads.
in the DOOR position. After about Management A high electrical load occurs when
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such
off. Entry lighting can be disabled Management (EPM), which as: headlamps, high beams, fog
manually by changing the ignition estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger,
out of the OFF position, or by and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed,
pressing the RKE transmitter Q the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans,
button. and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into
This feature can be changed. See When the battery's state of charge accessory power outlets.
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive
Vehicle Personalization 0 160. to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this
When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output
Exit Lighting the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs.
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter It can increase engine idle speed to
Some exterior lamps and the interior gauge or the voltage display on the generate more power, whenever
lamps come on at night, or in areas Driver Information Center (DIC), needed. It can temporarily reduce
with limited lighting when the key is if equipped, may show the voltage the power demands of some
removed from the ignition. The
accessories.
exterior and interior lamps remain
on for a set amount of time and then
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
180 Lighting
Normally, these actions occur in

steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 150.
Battery Power Protection

This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps, if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes after the
ignition is turned off. The cargo
lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This
prevents the battery from
running down.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Infotainment System 181
Infotainment Audio Players

Avoiding Untrusted Media
Introduction
System Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
196
196 Infotainment
USB Port (Base Radio) . . . . . . . 199 Base radio information is included in
Introduction USB Port (Base Radio with this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 182 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 available infotainment systems.
Overview (Base Radio with Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Read the following pages to
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Voice Recognition become familiar with the features.
Overview (Base Radio) . . . . . . . 184
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Home Page (Base Radio) . . . . 186
Home Page (Base Radio with Phone { Warning
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 216 Taking your eyes off the road for
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Bluetooth (Infotainment too long or too often while using
Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . . 217
Radio Bluetooth (Voice Recognition -
any infotainment feature can
AM-FM Radio (Base cause a crash. You or others
Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Bluetooth (Infotainment could be injured or killed. Do not
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio Controls - Base Radio with give extended attention to
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 infotainment tasks while driving.
Satellite Radio (Base Apple CarPlay and Limit your glances at the vehicle
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 displays and focus your attention
Satellite Radio (Base Radio on driving. Use voice commands
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Trademarks and License whenever possible.
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Agreements
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 195 Trademarks and License
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 196 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
182 Infotainment System
The infotainment system has built-in . Set up the audio by presetting Theft-Deterrent Feature
features intended to help avoid favorite stations, setting the
distraction by disabling some tone, and adjusting the TheftLock® is designed to
functions when driving. These speakers. discourage theft of the vehicle's
functions may gray out when they radio by learning a portion of the
. Set up phone numbers in Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
are unavailable. Many infotainment advance so they can be called
features are also available through The radio does not operate if it is
easily by pressing a single stolen or moved to a different
the instrument cluster and steering button or by using a single voice
wheel controls. vehicle.
command if equipped with
Before driving: Bluetooth phone capability.
. Become familiar with the See Defensive Driving 0 248.
operation, faceplate buttons, and To play the infotainment system with
screen buttons. the ignition off, see Retained
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Overview (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 1. {

. Press to go to the Home
Page. See Home Page
(Base Radio) 0 186 or
Home Page (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 188.
2. 7
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
previous station or channel.
. USB/Bluetooth Music/
Pictures: Press and hold to
go to the previous content.
Press and hold to fast
rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute the system
when on.
. Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
4. 6
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the next station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
station or channel.
. USB/Bluetooth Music/
Pictures: Press and hold to
go to the next content.
Press and hold to fast
forward.
5. #
. Press and release to
access the phone screen,
answer an incoming call,
or access the device home
screen. Press and hold to
access Press to Talk.
Overview (Base Radio)

Infotainment System Overview
The infotainment system is Radio with CD
controlled by using the buttons on
the faceplate and steering wheel
controls, if equipped. See Steering
Wheel Controls 0 121.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Turn to manually select a
station.
5. CD Slot (If Equipped)
6. o BACK
. Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
7. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the
system. See “Home Page”
Radio with TONE following.
1. q 3. r 8. X (If Equipped) or TONE (If

Equipped)
. Press to scroll down . Press to scroll up through
through the favorite pages the favorite pages for each . Press X to eject the CD (if
for each source. source. equipped).
2. Favorites/Soft Keys 4. MENU . Press TONE to open the
Tone Settings menu (if
. Press to select favorite . Press to access the menu
equipped).
stations. for the current audio
. Press and hold to save source.
favorite stations. . Press to select the
. Press to select a screen highlighted menu option.
button when displayed. . Turn to scroll through a list.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
9. g or l 10. RADIO Various functions are disabled when

. Press to change the audio the vehicle is moving.
. CD (If Equipped): Press
g to seek the beginning of source between AM, FM, AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen
the current or previous or SiriusXM, if equipped. icon to display the active source
track. If the track has 11. MEDIA page. The sources available are
played for less than AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped),
. Press to change the audio USB/iPod, AUX Input, and Bluetooth
five seconds, it seeks the
previous track. If longer source between CD, USB, Audio (if equipped). See AM-FM
than five seconds, the AUX, and Bluetooth Audio, Radio (Base Radio with
current track will start from if equipped. Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Radio (Base Radio) 0 189, Satellite
the beginning. Press l to 12. O Radio (Base Radio) 0 193 or
seek the next track. . Press to turn the audio on. Satellite Radio (Base Radio with
. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If . Touchscreen) 0 193, , Auxiliary Jack
Press and hold to turn it off.
Equipped): Press g or l 0 207, and Bluetooth Audio 0 208.
. When on, press to mute the
to seek to the previous or PHONE : Select the PHONE screen
system. Press again to
next strong station. icon to display the Phone main
unmute.
. CD (If Equipped): Press page. See Bluetooth (Voice
. Turn to increase or Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or
and hold g to quickly decrease the volume. Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
reverse through a track. Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
Release the button to return Home Page (Base Radio) (Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
to playing speed. Press and (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
hold l to fast forward Home Page Features with Touchscreen) 0 226.
through a track. Release The infotainment system displays a NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) :
the button to return to Home Page that makes it easy to Select the NAV screen icon to
playing speed. access all of the applications. Turn display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
the MENU knob to highlight feature Navigation. See OnStar Overview
icons. Press the MENU knob to 0 487, if equipped.
access the feature’s options.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Radio Setup
screen icon to display the Settings Select LOCK to lock the Press the RADIO button and the
main page. See “Setting Radio system. following may display:
Preferences” following. 4. Enter the four-digit code to Manage Favorites:
Setting Radio Preferences unlock the system.
. Turn the MENU knob and press
Select the SETTINGS screen icon Select o BACK to go back
to the previous menu. to select a favorite.
to display the Settings menu and
. To delete a favorite, press
the following may display: Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in
this section. the button just below the
Time and Date : See Clock 0 123. DELETE screen button.
Language (Current Language) : Vehicle : See Vehicle
. To move a favorite, press the
This will set the display language in Personalization 0 160.
MOVE screen button. Turn
the radio and instrument cluster. Display : Press the MENU knob to the MENU knob to select a
Select to display a list of languages. turn the display on or off. new location, then press the
Select o BACK to go back to the Return to Factory Settings : See DROP screen button to
previous menu. “Return to Factory Settings” later in select the new location.
Valet Mode: this section. . Select o BACK to go back to
Using the circular numeric keypad, Software Information (If the previous menu.
enter a four-digit code: Equipped) : Press the MENU knob Number of Favorites Shown :
to select Save Vehicle Info to USB. Select Auto and the system will
1. Turn the MENU knob to Press the MENU knob again to start
highlight a number. automatically adjust the number of
downloading the vehicle information favorite pages when favorites are
2. Press the MENU knob to select to the USB. added and removed, or select a
it. Do this for each one of the number from 5–25 to manually
four digits. Select Enter to go to adjust the number of favorites
the confirmation screen. shown.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Audible Touch Feedback (If displays stating all vehicle Home Page (Base Radio
Equipped) : Select Audible Touch customization settings will be
Feedback to turn feedback off or on. restored to the factory settings.
with Touchscreen)
Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This Select Cancel or Confirm. Touchscreen Buttons
feature adjusts the volume based on Clear All Private Data (If Touchscreen buttons show on the
vehicle speed. The options are Off, Equipped) : This option clears all screen when available. When a
Low, Medium-Low, Medium, private information from the vehicle. function is unavailable, the button
Medium-High, or High. Select the Select Clear All Private Data. Select may gray out. When a function is
desired volume. Cancel or Confirm. selected, the button may highlight.
Maximum Startup Volume : This Restore Radio Settings : This
feature sets the maximum startup option will restore factory radio
Home Page Features
volume. If the vehicle is started and settings. Select Restore Radio
the volume is greater than this level, Settings. A screen displays stating
the volume is adjusted to this level. all personalized radio settings will
To set the maximum startup volume, be restored back to the factory
Turn the MENU knob to increase or settings. Select Cancel or Confirm.
decrease startup volume.
English and Metric Unit
Rear Camera (If Equipped) Conversion
From the Rear Camera screen To change the display units between
button, the following may display: English and metric units, see Driver
Return to Factory Settings Information Center (DIC) (Base Press { to go to the Home Page.
Level) 0 145 or Driver Information Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
Select Return to Factory Settings Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 147 or SiriusXM® (if equipped), USB/iPod/
and the following may display: Instrument Cluster 0 128. Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
Restore Vehicle Settings : This
Gallery : Touch to view a picture or
option will restore factory vehicle
movie.
personalization settings. Select
Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Phone : Touch to activate the Climate : Touch to access the Radio

phone features (if equipped). Climate menu. See Dual Automatic
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Climate Control System 0 240.
Base Radio) 0 221 or Bluetooth AM-FM Radio (Base
OnStar : If equipped, touch to
(Infotainment Controls - Base access the OnStar menu. See
Radio)
Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth OnStar Overview 0 487.
(Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth Playing the Radio
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio While on the audio main page,
with Touchscreen) 0 226. Software Updates press the RADIO button repeatedly
Projection : Touch to access See the website for more to cycle through the available
supported devices when connected. information. sources AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if
See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 199 equipped) or press the MEDIA
Website Information button repeatedly to cycle through
or USB Port (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 201. In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com the available sources Bluetooth®
In Canada, see Audio (if equipped), USB, and AUX.
Settings : Touch to access the
Personalization menu. See Vehicle www.chevrolet.gm.ca The steering wheel controls can
Personalization 0 160. also be used to adjust the volume.
In Mexico, see
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 121.
www.chevrolet.com.mx
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped)
To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped), press the RADIO button
to toggle to the desired broadcast
source.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Press the MENU knob and the . DSP: If equipped with a Auto Volume : If equipped, this
following radio settings may display: Bose Surround® sound system, feature adjusts the volume based on
Tone Settings: it will have three DSP modes the vehicle speed. Select the level
including: between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
. Bass, Midrange, and Treble: Medium, Medium-High, and High.
Turn the MENU knob and ‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to
provide the best sound for all Press o BACK to go to the
highlight. Press the MENU knob
seating positions. previous menu.
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to adjust. ‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain
provide the best sound for the configurations, the available choices
. Balance: Turn the MENU knob
driver. are Manual and Talk.
to highlight. Press the MENU
knob to select. Turn the MENU ‐ Centerpoint: Creates a Options for SiriusXM Only (If
knob left for more sound from surround sound from nearly Equipped)
the left speakers or right for any audio source. SXM View : SXM view allows the
more sound from the right . EQ (Equalizer): If equipped with channel list to be viewed by channel
speakers. The middle position a Bose sound system, turn the name, artist playing on channel,
balances the sound between the MENU knob to highlight. or song playing on channel. Turn
left and right speakers. Turn the MENU knob to scroll the MENU knob to highlight and
. Fade: Turn the MENU knob to through the options. Press the press the MENU knob to select.
highlight. Press the MENU knob MENU knob to select. Press Press o BACK to go to the
to select. Turn the MENU knob the o BACK button to go to the previous menu.
to the left for more sound from previous menu.
the front speakers and to the Channel List : Select to display a
right for more sound from the Station List : Select to display list of SiriusXM channels. Turn the
rear speakers. The middle a list of AM or FM stations. MENU knob to highlight and press
position balances the sound Press o BACK to go to the the MENU knob to select.
between the front and rear previous menu. Press o BACK to go to the
speakers. previous menu.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Also see the radio settings common Mixed-Audio Favorites System Settings
for all sources earlier in this section.
Media (if equipped) and Broadcast Auto Volume
Finding a Station favorites can be stored.
This feature automatically adjusts
Seeking a Station To display the favorites page, the radio volume to compensate for
press q or r on the radio faceplate. road and wind noise.
Press g or l to search for the
previous or next strongest station. To manage favorites, see “Manage The level of volume compensation
Favorites” under Home Page (Base can be selected, or the feature can
Tuning a Station Radio) 0 186 or Home Page (Base be turned off.
Turn the MENU knob to manually Radio with Touchscreen) 0 188. 1. Touch MENU from a source
find a station. screen.
AM-FM Radio (Base 2. Select Auto Volume.
Storing Radio Station Presets
Radio with Touchscreen)
Up to 25 preset stations from all 3. Select the desired setting.
bands can be stored in the favorite Playing the Radio
4. Touch 3 to go back to the
lists in any order. Up to five stations Audio Source Menu source screen.
can be stored in each favorite page
and the number of favorites can { : Press to go to the Home Page. Tone Settings
be set. O : Press to turn on, mute, The tone settings can be set for
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If or unmute the system. Press and each radio band and each audio
Equipped) : While on the active hold to turn off the system. player source.
source main page, such as AM, FM,
Selecting a Band Preset Tone Settings
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and
hold a favorites/soft key button on Press {, then touch AUDIO, . Touch MENU.
the faceplate. Source, then select AM, FM, . Touch Tone Settings.
or SXM, if equipped. The last station
that was playing starts playing . Select a preset tone setting.
again. . Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
Touch − or +.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Fader or Balance: Adjust the Selecting a Station . Touch Q or R to scroll through
front/rear or left/right speakers the list. Touch the station to
by dragging the dot in the Seek Tuning
select it.
vehicle image on the screen. If the radio station is not known:
Update Station List
Custom Tone Settings Press 7 or 6 to automatically
. From the AM or FM menu, touch
. Touch MENU. search for available radio stations.
MENU, then touch Update
. Touch Tone Settings. Manual Tuning Station List. The broadcasting
list updating will begin.
. Touch Custom. Continue touching t or u to
. During the AM or FM
. Bass, Midrange, or Treble: manually change the radio station.
broadcasting list update, touch
Touch − or +. Direct Tune Cancel to stop the updates.
. Fader or Balance: Adjust the From the AM or FM menu: Storing a Station as a Favorite
front/rear or left/right speakers
by dragging the dot in the . Touch Tune. Stations from all bands can be
vehicle image on the screen. . Enter the station number. stored in any order in the favorite
pages.
Touch 3 to go back to the source . Touch Go or t or u to go to
screen. the pervious or next station. Up to 25 stations can be stored.
Selecting an Auxiliary Device Favorite Storing Stations

Connect the auxiliary device to the To store the station to a position in
. Touch S or T to scroll through the list, touch the corresponding
AUX input terminal. Play will begin the favorites.
when the system has finished button 1−5 until a beep is heard.
reading the information on the . Touch on the station to select it. 1. Select the desired station.
device. Station List 2. Touch S or T to select the
If the AUX device is already . From the AM or FM menu, desired page of saved
connected, press {, AUDIO, touch MENU. favorites.
Source, then select the device.
. Select Station List.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
3. Touch and hold down any of 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see SiriusXM Satellite Radio
the preset buttons to save the www.siriusxm.ca or call Service (If Equipped)
current radio station to that 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
button of the selected SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
When SiriusXM is active, the based in the 48 contiguous United
favorites page. channel name and number, States and 10 Canadian provinces.
To change a preset button, tune to category name, song title, and artist SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
the new desired radio station and display on the screen. variety of programming and
touch and hold the preset button. commercial-free music, coast to
Browsing SiriusXM Channels
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
Satellite Radio (Base (If Equipped) A service fee is required to receive
Radio) To browse the SiriusXM channels: the SiriusXM service. For more
1. Press the MENU knob. information, contact SiriusXM at
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio www.siriusxm.com or
Service (If Equipped) 2. Turn the MENU knob to 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and
highlight SXM Channel List. www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
3. Turn the MENU knob to (Canada).
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can highlight the desired SXM Listening to SiriusXM Radio (If
receive SiriusXM programming. Channels.
Equipped)
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
Satellite Radio (Base 1. Press {.
States and 10 Canadian provinces. Radio with Touchscreen) 2. Touch AUDIO.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide Vehicles with an SXM Satellite 3. Touch Source.
variety of programming and Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM®
commercial-free music, coast to 4. Touch SXM and the most
Satellite Radio subscription can
coast, and in digital-quality sound. recent listened to SiriusXM
receive SiriusXM programming.
A service fee is required to receive channel will display.
the SiriusXM service. See
Touch 0 to return to the
www.siriusxm.com or call
HOME menu.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Selecting a Category 2. Touch the preset button to 1. Touch Tone Settings. The tone
listen to the channel saved to settings screen is displayed.
From Menu, touch Categories, then
that button. See “Tone Settings” under
touch the desired category or from
“Base Radio with Touchscreen”
Categories, touch Q or R to find the Using the SiriusXM Menu in AM-FM Radio (Base Radio
desired channel. Touch the channel Operation with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
to select it. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio)
1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio 0 189.
Selecting a Channel screen.
2. Touch OK.
Touch u or t and the previous or 2. Touch the menu to select the
next channel will be selected. desired item or to display the Auto Volume
detail menu item. 1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto
Touch and hold u or t to jump
3. Touch 0 to return to the Volume” under “Base Radio
four channels backward or forward,
previous menu. with Touchscreen” in AM-FM
then release the button at the
Radio (Base Radio with
desired channel. Channel List Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Using the Preset Buttons 1. Touch Channel List from the Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
Up to seven favorites pages can be SXM menu. The channel list is 2. Touch OK.
saved, and each page can store up displayed.
Categories
to five channels. 2. Touch Q or R to find the 1. Touch Categories.
To change a preset button, tune to desired channel. Tune to the
the new desired channel and hold channel by selecting it. 2. Touch Q or R to find the
the button. desired category. Touch the
Tone Settings
category to select it.
Listening to Preset Channels
From the tone settings menu, the
1. Continue touching S or T to sound features can be set up for
select the desired SiriusXM audio and each audio
favorites page. player’s functions.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Explicit Content Filter especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage
When on, only a filtered list of hills, causing the sound to fade in
Cell phone usage, such as making
channels will be received. When off, and out.
or receiving phone calls, charging,
all regular SXM programming AM or just having the phone on may
subscribed to will be received. cause static interference in the
The range for most AM stations is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter. greater than for FM, especially at if this happens.
2. Select On or Off. night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can also occur Fixed Mast Antenna
Radio Reception
when things like storms and power The fixed mast antenna will go
Frequency interference and static lines interfere with radio reception. through most car washes as long as
can occur during normal radio When this happens, try reducing the it is securely attached. If the
reception if items such as phone treble on the radio. antenna becomes slightly bent,
chargers, vehicle convenience straighten it out by hand. If it is
accessories, and external electronic SiriusXM Satellite Radio badly bent, replace it.
devices are plugged into the Service
accessory power outlet. If there is Occasionally check that the antenna
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite is tight at the base. If tightening is
interference or static, unplug the Radio Service provides digital radio
item from the accessory power required, protect the paint from
reception. Tall buildings or hills can damage.
outlet. interfere with satellite radio signals,
FM causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
FM signals only reach about 16 to under heavy foliage, bridges,
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the garages, or tunnels may cause loss
radio has a built-in electronic circuit of the SiriusXM signal for a period
that automatically works to reduce of time.
interference, some static can occur,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Multi-Band Antenna . CD-RW

Audio Players
The multi-band antenna is on the . MP3 or unprotected WMA
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is Avoiding Untrusted Media formats
used for OnStar, the SiriusXM Devices When playing any compatible
Satellite Radio Service System, and recordable disc, the sound quality
GPS (Global Positioning System), When using media devices such as can be reduced due to disc quality,
if the vehicle has these features. CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs®, SD the method of recording, the quality
Keep the antenna clear of cards, USB devices, and mobile of the music that has been
obstructions for clear reception. devices, consider the source. recorded, or the way the disc has
Untrusted media devices could been handled.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is contain files that affect system
open, reception can also be operation or performance. Avoid use There can be increased skipping,
affected. if the content or origin cannot be difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
Items on the roof of the vehicle can trusted. difficulty in loading and ejecting.
interfere with the performance of the If these problems occur, check the
radio system and OnStar (if CD Player disc for damage or try a known
equipped). Make sure the good disc.
If the vehicle is equipped with a CD
multi-band antenna is not To avoid damage to the CD player:
player, it can be used for CD and
obstructed.
MP3 audio. . Do not use scratched or
With the vehicle on, insert a disc damaged discs.
into the slot, label side up. Press the . Do not apply labels to discs. The
MEDIA button to select CD as a labels could get caught in the
source. player.
The system is capable of . Insert only one disc at a time.
playing most: . Keep the loading slot free of
. Audio CDs foreign materials, liquids, and
. CD-R debris.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Use a marking pen to label the to the previous track. If longer CD Menu
top of the disc. than five seconds, the current While on the CD main page, press
track starts from the beginning. the MENU knob to display the CD
Loading and Ejecting Discs
. Press and hold to fast reverse menu and the following may display:
To load a disc: through a track. Release the Browse : Select to display the files
1. Turn the vehicle on. button to return to playing or songs on the CD.
speed. Elapsed time displays.
2. Insert a disc into the slot, label Tone Settings : Select to adjust
side up. The player pulls it in u: While on the CD main page: Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
the rest of the way. If the disc . Press to seek to the next track. Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
is damaged or improperly “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
loaded, there is an error and . Press and hold to fast forward
through a track. Release the (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
the disc ejects. 0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
button to return to playing
Playing an Audio CD speed. Elapsed time displays. Radio) 0 189.
Press the MEDIA button on the j /r: While on the CD main page, Auto Volume : If equipped, this
faceplate until CD is selected. press to pause. Press again to feature adjusts the volume based on
resume. the vehicle speed. Select the level
On the CD main page, either a track between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
number displays at the beginning of Z: Press Z to play the songs in Medium, Medium-High, and High.
each track, or Song, Artist, and random order. Press again to Press BACK to go to the
Album information displays when turn off. previous menu.
available.
If a Blu-ray Disc® or DVD disc is DSP : If equipped, this feature
Use the following screen controls to loaded into the disc player and the adjusts the pre-defined settings.
play the disc: CD screen button is selected, a See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base
t: While on the CD main page: message comes on the screen to Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
use the Video application. The AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
. Press to seek to the beginning of Video application is only available
the current or previous track. on vehicles with Rear Seat
If the track has been playing for Entertainment (RSE).
less than five seconds, it seeks
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this If Disc Player Error displays, it could . Maximum number of folders:
feature adjusts the equalizer be for one of the following reasons: eight folders with 255 files per
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in . The player temperature is folder.
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with too high. . Maximum of 1,000 files on
Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM a disc.
Radio (Base Radio) 0 189. . There are load or eject errors.
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW.
Error Messages If the CD is not playing correctly for
any other reason, try a known Root Directory
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc good CD.
comes out, it could be for one of the The root directory is treated as a
following reasons: If any error continues, contact your folder. All files contained directly
dealer. under the root directory are
. The disc has an invalid or accessed prior to any root directory
unknown format. Playing an MP3 CD folders.
. The disc is very hot. Try the disc To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
instructions as “Playing an Empty Folders
again when the temperature
returns to normal. Audio CD.” If a root directory or folder is empty
The following guidelines must be or contains only folders, the player
. The road is very rough. Try the
met when creating an MP3 disc, advances to the next folder in the
disc again when the road is file structure that contains a
smoother. otherwise the CD might not play:
compressed audio file. The empty
. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, . Sampling rate: 16 kHz, folder(s) are not displayed or
or upside down. 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, numbered.
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
. The air is very humid. Try the No Folder
disc again later. . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, When the CD only contains
. There was a problem while compressed audio files without any
128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
burning the disc. and 320 kbps. folders, all files are under the root
. The label is caught in the CD folder.
player.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
USB Port (Base Radio) While the USB source is active, Auto Volume : If equipped, see
press the corresponding faceplate “Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio
Playing from a USB button for the icons on the screen to (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
A USB mass storage device or operate USB function: 0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) Radio) 0 189.
. t
device can be connected to the EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
USB port. . u feature adjusts the equalizer
The vehicle may have USB ports in settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)
. j /r Settings” in AM-FM Radio (Base
the front of the center console,
armrest, or one in the upper glove . Z Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
box. See Center Console Storage AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
For information on how to use the
0 116 and Glove Box 0 115.
screen icons, see “Playing an Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives Audio CD.” iPhone®
. The USB MP3 players and USB USB Menu This feature supports the following
drives connected must comply devices:
Press MENU to display the USB
with the USB Mass Storage . iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and
menu and the following may display:
Class specification (USB MSC). 4th generation)
. Hard disk drives are not Browse : Select to display the files
and folders on the USB device. . iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
supported. generation)
. Supported file system is FAT32. Tone Settings : Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, . iPod classic® (6th generation)
To play a USB device: Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See . iPod touch® (1st and 2nd
. Connect the USB. “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio generation)
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
. Press MEDIA on the faceplate . iPad
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
until the connected device is Radio) 0 189. . iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS,
shown. iPhone 4
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
There may be problems with The device battery recharges Auto Volume : If equipped, see
operation and function in the automatically while the vehicle is on. “Auto Volume ” in AM-FM Radio
following situations: When the vehicle is off while a (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
. When connecting a device with device is connected using the USB 0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
a more recent version of the cable, the device battery stops Radio) 0 189.
firmware installed than is charging and the device will EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
supported by the infotainment automatically turn off. feature adjusts the Equalizer
system. If the device is an unsupported settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in
. When connecting a device on model, it can still be listened to in AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
which firmware from other the vehicle by connecting to the Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
providers is installed. auxiliary input jack using a standard Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.
To connect and control a device: Browse Device Media
Menu Use the following to browse:
1. Connect one end of the
standard USB cable to the Press MENU to display the device Playlists:
device's dock connector. Menu and the following may display:
1. Turn MENU to highlight and
2. Connect the other end to a Browse : Select to display the files press to view the playlists
USB port in the center console. or songs on the device. See stored on the device.
See Center Console Storage “Browse Device Media” later in this
0 116. section. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select a playlist name
3. Press MEDIA to select the Tone Settings : Select to adjust to view a list of all songs in the
source. Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, playlist.
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
The music information displays on “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio 3. Turn MENU to highlight and
the radio’s display and begins (Base Radio with Touchscreen) press to select the song from
playing through the vehicle’s audio 0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base the list to begin playback.
system. Radio) 0 189.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Artists: Genres: USB Port (Base Radio

1. Turn MENU to highlight and 1. Turn MENU to highlight and with Touchscreen)
press to view the artists stored press to view the genres stored
on the device. on the device. Using the USB Port
2. Turn MENU to highlight and 2. Turn MENU to highlight and The infotainment system can play
press to select an artist name press to select a genre name music by connecting an auxiliary
to view a list of all albums by to view a list of artists of that device to the USB port.
the artist. genre. USB Support
3. Turn MENU to highlight and 3. Turn MENU to highlight and If equipped, the USB connector is in
press to select an album name press to select to view albums the center stack below the climate
to view a list of all songs on the by that artist. controls, and uses the USB 2.0
album. 4. Turn MENU to highlight and standard.
4. Turn MENU to highlight and press to select an album to
press to select the song from view songs. USB Supported Devices
the list to begin playback. . USB Flash Drives
5. Turn MENU to highlight and
Albums: press to select the song from . Portable USB Hard Drives
1. Turn MENU to highlight and the list to begin playback. Not all iPods and USB drives are
press to view the albums Songs: compatible with the USB port.
stored on the device. 1. Turn MENU to highlight and Make sure the iPod has the latest
2. Turn MENU to highlight and press to view a list of all songs firmware from Apple® for proper
press to select an album name stored on the device. operation. iPod firmware can be
to view a list of all songs on the 2. Turn MENU to highlight and updated using the latest iTunes®
album. press to select the song from application. See www.apple.com/
3. Turn MENU to highlight and the list to begin playback. itunes.
press to select the song from For help with identifying your iPod,
the list to begin playback. go to www.apple.com/support.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The USB port can play both lower To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, one end of the device’s cable to the rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
and .wav files stored on a USB iPod/iPhone and the other end to Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
storage device. the USB port. 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz,
22.05 kHz, and 16 kHz.
Supported Apple® Devices The iPod/iPhone charges while it is
connected to the vehicle if the . Files with a bit rate above
To view supported devices in U.S., vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or 128 kbps will result in higher
see www.my.chevrolet.com\learn. ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions quality sound.
To view supported devices in 0 268. When the vehicle is turned . ID3 Tag information for MP3
Canada, see off, the iPod/iPhone automatically files, such as the album name
www.chevroletowner.ca. powers off and will not charge or and the artist, can be played.
To view supported devices in draw power from the vehicle's
battery. . To display album title, track title,
Mexico, see your dealer for details. and artist information, the file
For more information on USB should be compatible with the
USB Supported File and Folder
usage, see “Audio System ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
Structure
Information” following.
The infotainment system supports: Using USB Storage Devices and
Audio System Information iPod/iPhone
. FAT16.
The infotainment system can play . Use a USB or flash memory type
. FAT32. the music files contained in the USB storage device. Do not connect
. exFAT. storage device or iPod/iPhone using a USB adaptor.
products.
Connecting a USB Storage . Do not connect and reconnect
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files the USB device repeatedly in a
Device or iPod/iPhone
. Music files with .mp3, .wma, short time, as this may cause
To connect a USB storage device, static electricity and problems
.ogg, and .wav file name
connect the device to the USB port. using the device.
extensions can be played.
. Use a USB device with a metal
connecting terminal.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Connection with i-Stick Type . Do not disconnect the USB structure. Normal usage cannot
USB storage devices may be storage device while it is playing. be guaranteed for a storage
faulty due to vehicle vibration. This may cause damage to the device that exceeds this limit.
. Do not touch the USB product or affect the The iPod/iPhone can play all
connecting terminal. performance of the USB device. music files that are supported.
. Disconnect the USB storage The music file lists will only
. Only USB storage devices display up to 5,000 files on the
formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT device when the ignition is
turned off. If the ignition is turned screen. These files are sorted in
file systems are recognized. alphabetical order.
NTFS and other file systems are on while the USB device is
connected, the USB device may . Some iPod/iPhone product
not recognized.
be damaged or may not operate models may not support the
. The time it takes to process files normally. connectivity or functionality of
will depend on the USB storage this product.
. USB storage devices can only
device type and capacity, and
be connected for playing music, . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
the type of files stored.
viewing photo files, with connection cables
. Some USB storage device files or upgrading. supported by iPod/iPhone
may not be compatible. products. Other connection
. Do not use the USB terminal to
. Up to two USB devices and one charge USB accessory cables cannot be used.
iPod can be played through a equipment. The heat generated . The iPod/iPhone may be
USB hub. All devices may not be may cause performance issues damaged if it is connected to the
supported, depending on the or damage. vehicle with the ignition on.
performance of the USB hub. When not in use, disconnect the
. Music files to which Digital Right
If there is not enough power iPod/iPhone.
supply, it may not operate Management (DRM) is applied
cannot be played. . When the iPod/iPhone is
normally.
. USB storage device that are in connected to the USB port by
capacity with a limit of 5,000 using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
files, such as music, photo, Bluetooth music is not
video, 15 stages of folder supported.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. The iPod/iPhone playback . If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select
functions and the information connected, an error message another function, then remove the
displayed may be different when displays and the system will USB device.
played on the infotainment switch to the previous audio Pause
system. function.
. Touch j to pause.
. Touch r to resume.
Changing to Next/Previous Files
. Touch l to change to the
next file.
. Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
. Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already previous file.
classification items related to the connected: Returning to the Beginning of the
search function provided by the Current File
iPod/iPhone. . Press {.
. Touch g after five seconds of the
USB Player Touch AUDIO.
playback time.
Playing Music from a USB Device . Touch Source.
Scanning Forward or Backward
. Connect the USB device to the . Touch USB.
USB port. Touch and hold g or l during
To stop the USB device and select playback to rewind or fast forward.
. Play will start automatically after another media source, touch Release the button to resume
the system has finished reading Source, then select the other playback at normal speed.
the USB device. source.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Playing a File Randomly Tone Settings iPod/iPhone Player

Touch Z during playback. . Touch Tone Settings. The Tone This feature is limited to models
Settings menu is displayed. See supporting the iPod/iPhone
. ON: Plays all files randomly. “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio connection.
. OFF: Returns to normal (Base Radio with Touchscreen) Playing Music Files
playback. 0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio) 0 189. . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
Using the USB Music Menu USB port.
Auto Volume
. Touch Menu during playback. . Play will start from the previously
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
played point after the system
Volume menu is displayed. See has finished reading the USB
“Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio device.
(Base Radio with Touchscreen)
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base . If a non-readable USB device is
Radio) 0 189. connected, an error message
displays and the system will
Traffic Program (If Equipped) switch to the previous audio
. Touch On or Off. function.
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) If the iPod/iPhone is already
. Touch the desired menu. connected:
. Connect a MTP supported
Browse Music device. 1. Press {.
1. Touch Browse Music. . Play will start automatically after 2. Touch AUDIO.
2. Touch the desired music. the system has finished reading
the MTP device. 3. Touch Source.
. If a non-readable MTP device is 4. Touch iPod.
connected, an error message To stop the device and select
displays and the system will another media source, touch
switch to the previous audio Source, then select the other
function. source.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To remove the device, select Playing a File Randomly Auto Volume

another function, then remove the . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
device. Touch Z during playback.
Volume menu is displayed. See
Pause . ON: Plays all files randomly. “Auto Volume” under “Base
. OFF: Returns to normal Radio with Touchscreen” in
. Touch j to pause. playback. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
. Touch r to resume. Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM
Using the iPod Menu Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
Changing to Next/Previous Song . Touch Menu during playback.
Picture System Information
. Touch l to change to the . Touch the appropriate
play mode. The infotainment system can view
next song.
picture files stored on a USB
. Touch g within two seconds of Browse Music storage device and devices that
the playback time to play the 1. Touch Browse Music. support Media Transfer
previous file. Protocol (MTP).
2. Touch the desired music.
Returning to the Beginning of the . Supported file extensions: .jpg,
Tone Settings .bmp, .png, .gif.
Current File
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone . Animated GIF files are not
Touch g after two seconds of the Settings menu is displayed. See supported.
playback time. “Tone Settings” under “Base
Radio with Touchscreen” in . Some files may not operate due
Scanning Forward or Backward
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with to a different recording format or
Touch and hold g or l during Touchscreen) 0 191 or AM-FM the condition of the file.
playback to rewind or fast forward. Radio (Base Radio) 0 189. Viewing Pictures
Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed. 1. Connect the USB device to the
USB port.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
2. Touch the screen to open to full Enlarging a Picture Possible auxiliary audio sources
screen. Touch the screen again include:
to return to the previous Touch x from the picture screen.
. Laptop computer
screen. Using the USB Picture Menu
. Audio music player
If the USB device is already 1. Touch MENU from the picture
connected: screen. This jack is not an audio output. Do
not plug headphones into the
1. Press {. 2. Touch the appropriate menu: auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary
2. Touch GALLERY. . Slide Show Time: Allows devices should be set up while the
selection of the slide show vehicle is in P (Park).
Some features are disabled while
the vehicle is in motion. interval. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
. Clock, Temp. Display: from the auxiliary device to the
Viewing a Slide Show Allows selection of On or auxiliary input jack.
1. Touch z from the picture Off to show the clock and If an auxiliary device has already
screen. temperature on the full been connected, but a different
screen. source is currently active, press the
2. Touch the screen to cancel the MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly
slide show during the slide . Display Settings: Adjusts
for Brightness and Contrast. to scroll through all of the available
show playback. audio source screens, until the AUX
Viewing a Previous or Next 3. Touch 0 to exit. source screen is shown.
Picture
Base Radio
Auxiliary Jack
Touch S or T from the picture Playing from the AUX Jack
screen. This vehicle may have an AUX jack
in the center console or armrest. An auxiliary device is played
Rotating a Picture See Center Console Storage 0 116. through the audio system and
Touch w from the picture screen. controlled through the device itself.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
AUX Menu Base Radio with Touchscreen Bluetooth Audio

Press the MENU knob to display the Play will begin when the system has If equipped, music may be played
AUX menu and the following may finished reading the information on from a paired Bluetooth device. See
display: the device. “Pairing” under Bluetooth (Voice
Tone Settings : Select to adjust Playing Music Recognition - Base Radio) 0 221 or
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See To play the music from the device, Base Radio) 0 217 or Bluetooth
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio if the device is already connected: (Overview) 0 216 or Bluetooth
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) 1. Press {. (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
0 191 or AM-FM Radio (Base with Touchscreen) 0 226 for help
Radio) 0 189. 2. Touch AUDIO. pairing a device.
Auto Volume : If equipped, see 3. Touch Source. Volume and song selection may be
“Playing an Audio CD.” 4. Touch AUX. controlled by using the infotainment
controls or the phone/device.
DSP : If equipped, this feature To adjust the tone settings. See If Bluetooth Audio is selected and
adjusts the pre-defined settings. “Audio Settings” in “System nothing is heard, check the volume
See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base Settings” under AM-FM Radio (Base setting on both the phone/device
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or and the infotainment system.
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
Launch music by pressing the
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
MEDIA screen button on the
feature adjusts the pre-defined
Home Page.
equalizer settings. See “EQ
(Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 191 or
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 189.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To play music via Bluetooth: When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the Voice Recognition
1. Power on the device, and pair radio may not be able to launch the
audio player on the connected If equipped, voice recognition allows
to connect the device.
device to start playing. When the for hands-free operation within the
2. Once paired, go into the audio vehicle is not moving, use the audio and phone applications. This
application from the Home phone to begin playback. feature can be started by pressing
Page or via the application tray. either the g button on the steering
Select MEDIA until Bluetooth All devices launch audio differently.
displays. When selecting Bluetooth Audio as wheel or by selecting the g on the
a source, the radio may show as screen display.
Bluetooth Audio Menu paused on the screen. Press play
However, not all features within
Press the MENU screen button to on the device or press r to begin these areas are supported by voice
display the Bluetooth Audio menu. playback. commands. Generally, only complex
The following may be available: Some phones support sending tasks that require multiple manual
Tone: Turn the MENU knob to Bluetooth music information to interactions to complete are
adjust the tone settings. display on the radio. When the radio supported by voice commands.
receives this information, it will For example, tasks that take more
Press o BACK to go back to the check to see if any is available and than one or two button presses such
previous menu. display it. For more information as selecting a song or artist to play
Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select about supported Bluetooth features, from a media device would be
to go to the Bluetooth page to add see www.gm.com/bluetooth for U.S. supported by voice commands.
or delete devices. and Canada only. Other tasks, like adjusting the
volume or seeking up or down are
audio features that are easily
performed by pressing one or two
buttons, and are not supported by
voice commands.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
In general there are flexible ways to 1. Press g on the steering wheel Press g to interrupt any voice
speak commands for completing the control to activate voice recognition system prompt. For
tasks. Most of them, except
recognition, or select g on the example, if the prompt seems
destination entry and voice keypad, to be taking too long to finish,
can be completed in a single infotainment screen on the
center stack. press g again and the beep
command. If the task takes more
than one command to complete, the . If voice recognition is should happen right away.
first command would be to indicate started from the steering There are two voice prompt modes
the kind of task that is to be wheel control, the supported:
performed. The system replies with instrument cluster displays . Long verbal prompts: The longer
prompts that lead through a dialog the selections and visual prompts provide more
to enter the necessary information. dialog content. information regarding the
Voice recognition can be used when . If voice recognition is supported actions.
the ignition is on or when Retained started from the . Short prompts: The short
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. infotainment screen, the prompts provide simple
See Retained Accessory Power selections and visual dialog instructions about what can be
(RAP) 0 271. content are displayed on stated.
both the center stack
Using Voice Recognition display and the instrument If a command is not spoken, the
Voice recognition becomes available cluster display. voice recognition system says a
once the system has been help prompt.
2. The audio system mutes and
initialized. This begins when the the system plays a prompt Prompts and Screen Displays
ignition is turned on. Initialization followed by a beep.
may take a few moments. While a voice recognition session is
3. Wait until after the beep active, there will be corresponding
completes, then clearly speak buttons on screens displayed.
one of the commands Manual interaction in the voice
described in this section. recognition session is permitted.
Interaction during a voice session
may be completed entirely using
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
voice commands, or some . Press i on the steering wheel For example, if the prompt
selections may expedite a session. controls to terminate the voice seems to be taking too long to
If a selection is made using a session and display the screen finish, or if what is being
manual control, the dialog will from which voice recognition prompted causes a need for an
progress in the same way as if the was initiated. immediate reply, press g again
selection was made through a voice and wait for the beep.
command. Once the system is able Helpful Hints for Speaking
to complete the task, or the session Commands . Speak the command naturally,
is terminated, the voice recognition not too fast, not too slow. Use
Voice recognition can understand direct commands without a lot of
dialog stops.
commands that are either naturally extra words.
An example of this type of manual stated in sentence form (English
intervention is pressing on an entry only), or direct commands that state . Usually Phone and Audio
of a displayed number list instead of the application and the task. commands can be spoken in a
speaking the number associated single command.
For languages that do not support
with the entry desired. For example, “Call Dave Smith
natural language commands in
sentence form, use the direct at work,” “Play” followed by the
Canceling Voice Recognition
commands shown as examples on artist or song name, or “Tune”
. Press the Home screen button followed by the radio station
the display screen.
to terminate the voice number.
recognition session which was For best results:
There is no need to memorize
initiated by pressing g on the . Listen for the prompt and wait specific command words. Direct
infotainment screen on the for the beep before saying a commands might be more clearly
center stack. command or reply. understood by the system. An
. Press or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to . Say “Help” or look at the screen example of a direct command would
terminate the voice recognition display for commands. be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of
session and display the screen these direct commands are
. Voice recognition system prompt
from which voice recognition displayed on most of the screens
can be interrupted during a while a voice session is active.
was initiated.
prompt by pressing g again. If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is
stated, the system understands that
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
a phone call is requested and will selection from the list using the infotainment screen. Press the
respond with questions until enough manual controls or press the Back Dismiss button to make the pop-up
details are gathered. button to try again.” go away.
If the phone number has been If manual selection takes more than Pressing g while the help prompt is
saved with a name and a place, the 15 seconds, the session terminates playing will terminate the prompt
direct command should include and prompts that it has timed out. and a beep will be heard. Doing this
both, for example “Call Dave Smith The screen returns back to the will stop the help prompt so that a
at work.” screen where voice recognition was voice command can be used.
initiated.
Using Voice Recognition for Voice Recognition for the
List Options The Back Command
Radio
When a list is displayed, a voice Say “Back” or press the Back button
to go to the previous screen. Select the g screen button to
prompt will ask to confirm or select
an option from that list. A selection launch audio voice recognition.
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is If the voice button is pressed in a
can be made by manually selecting stated all the way through to the
the item, or by speaking the line radio screen, the voice commands
initial screen, then “Back” is stated for radio and media features are
number for the item to select. one more time, the voice recognition available.
When a screen contains a list, session will cancel.
options may be available but not “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to
Help AM and tune to the last AM radio
displayed. The list on a voice
recognition screen functions the Say “Help” on any voice recognition station.
same as a list on other screens. screen and the help prompt for the “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to
Scrolling can be used to help screen is played. Additionally, a FM and tune to the last FM radio
display other entries from the list. pop-up displays a text version of the station.
help prompt. Depending on how
Manually scrolling or paging the list voice recognition was initiated, the “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to
on a screen during a voice Help pop-up will either display on SiriusXM (if equipped) and tune to
recognition session suspends the the instrument cluster or the the last SiriusXM channel.
current voice recognition event and
plays the prompt “Make your
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : “Play Artist <artist name>” : name is the name displayed on the
Tune to the radio station whose Begin playback of the media screen when the device is first
frequency is identified in the selection identified in the command. selected as an audio source.
command (like “nine fifty”). “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to
“Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : enter a specific album name. enter a specific name.
Tune to the radio station whose “Play Album <album name>” : “Play Chapter <chapter name>” :
frequency is identified in the Begin playback of the identified Begin playback of the media
command (like “one o one album name in the command. selection identified in the command.
point one”).
“Play Song” : Begin a dialog to “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel enter a specific song name. to enter a specific name.
number>” : Tune to the SiriusXM (if
equipped) radio station whose “Play Song <song name>” : Begin “Play Audiobook <audiobook
channel number is identified in the playback of the identified song name>” : Begin playback of the
command. name in the command. media selection identified in the
“Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to command.
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel
name>” : Tune to the SiriusXM (if enter a specific genre. “Play CD Track <track
equipped) radio station whose “Play Genre <genre name>” : number>” : Begin playback of the
channel name is identified in the Begin playback of the media CD at the track identified in the
command. selection identified in the command. command.
Voice Recognition for Audio “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.
My Media enter a specific playlist name.
“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : “Play Episode <episode
If browsing My Media when the
Begin playback of the identified name>” : Begin playback of the
voice button is selected, the voice
playlist in the command. media selection identified in the
recognition commands for My Media
command.
features are available. “Play <device name>” : Play
music from a specific device “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to
“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to
identified by name. The device enter a specific name.
enter a specific Artist name.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
“Play Podcast <podcast Voice command option changes directly with one command like,
name>” : Begin playback of the through media content limits are: “Play <album name>.” The
media selection identified in the . Song files including other command “Play Album” must first be
command. individual files of all media types spoken; the system will then ask for
“Play Video” : Begin a dialog to such as audiobook chapters, the album name. The reply would
enter a specific name. podcast episodes, and videos. be to say the name of the album
to play.
“Play Video <video name>” : . Album type folders including
Begin playback of the media types such as albums and Once the number of songs has
selection identified in the command. audiobooks. exceeded approximately 8,000,
there is no support for accessing the
“My Media” : Begin a dialog to There are no restrictions if the songs directly through voice
enter the desired media content. number of song files and albums is commands. There will still be
less than 4,000. When the number access to the media content by
Handling Large Amounts of Media of song files connected to the
Content using commands for playlists,
system is between 4,000 and 8,000, artists, and genres.
It is expected that large amounts of the content cannot be accessed
media content will be brought into directly with one command like The access commands for playlists,
the vehicle. It may be necessary to “Play <song name>.” artists, and genres are prohibited
handle large amounts of media after the number of this type of
The restriction is that the command media exceeds 4,000.
content in a different way than “Play Song” must be spoken first;
smaller amounts of media. The the system will then ask for the song The system will provide feedback
system may limit the options of name. The reply command would be the first time voice recognition is
voice recognition by not allowing to say the name of the song to play. initiated if it has become apparent
selection of song titles by voice at that any of these limits are reached
the highest level if the number of Similar limits exist for album during a device initializing process.
songs exceeds the maximum limit. content. If there are more than
4,000 albums, but less than 8,000,
the content cannot be accessed
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Voice Recognition for the “Voice Keypad” : Begins a dialog Bluetooth Speech Recognition
Phone to enter special numbers like (If Equipped)
international numbers. The numbers
“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a can be entered in groups of digits Voice Pass-Thru allows access to
call to an entered contact. The with each group of digits being the speech recognition commands
command may include location if repeated back by the system. If the on the cell phone. See your cell
the contact has location numbers group of digits is not correct, the phone manufacturer’s user guide to
stored. command “Delete” will remove the see if the cell phone supports this
“Call <contact name> At Home,” last group of digits and allow them feature.
“At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On to be re-entered. Once the entire Activating this function will start the
Other” : Initiate a call to an entered number has been entered, the Bluetooth Speech Recognition on a
contact and location at home, at command “Call” will start dialing the connected phone.
work, on mobile device, or on number.
The steering wheel controls are
another phone. “Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice used to operate this function.
“Call <phone number>” : Initiate a mail numbers.
call to a standard phone number Press and hold g to activate.
seven or 10 digits in length, and Voice Recognition for OnStar A voice session begins so that voice
also 911, 411, or 611. (If Equipped) commands can be given to Siri® or
“OnStar” : Begin OnStar Voice many other controls provided by the
“Pair Phone” : Begins the cell phone.
Bluetooth pairing process. Follow Recognition.
instructions on the radio display. Press @ to exit or press i to
“Switch Phone” : Select a different close and return to the previous
phone for outgoing calls. application prior to the start of Voice
Pass-Thru.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Phone duplicate or rarely used entries.

If possible, program speed dial
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
or other shortcuts. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
Bluetooth (Overview) make and receive phone calls. The
. Review the controls and
Instructions for using the cell phone operation of the infotainment infotainment system and voice
may differ between infotainment system. recognition are used to control the
systems. The base radio and base system. The system can be used
radio with touchscreen instructions . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. while in ON/RUN or ACC/
are included in this manual. See the The system may not work with ACCESSORY. The range of the
infotainment manual for instructions all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
on the uplevel radios. this section. (30 ft). Not all phones support all
. If the cell phone has voice functions and not all phones work
Bluetooth-capable systems can with the Bluetooth system. For U.S.
interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the and Canada only, see www.gm.com/
allowing: bluetooth for more information about
address book or contact list.
. Placement and receipt of calls in compatible phones.
a hands-free mode. . See “Deleting a Paired Phone”
and/or “Deleting a Bluetooth Bluetooth Controls
. Sharing of the cell phone’s Device” in this section.
address book or contact list with Use the buttons on the instrument
the vehicle. panel, faceplate, and the steering
{ Warning wheel to operate the Bluetooth
To minimize driver distraction, system.
before driving, and with the vehicle When using a cell phone, it can
parked: be distracting to look too long or Steering Wheel Controls
. Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the g : Press to answer incoming calls,
features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system. confirm system information, and
Organize the phone book and Taking your eyes off the road too start voice recognition.
contact lists clearly and delete long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
i : Press to end a call, reject a Voice Recognition Bluetooth Audio Quality

call, or cancel an operation. Press If equipped, the voice recognition Turn off the Echo and Noise
to mute or unmute the infotainment system uses commands to control cancellation feature on your phone,
system. the system and dial phone numbers. if supported, for the best hands-free
Infotainment System Controls Noise : The system may not performance.
For information about how to recognize voice commands if there See www.gm.com/bluetooth for U.S.
navigate the menu system using the is too much background noise, such and Canada only.
infotainment controls, see Overview as noise from open windows or loud
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) talking inside the vehicle. Bluetooth (Infotainment
0 183 or Overview (Base Radio) When to Speak : A tone sounds to Controls - Base Radio)
0 184. indicate that the system is ready for
For information about how to
MENU : Turn to scroll through a list. a voice command. Wait for the tone
navigate the menu system using the
Press to select the highlighted list and then speak.
infotainment controls, see Overview
option. How to Speak : Speak clearly in a (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. calm and natural voice. 0 183 or Overview (Base Radio)
See Home Page (Base Radio) 0 184.
Audio System
0 186 or Home Page (Base Radio
When using the Bluetooth system, Switching to Handset or
with Touchscreen) 0 188.
sound comes through the vehicle's Hands-Free Mode
PHONE or # : Select to enter the front audio system speakers and To switch between handset mode
phone main menu. See Bluetooth overrides the audio system. Use the and hands-free mode, use the
(Voice Recognition - Base Radio) O knob during a call to change the OnStar command, “transfer call.”
0 221 or Bluetooth (Infotainment volume level. The system maintains
Controls - Base Radio) 0 217 or a minimum volume level. Pairing
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 216 or A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - must be paired to the Bluetooth
Base Radio with Touchscreen) system and then connected to the
0 226. vehicle before it can be used. See
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
your cell phone manufacturer's user to a different paired phone, see 5. Locate the device named “Your
guide for Bluetooth functions before “Connecting to a Different Vehicle” in the list on the cell
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth Phone” later in this section. phone. Follow the instructions
phone is not connected, calls can on the cell phone to enter the
be made using OnStar Hands-Free Pairing a Phone or Device PIN provided in Step 3. If a six
Calling, if available. See OnStar 1. From the Home Page, turn the digit code is shown on the
Overview 0 487, if equipped. MENU knob to access the phone and the vehicle screen,
PHONE screen button, then confirm the codes are the
Pairing Information press the MENU knob to select same. The system recognizes
. Up to five cell phones can be the PHONE screen button. If a the new connected phone after
paired to the Bluetooth system. device has been previously the pairing process is
. The pairing process is disabled paired, the main Phone menu complete.
when the vehicle is moving. will be shown. If no devices 6. If the phone prompts to accept
have been paired, Step 2 can connection or allow phone
. Pairing only needs to be be skipped.
completed once per phone, book download, select Always
unless the pairing information on 2. Turn the MENU knob and Accept and Allow. The phone
the cell phone changes or the press to select Manage book may not be available if
cell phone is deleted from the Phones. not accepted.
system. 3. Press the button just below the 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair
. Only one paired cell phone can PAIR screen button. A four-digit additional phones or devices.
be connected to the Bluetooth Personal Identification Number
(PIN) appears on the display. Listing All Paired and Connected
system at a time. Phones
The PIN is used in Step 5.
. If multiple paired cell phones are 1. To list all paired devices, from
within range of the system, the 4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the the Home Page turn the MENU
system connects to the first knob, then press to select the
available paired cell phone in the vehicle. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for PHONE screen button.
order that they were newly
paired to the system. To connect information on this process.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
2. Turn the MENU knob and 2. Turn the MENU knob and Manage Phones : Turn the MENU
press to select Manage press to select Manage knob to highlight Manage Phones
Phones. Phones. and press to select.
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using Contacts
highlight the phone to be and Recent Calls
1. From the Home Page, turn the connected.
MENU knob, then press to For cell phones that support the
select the PHONE screen 4. Press the button just below the Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
button. CONNECT screen button to the Bluetooth system can use the
connect to the highlighted contacts stored on your cell phone
2. Turn the MENU knob and device.
press to select Manage to make calls. See your cell phone
Phones. Phone Menu manufacturer’s user guide or
contact your wireless provider to
3. Turn the MENU knob to Once a phone is connected and find out if this feature is supported
highlight the phone to be selected, the following may display: by your phone.
deleted.
Recent Calls : Turn the MENU If the phone prompts to allow phone
4. Press the button below the knob to highlight Recent Calls and book download during the pairing
DELETE screen button to press to select. process, select Always Accept and
delete the highlighted device. Allow. The phone book may not be
Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to
5. A confirmation screen is highlight Contacts and press to available if not accepted.
displayed. Press the button just select. When a cell phone supports the
below the DELETE screen phone book feature, the Contacts
Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to
button to confirm deletion. and Recent Calls menus are
highlight Keypad and press to
Connecting to a Different Phone select. automatically available.
1. From the Home Page, turn the Active Call : Turn the MENU knob The Contacts menu allows you to
MENU knob, then press to to highlight Active Call and press to access the phone book stored in the
select the PHONE screen select and display the active call cell phone to make a call.
button. screen.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The Recent Calls menu allows you To make a call using the Recent 2. Turn the MENU knob and
to access the phone numbers from Calls menu: press to select Keypad.
the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, 1. From the Home Page, turn the 3. Turn the MENU knob to
and Missed Calls menus on the cell MENU knob, then press to highlight the first digit and
phone to make a call. select the PHONE screen press to select. Continue this
To make a call using the button. process through the number.
Contacts menu: 2. Turn the MENU knob to To call, press the button just
1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight Recent Calls and below the CALL screen button.
MENU knob, then press to press to select. Accepting or Declining a Call
select the PHONE screen If necessary, select between
button. When an incoming call is received,
Missed, Recent, and Sent calls the infotainment system mutes and
2. Turn the MENU knob to by pressing the button below a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
highlight Contacts and press to the appropriate screen button.
select. Accepting a Call
3. Turn the MENU knob to
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the contact or the To accept a call, do one of the
highlight the letter group and phone number. following:
press to select. 4. Press the MENU knob to call . Press the button just below the
4. Turn the MENU knob to the contact. ANSWER screen button.
highlight the contact and press
Making a Call Using the . Press g on the steering wheel
to select.
Keypad controls.
5. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the desired number, To make a call: Declining a Call
then press the MENU knob to 1. From the Home Page, turn the To decline a call, do one of the
call the contact. MENU knob, then press to following:
select the PHONE screen . Press the button just below the
button. IGNORE screen button.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
. Press i on the steering wheel Ending a Call Bluetooth (Voice

controls. To end a call, do one of the Recognition - Base
. Do nothing. following: Radio)
. Press the button just below the
Call Waiting Using Voice Recognition
END screen button.
Call waiting must be supported on To use voice recognition, press g
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by . Press i on the steering wheel
controls. on the steering wheel. Use the
the wireless service carrier to work.
commands below for the various
Accepting a Call Waiting Call Dual Tone Multi-Frequency voice features. For additional
(DTMF) Tones information, say “Help” while you
To accept a call waiting call, do one
are in a voice recognition menu.
of the following: The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
. Press the button just below the send numbers during a call. This is Pairing
SWITCH screen button. used when calling a menu-driven
phone system. Pairing a Phone
. Press g on the steering wheel 1. When a call is active, press the 1. Press g. The system responds
controls. button just below the KEYPAD “Ready,” followed by a tone.
Declining a Call Waiting Call screen button. 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
To decline a call waiting call, do one 2. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Say “Pair.” The system
of the following: highlight the first digit and responds with instructions and
press to select. a four-digit Personal
. Press the button just below the
IGNORE screen button. If not initially in the phone Identification Number (PIN).
application, from the Home Page, The PIN is used in Step 5.
. Press i on the steering wheel turn the MENU knob, then press to 4. Start the pairing process on the
controls. select the PHONE screen button. cell phone that you want to
. Do nothing. From the PHONE main menu, turn pair. For help with this process,
the MENU knob to highlight Active see your cell phone
Call and press to select. manufacturer's user guide.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
5. Locate the device named “Your Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
Vehicle” in the list on the cell Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
phone. Follow the instructions The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
on the cell phone to enter the paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
PIN provided in Step 3. The also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell
system may respond with a six system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. This may need
digit code to be confirmed on after that phone name. to be repeated depending on how
the cell phone (instead of many cell phones have been
entering a four digit code), 1. Press g. The system responds connected.
check that the same digits are “Ready,” followed by a tone.
shown on the cell phone and 1. Press g. The system responds
say "Yes" to confirm. Select 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
Confirm on the cell phone as 3. Say “List.”
well. After the PIN is 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
successfully entered, the Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.”
system prompts you to provide If the phone name to delete is . If another cell phone is
a name for the paired cell unknown, see “Listing All Paired found, the response will be
phone. This name will be used and Connected Phones.” “<Phone name> is now
to indicate which phones are
paired and connected to the 1. Press g. The system responds connected.”
vehicle. The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. This can be repeated to
with “<Phone name> has been 2. Say “Bluetooth.” connect any of the up to
successfully paired” after the five paired phones.
pairing process is complete. 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete. . If another cell phone is not
6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair found, the original phone
additional phones. 4. Say the name of the phone to remains connected.
delete.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Storing and Deleting Phone directions given by the system 2. Say “Delete.”
Numbers to save a name tag for this 3. Say the name tag you want to
number. delete.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers. Using the “Digit Store” Command Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Store : This command will store a If an unwanted number is Command
phone number, or a group of recognized by the system, say This command deletes all stored
numbers as a name tag. “Correction” at any time to clear the name tags in the Hands-Free
last number. Calling Directory and the
Digit Store : This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a To hear all of the digits recognized Destinations Directory.
name tag by entering the digits one by the system, say “Verify” at To delete all name tags:
at a time. any time.
1. Press g. The system responds
Delete : This command is used to 1. Press g. The system responds
delete individual name tags. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
Delete All Name Tags : This 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
2. Say “Digit Store.”
command deletes all stored name Listing Stored Numbers
tags in the Hands-Free Calling 3. Say each digit, one at a time.
Directory and the Destinations After each digit is entered, the The list command will list all the
Directory. system repeats back the digit it stored numbers and name tags.
heard followed by a tone. After
Using the “Store” Command the last digit has been entered, Using the “List” Command
say “Store,” and then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
1. Press g. The system responds directions given by the system
“Ready,” followed by a tone. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
to save a name tag for this
2. Say “Store.” number. 2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say the entire phone number Using the “Delete” Command 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
or a group of digits all at once 4. Say “List.”
with no pauses, then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Making a Call Calling Emergency 3. Say each digit, one at a time.

After each digit is entered, the
Calls can be made using the 1. Press g. The system responds system repeats back the digit it
following commands. “Ready,” followed by a tone. heard followed by a tone. After
Dial or Call : The dial or call 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” the last digit has been entered,
command can be used say “Dial.”
interchangeably to dial a phone 3. Say [emergency number].
Once connected, the person called
number or a stored name tag. 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” will be heard through the audio
Digit Dial : This command allows a Using the “Digit Dial” Command speakers.
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time. The digit dial command allows a Using the “Re-dial” Command
phone number to be dialed by
Re-dial : This command is used to entering the digits one at a time. 1. Press g. The system responds
dial the last number used on the cell After each digit is entered, the “Ready,” followed by a tone.
phone. system repeats back the digit it 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
Using the “Dial” or “Call” heard followed by a tone. The system dials the last
Command If an unwanted number is number called from the
recognized by the system, say connected cell phone.
1. Press g. The system responds “Correction” at any time to clear the Once connected, the person called
“Ready,” followed by a tone. last number. will be heard through the audio
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” To hear all of the numbers speakers.
3. Say the entire number without recognized by the system, say Receiving a Call
pausing or say the name tag. “Verify” at any time.
When an incoming call is received,
Once connected, the person called 1. Press g. The system responds the audio system mutes and a ring
will be heard through the audio “Ready,” followed by a tone. tone is heard in the vehicle.
speakers.
2. Say “Digit Dial.” . Press g to answer the call.
. Press i to ignore a call.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Call Waiting 4. Once the call is connected, To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
press g to link all callers System from a Cell Phone
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the together. During a call with the audio on the
wireless service carrier. Ending a Call cell phone, press g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
. Press g to answer an incoming Press i to end a call. does not transfer to the vehicle, use
call when another call is active.
the audio transfer feature on the cell
The original call is placed Transferring a Call phone. See your cell phone
on hold.
Audio can be transferred between manufacturer's user guide for more
. Press g again to return to the the Bluetooth system and the cell information.
original call. phone.
Voice Pass-Thru
. To ignore the incoming call, no The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth Voice pass-thru allows access to the
action is required. voice recognition commands on the
system before a call can be
. Press i to disconnect the transferred. The connection process cell phone. See your cell phone
current call and switch to the call can take up to two minutes after the manufacturer's user guide to see if
on hold. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. the cell phone supports this feature.
To access contacts stored in the cell
Three-Way Calling To Transfer Audio from the
phone:
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
Three-way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and During a call with the audio in the 1. Press g. The system responds
enabled by the wireless service vehicle: “Ready,” followed by a tone.
carrier. 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
1. Press g.
1. While on a call, press g. 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing
2. Say “Three-way call.” <phone name>.”
3. Use the “Dial” or “Call”
command to dial the number of
the third party to be called.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The cell phone's normal prompt information. For information on how Pairing Information
messages will go through their cycle to delete this information, see . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
according to the phone's operating “Deleting a Paired Phone.” capability cannot be paired to
instructions. the vehicle as a phone and an
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
Bluetooth (Infotainment MP3 player at the same time.
(DTMF) Tones Controls - Base Radio . Up to 10 cell phones can be
The Bluetooth system can send with Touchscreen) paired to the Bluetooth system.
numbers and the numbers stored as To use infotainment controls to . The pairing process is disabled
name tags during a call. You can access the menu system, see when the vehicle is moving.
use this feature when calling a Overview (Base Radio with . Pairing only needs to be
menu-driven phone system. Touchscreen) 0 183 or Overview completed once, unless the
Account numbers can also be (Base Radio) 0 184. pairing information on the cell
stored for use.
Pairing phone changes or the cell phone
Sending a Number or Name Tag is deleted from the system.
During a Call A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth . Only one paired cell phone can
1. Press g. The system responds system and then connected to the be connected to the Bluetooth
“Ready,” followed by a tone. vehicle before it can be used. See system at a time.
your cell phone manufacturer's user . If multiple paired cell phones are
2. Say “Dial.”
guide for Bluetooth functions before within range of the system, the
3. Say the number or name tag pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth system connects to the first
to send. phone is not connected, calls will be available paired cell phone in the
made using OnStar Hands-Free order that they were first paired
Clearing the System Calling, if available. See OnStar to the system.
Unless information is deleted out of Overview 0 487.
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it When the Bluetooth device and
will be retained indefinitely. This infotainment system are
includes all phone pairing successfully paired, the phone book
is downloaded automatically. This is
dependent on the type of the phone
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
paired. If the automatic download Pairing a Phone - SSP and Paired . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
does not occur, proceed with the Device and phone music functions are
phone book download on the When a paired device is on the enabled.
phone. infotainment system and SSP is
supported:
. 5 indicates only the hands-free
Pairing a Phone - SSP and No
function is enabled.
Paired Device
1. Press {.
When there is no paired device on . Z indicates only Bluetooth
the infotainment system and Simple 2. Touch Settings. music is enabled.
Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device Pairing a Phone - No SSP and No
Management. Paired Device
1. Press {.
4. Touch the desired device to When there is no paired device on
2. Touch PHONE, press # on the pair. When the Bluetooth the infotainment system and SSP is
faceplate, or press g on the device and infotainment system not supported:
steering wheel without OnStar. are successfully paired, Z / 5
is displayed on the pair device 1. Press {.
3. Touch Search Device.
screen. If no desired device is 2. Touch PHONE, press # on the
4. Touch the desired device to available go to Step 5.
pair on the searched list faceplate, or press g on the
screen. 5. Touch Search Device to search steering wheel without OnStar.
for the desired device.
5. Touch Yes on the pop-up 3. Touch Search Device.
screen of the Bluetooth device 6. Touch the desired device to
pair on the searched list 4. Touch the desired device to
and infotainment system. pair on the searched list
screen.
6. When the Bluetooth device and screen.
infotainment system are 7. Touch Yes on the pop-up
screen of the Bluetooth device 5. Input the Personal
successfully paired, the phone Identification Number (PIN)
screen is displayed on the and infotainment system.
code (default: 1234) to the
infotainment system. . The connected phone is Bluetooth device. When the
highlighted by 5. Bluetooth device and
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
infotainment system are are successfully paired, Z / 5 . Z indicates only Bluetooth

successfully paired, the is displayed on the pair device music is enabled.
PHONE screen is displayed on screen. If no desired device is
the infotainment system. available go to Step 5. Connecting a Paired Bluetooth
Device
When the connection fails, a failure 5. Touch Search Device to search
message is displayed on the for the desired device. 1. Press {.
infotainment system.
6. Touch the desired device to 2. Touch Settings.
If a Bluetooth device was previously pair on the searched list
connected, the infotainment system 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
screen. Management.
executes the auto connection.
However, if the Bluetooth setting on 7. Input the Personal 4. Touch the device to be
the Bluetooth device is turned off, a Identification Number (PIN) connected.
failure message is displayed on the code (default: 1234) to the
infotainment system. Bluetooth device. When the Checking the Bluetooth
Bluetooth device and Connection
Pairing a Phone - No SSP and infotainment system are
Paired Device 1. Press {.
successfully paired, Z / 5 is
When a paired device is on the displayed on the pair device 2. Touch Settings.
infotainment system and SSP is not screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
supported: . Management.
The connected phone is
1. Press {. highlighted by 5. 4. The paired device will show.
2. Touch Settings. . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device and phone music functions are 1. Press {.
Management. enabled.
2. Touch Settings.
4. Touch the desired device to . 5 indicates only the hands-free 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
pair. When the Bluetooth function is enabled.
device and infotainment system Management.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
4. Touch the name of the device . e will appear on the screen if Playing Bluetooth Music
to be disconnected. the stereo headset is 1. Press {.
5. Touch Disconnect. successfully connected.
2. Touch AUDIO.
Deleting a Bluetooth Device . The sound played by the
Bluetooth device is delivered 3. Touch Source.
1. Press {. through the infotainment system. 4. Touch Bluetooth.
2. Touch Settings. . Bluetooth music can be played Pause
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device only when a Bluetooth device
Management. has been connected. To play Touch j to pause.
Bluetooth music, connect the
4. Touch the device to delete. Bluetooth phone to the Touch r to resume.
infotainment system.
5. Touch Y. Playing the Next Song
. If the Bluetooth device is
6. Touch Delete. disconnected while playing Touch l.
Bluetooth Music phone music, the music is Playing the Previous Song
discontinued. The audio
Before playing Bluetooth music, streaming function may not be Touch g within two seconds of
read the following information. supported in some Bluetooth playback time to play the
. A cell phone or Bluetooth device phones. Only one function can previous song.
that supports Advanced Audio be used at a time between the
Distribution Profile (A2DP) Bluetooth hands-free or Phone Returning to the Beginning of the
versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example, Current Song
registered and connected to the if you convert to Bluetooth Touch g after two seconds of
product. hands-free while playing Phone playback time.
. From the cell phone or Bluetooth music, the music is
discontinued. Playing music from Search
device, find the Bluetooth device
the car is not possible when
type to set/connect the item as a
there are no music files stored in
Touch and hold g or l to rewind
stereo headset. or fast forward.
the cell phone.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Playing Music Randomly . If the Bluetooth music playback no app required for Apple
is not functioning, then check to CarPlay. Use the latest
Touch Z during playback. Touch see if the bluetooth device is in available operation system.
again to return to normal play. the waiting screen mode. 2. Connect your Android phone or
This function may not be supported . Sounds may be cut off during Apple iPhone by using the
depending on the bluetooth device. the Bluetooth music playback. compatible phone USB cable
Do not change the track too quickly . The infotainment system outputs and plugging into a USB data
when playing Bluetooth music. the audio from the cell phone or port. For best performance, use
Bluetooth device as it is the device’s factory-provided
Conditions that may occur when USB cable. Aftermarket or
playing Bluetooth music: transmitted.
third-party cables may
. It takes time to transmit data not work.
from the bluetooth device to the Apple CarPlay and
The PROJECTION icon on the
infotainment system. Android Auto Home Page will change to Android
. If the cell phone or Bluetooth If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or Auto or Apple CarPlay depending
device is not in the waiting Apple CarPlay™ capability may be on the phone. Android Auto and/or
screen mode, it may not available through a compatible Apple CarPlay may automatically
automatically play. smartphone. If available, a launch upon USB connection. If not,
. The infotainment system PROJECTION icon will appear as touch the ANDROID AUTO and/or
Android Auto or Car Play on the APPLE CARPLAY icon on the
transmits the order to play from
Home Page of the infotainment Home Page to launch.
the bluetooth device in the
display.
Bluetooth music play mode. For further information on how
If this is done in a different To use Android Auto and/or Apple to set up Android Auto and Apple
mode, then the device transmits CarPlay: CarPlay in the vehicle, see
the order to stop. Depending on 1. Download the Android Auto www.my.chevrolet.com for the U.S.
the bluetooth device options, this app to your phone from the and www.chevroletowner.ca for
order to play/stop may take time Google™ Play store. There is Canada only or Customer
to activate. Assistance Offices 0 475.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Android Auto is provided by Google Trademarks and iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® are
and is subject to Google’s terms trademarks of Apple Inc., registered
and privacy policy. CarPlay is License Agreements in the U.S. and other countries.
provided by Apple and is subject to
Apple’s terms and privacy policy. FCC Information
For Android Auto support see See Radio Frequency Statement
https://support.google.com/ 0 483.
androidauto or Apple CarPlay
support at https://www.apple.com/
ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may
change or suspend availability at
any time. Android Auto is a Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
trademark of Google Inc.; Apple taxes, one time activation fee, and
CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc. other fees may apply. Subscription
fee is consumer only. All fees and
"Made for iPod" and "Made for programming subject to change.
iPhone" mean that an electronic Subscriptions subject to Customer
accessory has been designed to Agreement available at
connect specifically to iPod or www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM®
iPhone and has been certified by service only available in the
the developer to meet Apple 48 contiguous United States and
performance standards. Apple is not Canada.
responsible for the operation of this In Canada: Some deterioration of
device or its compliance with safety service may occur in extreme
and regulatory standards. Please northern latitudes. This is beyond
note that the use of this accessory the control of SiriusXM® Satellite
with iPod or iPhone may affect Radio.
wireless performance. iPhone®,
iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Explicit Language Notice: Channels General Requirements: Schedule I: Gracenote EULA

with frequent explicit language are 1. A License Agreement from
indicated with an “XL” preceding the SiriusXM® is required for any
channel name. Channel blocking is product that incorporates
available for SiriusXM Satellite SiriusXM Technology and/or for
Radio receivers by notifying use of any of the SiriusXM
SiriusXM: marks to be manufactured,
. USA Customers — See distributed, or marketed in the
www.siriusxm.com or call SiriusXM Service Area. Music recognition technology and
1-866-635–2349. 2. For products to be distributed, related data are provided by
. Canadian Customers — See marketed, and/or sold in Gracenote®. Gracenote is the
www.xmradio.ca or call Canada, a separate agreement industry standard in music
1-877-209-0079. is required with Canadian recognition technology and related
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating content delivery. For more
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
as SiriusXM Canada). information visit
disassemble, reverse engineer,
www.gracenote.com.
hack, manipulate, or otherwise Other Information
make available any technology or Music-related data from Gracenote,
software incorporated in receivers The Bluetooth® word mark and Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
compatible with the SiriusXM® logos are owned by the Bluetooth® Gracenote. Gracenote Software,
Satellite Radio System or that SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks copyright © 2000 to present
support the SiriusXM website, the by General Motors is under license. Gracenote. One or more patents
Online Service or any of its content. Other trademarks and trade names owned by Gracenote may apply to
Furthermore, the AMBER voice are those of their respective owners. this product and service. See the
compression software included in Gracenote website for a
this product is protected by non-exhaustive list of applicable
intellectual property rights including Gracenote patents. Gracenote,
patent rights, copyrights, and trade CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the
secrets of Digital Voice Gracenote logo and logotype, and
Systems, Inc. the "Powered by Gracenote" logo
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections rights. Under no circumstances will
trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to Gracenote become liable for any
United States and/or other Gracenote. payment to you for any information
countries. You agree that you will use that you provide. You agree that
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote may enforce its rights
Gracenote Terms of Use under this Agreement against you
Software, and Gracenote Servers
This application or device contains for your own personal directly in its own name.
software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree The Gracenote service uses a
Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or unique identifier to track queries for
The software from Gracenote (the transmit the Gracenote Software or statistical purposes. The purpose of
"Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third a randomly assigned numeric
application to do disc or file party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identifier is to allow the Gracenote
identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, service to count queries without
music-related information, including THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, knowing anything about who you
name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, are. For more information, see the
information ("Gracenote Data") from EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY web page for the Gracenote Privacy
online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. Policy for the Gracenote service.
databases (collectively, "Gracenote
Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive The Gracenote Software and each
functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, item of Gracenote Data are licensed
Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no
End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if representations or warranties,
application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your express or implied, regarding the
license terminates, you agree to accuracy of any Gracenote Data.
This application or device may cease any and all use of the Gracenote reserves the right to
contain content belonging to Gracenote Data, the Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote
Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers. Servers or to change data
the restrictions set forth herein with Gracenote reserves all rights in categories for any cause that
respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No
also apply to such content and such Software, and the Gracenote warranty is made that the Gracenote
content providers shall be entitled to Servers, including all ownership Software or Gracenote Servers are
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
error-free or that functioning of © 2013. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights QNX

Gracenote Software or Gracenote Reserved. Portions of this software are
Servers will be uninterrupted. copyright © 2008-2013, QNX
Gracenote is not obligated to Unicode
Software Systems. All rights
provide you with new enhanced or Copyright © 1991-2013 Unicode, reserved.
additional data types or categories Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed
that Gracenote may provide in the under the Terms of Use in Part C – EULA
future and is free to discontinue its http://www.unicode.org/ Copyright 2013, Software Systems
services at any time. copyright.html. GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL Free Type Project Reserved.
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR The product you have purchased
Portions of this software are
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT ("Product") contains Software
copyright © 2013 The FreeType
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED (Runtime Configuration No. 505962;
Project (http://www.freetype.org). All
WARRANTIES OF "Software") which is distributed by
rights reserved.
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS or on behalf of the Product
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, iType manufacturer "Manufacturer") under
TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. license from Software Systems Co.
iType is a trademark of Monotype
GRACENOTE DOES NOT ("QSSC"). You may only use the
Imaging Inc. registered in the U.S.
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT Software in the Product and in
Patent & Trademark Office and may
WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR compliance with the license terms
be registered in certain other
USE OF THE GRACENOTE below.
jurisdictions.
SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO Open Source SW Subject to the terms and conditions
CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE of this License, QSSC hereby
The open source code used in this grants you a limited, non-exclusive,
LIABLE FOR ANY
device can be downloaded at the non-transferable license to use the
CONSEQUENTIAL OR
webpage shown in the information Software in the Product for the
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR
at the center stack display. Further purpose intended by the
ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST
information concerning the OSS Manufacturer. If permitted by the
REVENUES.
licenses is shown in the center Manufacturer, or by applicable law,
stack display.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
you may make one backup copy of CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,
the Software as part of the Product EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING
software. QSSC and its licensors INCLUDING, WITHOUT NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR
reserve all license+C31 rights not LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES,
expressly granted herein, and retain OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, INCLUDING ANY DIRECT,
all right, title and interest in and to NON-INFRINGEMENT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
all copies of the Software, including MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
all intellectual property rights FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS
therein. Unless required by ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR
applicable law you may not PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY
reproduce, distribute or transfer, MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO USE THE PRODUCT
or de-compile, disassemble or DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
otherwise attempt to unbundle, FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
reverse engineer, modify or create OFFERED BY THE GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE,
derivative works of, the Software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS PRODUCT FAILURE OR
You agree: (1) not to remove, cover DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
or alter any proprietary notices, NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES
labels or marks in or on the OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS
Software, and to ensure that all ASSUME ANY RISKS AFFILIATES OR THEIR
copies bear any notice contained on ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN
the original; and (2) not to export the OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
Product or the Software in LICENSE. OF SUCH DAMAGES.
contravention of applicable export EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
control laws. WMA
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN This product is protected by certain
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR intellectual property rights of
APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN Microsoft. Use or distribution of
LICENSORS PROVIDE THE NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS such technology outside of this
SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AFFILIATES OR THEIR product is prohibited without a
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU license from Microsoft.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
For more information on the

Software, including any open source
software license terms (and
available source code) as well as
copyright attributions applicable to
the Runtime Configuration indicated
above, please contact the
Manufacturer or contact QSSC at
175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
(licensing@qnx.com).
END USER NOTICE
The marks of companies displayed
by this product to indicate business
locations are the marks of their
respective owners. The use of such
marks in this product does not imply
any sponsorship, approval,
or endorsement by such companies
of this product.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Climate Controls 237
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems (with Heater Only)

Climate Control Systems (with With this system, the heating and ventilation can be controlled.
Heater Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Climate Control Systems (with
Air Conditioning) . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
1. Fan Control 9 : Turn clockwise or

2. Air Recirculation counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turn the
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls knob all the way counterclockwise
4. Defrost to turn the fan off.
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) Air Delivery Mode Controls :
Press Y, \, [ , or - to change
TEMP : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or the direction of the airflow. An
decrease the temperature inside the indicator light comes on in the
vehicle. selected mode button.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
238 Climate Controls
Y : Air is directed to the instrument Climate Control Systems (with Air Conditioning)
panel outlets.
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled.
\ : Air is divided between the
instrument panel and floor outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some air directed to the
windshield, side window, and
second row floor outlets.
- : This mode clears the windows
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
the windshield, floor outlets, and
side window vents.
0 : Press to clear the windshield
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
directed to the windshield and the
side window vents. The system 1. Fan Control 7. @ Air Recirculation
automatically forces outside air into 2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
the vehicle. TEMP : Turn clockwise or
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls counterclockwise to increase or
Do not drive the vehicle until all the decrease the temperature inside the
windows are clear. 4. Defrost vehicle.
See Air Vents 0 243. 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) 9 : Turn clockwise or
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. 6. K (Rear Window Defogger, If counterclockwise to increase or
An indicator light comes on. Air is Equipped) decrease the fan speed. Turn the
recirculated to quickly cool the knob all the way counterclockwise
inside of the vehicle. It can also be f (Outside Heated Mirror, If to turn the fan off.
used to help reduce outside air and Equipped)
odors that enter the vehicle.
8 (Outside Air, If Equipped)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Air Delivery Mode Controls : See Air Vents 0 243. Rear Window Defogger
Press Y, \, [ , or - to change @ : Press to turn on recirculation. K : If equipped, press to turn the
the direction of the airflow. An An indicator light comes on. Air is rear window defogger on or off. An
indicator light comes on in the recirculated to quickly cool the indicator light on the button comes
selected mode button. inside of the vehicle. It can also be on to show that the rear window
Y : Air is directed to the instrument used to help reduce outside air and defogger is on.
panel outlets. odors that enter the vehicle.
The rear window defogger only
\ : Air is divided between the 8 : If equipped, press to turn the works when the ignition is in ON/
instrument panel and floor outlets. outside air mode on. An indicator RUN. The defogger turns off if the
light on the button comes on to ignition is turned to ACC/
[ : Air is directed to the floor show that outside is on. When ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
outlets, with some air directed to the selected, air from outside the
windshield and side window outlets. If equipped with heated outside
vehicle circulates throughout the
mirrors, they turn on when the rear
- : This mode clears the windows vehicle. The recirculation mode
window defogger button is on. They
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to cannot be used with the outside
help to clear fog or frost from the
the windshield, floor outlets, and air mode.
surface of the mirrors.
side window vents. f : If equipped, press to turn the
0 : Press to clear the windshield heated mirrors on or off. See Caution
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is Heated Mirrors 0 49.
directed to the windshield and the A/C : Press to turn the air Using a razor blade or sharp
side window vents. The system conditioning system on or off. An object to clear the inside rear
automatically forces outside air into indicator light comes on to show window can damage the rear
the vehicle and the air conditioning that the air conditioning is enabled. window defogger. Repairs would
compressor will run, unless the If the fan is turned off, the air not be covered by the vehicle
outside temperature is close to conditioner will not run. The A/C warranty. Do not clear the inside
freezing. light will stay on even if the outside rear window with sharp objects.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the temperatures are below freezing.
windows are clear.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Operation
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be The system automatically controls
controlled. the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
For an eAssist vehicle, see the Silverado/Sierra eAssist supplement. order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When the indicator light is on, the
system is in full automatic operation.
If the air delivery mode or fan
setting is manually adjusted, the
auto indicator turns off and displays
will show the selected settings.
To place the system in
automatic mode:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the driver and passenger
temperature.
1. Driver Temperature Control 7. SYNC (Synchronized To find your comfort setting,
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Temperature) start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
8. Rear Window Defogger allow the system time to
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls stabilize. Then adjust the
4. Fan Control 9. Power Button temperature as needed for best
10. Air Recirculation comfort.
5. Defrost
11. AUTO (Automatic Operation) To improve fuel efficiency and to
6. Passenger Temperature cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
Control may be automatically selected in
warm weather.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The recirculation light will not come Driver and Passenger Changing the mode cancels the
on when automatically controlled. Temperature Control : The automatic operation and the system
Press @ to manually select temperature can be adjusted goes into manual mode. Press
recirculation; press it again to select separately for the driver and AUTO to return to automatic
outside air. passenger. operation.
Do not cover the solar sensor on the Turn the knob clockwise or Y : Air is directed to the instrument
top of the instrument panel near the counterclockwise to increase or panel outlets.
windshield. This sensor regulates decrease the driver or passenger \ : Air is divided between the
air temperature based on sun load. temperature setting. instrument panel and floor outlets.
See “Sensors” later in this section. SYNC : Press to link the passenger Some air is directed toward the
temperature setting to the driver windshield and side window outlets.
Manual Operation setting. The SYNC indicator light will
O : Press to turn the climate control turn on. When the passenger setting
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some to the windshield,
system on or off. Outside air still is adjusted, the SYNC indicator light side window outlets, and second
enters the vehicle, and is directed to is off. row floor outlets.
the floor. This direction can be
The driver side or passenger side - : This mode clears the windows
changed by pressing the air
temperature display shows the of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
delivery mode.
temperature setting increasing or the windshield, floor outlets, and
9 : Turn clockwise or decreasing. side window vents. The system
counterclockwise to increase or
Air Delivery Mode Control : automatically forces outside air into
decrease the fan speed. Press the
Press Y, \, [ , or - to change the vehicle and the air conditioning
knob to turn the fan off.
the direction of the airflow. An compressor will run, unless the
Press AUTO to return to automatic indicator light comes on in the outside temperature is close to
operation. selected mode button. freezing.
0 : Press to clear the windshield
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
directed to the windshield and the
side window vents. The air
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
conditioning compressor also comes K : Press to turn the rear window Sensors
on, unless the outside temperature defogger on or off. An indicator light
is below freezing. on the button comes on to show that
Do not drive the vehicle until all the rear window defogger is on.
windows are clear. The rear window defogger only
See Air Vents 0 243. works when the ignition is in ON/
RUN. The defogger turns off if the
A/C : Press to turn the air ignition is turned to ACC/
conditioning system on or off. An ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled.
If the fan is turned off, the air Caution The solar sensor, located in the
conditioner will not run. The A/C defrost grille in the middle of the
Using a razor blade or sharp
light will stay on even if the outside instrument panel, monitors the solar
object to clear the inside rear
temperatures are below freezing. heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
window can damage the rear
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. or the system will not work properly.
window defogger. Repairs would
An indicator light comes on. Air is not be covered by the vehicle There is also an exterior
recirculated to quickly cool the warranty. Do not clear the inside temperature sensor behind the front
inside of the vehicle. It can also be rear window with sharp objects. grille. This sensor reads the outside
used to help reduce outside air and air temperature and helps maintain
odors that enter the vehicle. The air the temperature inside the vehicle.
conditioning compressor also comes Heated Mirror : If equipped with Any cover on the front of the vehicle
on when this mode is activated. heated outside rearview mirrors, including a snow plow, could cause
press K to heat the mirrors. See a false reading in the displayed
Rear Window Defogger temperature.
Heated Mirrors 0 49.
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Some vehicles may have the Air Vents Operation Tips

exterior temperature sensor in the . Clear away any ice, snow,
passenger side mirror instead of the Use the air vents in the center and
or leaves from air inlets at the
front grille area. on the side of the instrument panel
base of the windshield that could
to direct airflow. Use the
The climate control system uses the block the flow of air into the
thumbwheels near the air vents to
information from these sensors to vehicle.
open or close off the airflow.
maintain comfort settings by . Keep the path under the front
adjusting the outlet temperature, fan Air vents blow warm air on the side
seats clear of objects to help
speed, and the air delivery mode. windows in cold weather. If Floor,
circulate the air inside of the
The system may also supply cooler Defog, or Defrost modes are
vehicle more effectively.
air to the side of the vehicle facing selected, a small amount of air will
the sun. The recirculation mode will come from the vents close to the . Use of non-GM approved hood
also be used as needed to maintain window. If the airflow is shut off deflectors can adversely affect
cool outlet temperatures. using the thumbwheels, warm air the performance of the system.
will be directed to the other Check with your dealer before
instrument panel vents. This is adding equipment to the outside
normal operation. of the vehicle.
Use the thumbwheels to turn vent
airflow on or off based on the mode
selected.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Maintenance 1. Open the lower glove box door

completely.
Passenger Compartment 2. Remove the four screws from
around the lower glove box.
Air Filter The door does not need to be
The filter reduces the dust, pollen, removed to access the screws.
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 453. 4. Release the two tabs holding
To find out what type of filter to use, the service door. Open the
see Maintenance Replacement service door and remove the
Parts 0 465. old filter.
5. Install the new air filter.
6. Close the service door and
secure the tabs.
3. Close the lower glove box door
and pull it from its frame to 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
remove the entire unit. the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
246 Driving and Operating
Driving and Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 295
Ride Control Systems
Operating Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
272
273 Traction Control/Electronic
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Parking (Manual Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 298
Driving Information Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Parking over Things Cruise Control
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 276
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Driver Assistance Systems
Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems . . . 301
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Assistance Systems for
Running the Vehicle While Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 302
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Assistance Systems for
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 255 Automatic Transmission Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 256 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 277 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 258 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Forward Automatic
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Truck-Camper Loading Manual Transmission Lane Departure Warning
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 283 (LDW) (2500/3500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Starting and Operating Drive Systems Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 267 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Adjustable Throttle and Brake Brakes
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Fuel
Antilock Brake Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 269 California Fuel
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 313
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Driving and Operating 247
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 . Designate a front seat

E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 distractions.
Filling a Portable Fuel Distracted Driving
. Become familiar with vehicle
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
General Towing
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Driving Characteristics and activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 governments have enacted laws driving.
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 345 to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
Conversions and Add-Ons to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
Add-On Electrical your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 hands on the steering wheel, and to children.
Adding a Snow Plow or Similar focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
Pickup Conversion to
Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too
electronic devices. long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Refer to the infotainment section for Average driver reaction time is

more information on using that { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
system and the navigation system, that time, a vehicle moving at
if equipped, including pairing and Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
using a cell phone. dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
Defensive Driving judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive driving means “always can have a serious — or even include:
expect the unexpected.” The first fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
step in driving defensively is to wear drinking. you and the vehicle in front
the safety belt. See Safety Belts of you.
0 66. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
careless and make mistakes. who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to
front of you. power brake assist but it will be
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
. Focus on the task of driving. Once the power assist is used up, it
Braking can take longer to stop and the
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
Death and injury associated with time and reaction time. Deciding to
drinking and driving is a global push the brake pedal is perception
tragedy. time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Steering Hydraulic Power Steering button adjusts steering effort for

(2500/3500 Series) driving conditions described in Tow/
Electric Power Steering (1500 Haul Mode 0 282.
Series) (2500/3500 Series – All Regular
Cab, Double Cab/Crew Cab The power steering system may
If the vehicle has electric power without Digital Steer Assist) require maintenance. See Power
steering, it does not have power Steering Fluid (1500 Series) 0 376
steering fluid. Regular maintenance The power steering system may or Power Steering Fluid (2500/3500
is not required. require maintenance. See Power Series) 0 376.
Steering Fluid (1500 Series) 0 376
If power steering assist is lost due or Power Steering Fluid (2500/3500 If power steering assist is lost
to a system malfunction, the vehicle Series) 0 376. because the engine stops or the
can be steered, but may require system malfunctions, the vehicle
increased effort. See your dealer if If power steering assist is lost can be steered but may require
there is a problem. because the engine stops or the increased effort. See your dealer.
system malfunctions, the vehicle
If the steering wheel is turned until it can be steered but may require
reaches the end of its travel, and is increased effort. See your dealer.
Caution
held in that position for an extended
period of time, power steering assist (2500/3500 Series – Double Cab/ If the steering wheel is turned
may be reduced. Crew Cab with Digital Steer until it reaches the end of its
Assist) travel, and is held in that position
If the steering assist is used for an for more than 15 seconds,
extended period of time, power The vehicle has a Digital Steer
Assist power steering system that damage may occur to the power
assist may be reduced. steering system and there may be
varies the amount of effort required
Normal use of the power steering to steer the vehicle. Less steering loss of power steering assist.
assist should return when the effort is required at slower speeds.
system cools down. At faster speeds, the steering effort
See specific vehicle steering increases. The system helps the
messages under Steering System steering wheel return to center at
Messages 0 156. low speeds. Pressing the Tow/Haul
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) existing conditions, and by not
allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All . Read all the information about
Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
occurs. tires must not be driven off-road manual.
. Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For . Remove any underbody air
driving according to weather contact information about the deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
conditions. Stopping distance original equipment tires, see the the air deflector after off-road
can be longer and vehicle warranty manual. driving.
control can be affected when One of the best ways for successful . See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
traction is reduced by water, off-road driving is to control the 0 298
snow, ice, gravel, or other speed.
material on the road. Learn to . Know the local laws that apply to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
{ Warning off-road driving.
To gain more ground clearance if
snow on the road to make a When driving off-road, bouncing needed, it may be necessary to
mirrored surface — and slow and quick changes in direction remove the front fascia lower air
down when you have any doubt. can easily throw you out of dam. However, driving without the
. Try to avoid sudden steering, position. This could cause you to air dam reduces fuel economy.
acceleration, or braking, lose control and crash. You and
including reducing vehicle speed your passengers should always Caution
by shifting to a lower gear. Any wear seat belts.
sudden changes could cause Operating the vehicle for
the tires to slide. extended periods without the front
Before Driving Off-Road
Remember: Antilock brakes help fascia lower air dam installed can
. Have all necessary maintenance cause improper airflow to the
avoid only the braking skid.
and service work completed. engine. Reattach the front fascia
Off-Road Driving . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, air dam after off-road driving.
and check inflation pressure in
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be all tires, including the spare,
used for off-road driving. Vehicles if equipped.
without four-wheel drive and
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading

Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)
0 259 and Tires 0 398.
of control. Driving across hills can
{ Warning Environmental Concerns cause a rollover. You could be
. Always use established trails, injured or killed. Do not drive on
. Unsecured cargo on the
roads, and areas that have been steep hills.
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over set aside for public off-road
rough terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all Before driving on a hill, assess the
passengers can be struck posted regulations. steepness, traction, and
by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb cannot be seen, get out of the
. Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife. vehicle and walk the hill before
area as far forward and as driving further.
. Do not park over things that
low as possible. The burn. See Parking over Things When driving on hills:
heaviest things should be That Burn 0 275. . Use a low gear and keep a firm
on the floor, forward of the grip on the steering wheel.
rear axle. Driving on Hills
. Maintain a slow speed.
. Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good
raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of . When possible, drive straight up
gravity, making it more likely what the vehicle can and cannot do. or down the hill.
to roll over. You can be . Slow down when approaching
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
{ Warning the top of the hill.
heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep . Use headlamps even during the
cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills day to make the vehicle more
can cause the vehicle to stall. visible.
Driving down hills can cause loss
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Driving to the top of a hill at high transfer case overrides the descending a hill and use a low
speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone gear to keep vehicle speed under
There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving control.
embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake
another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). 1. Apply the brakes to stop the
and stay alert. vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
. When driving down a hill, keep
. Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight 2. Shift into P (Park) and then
backward with either the down. Use a low gear because restart the engine.
transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the . If driving uphill when the
N (Neutral). The brakes could brakes to slow the vehicle and vehicle stalls, shift to
overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under R (Reverse), release the
control. control. parking brake, and back
straight down.
{ Warning { Warning . Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
If the vehicle has the two‐speed Heavy braking when going down enough to stall the vehicle,
automatic transfer case, shifting a hill can cause your brakes to it is steep enough to cause
the transfer case to N (Neutral) overheat and fade. This could it to roll over.
can cause your vehicle to roll cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed. . If you cannot make it up the
even if the transmission is in
Apply the brakes lightly when hill, back straight down
P (Park). This is because the
the hill.
N (Neutral) position on the (Continued)
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could
N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a { Warning
brake. The vehicle can roll rollover.
backward quickly and you Getting out of the vehicle on the
. Surface conditions can be a downhill side when stopped
could lose control. problem. Loose gravel, muddy across an incline is dangerous.
. If driving downhill when the spots, or even wet grass can If the vehicle rolls over, you could
vehicle stalls, shift to a cause the tires to slip sideways, be crushed or killed. Always get
lower gear, release the downhill. If the vehicle slips out on the uphill side of the
parking brake, and drive sideways, it can hit something
vehicle and stay well clear of the
straight down the hill. that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
rollover path.
3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over.
restarted after stalling, set the . Hidden obstacles can make the
parking brake, shift into steepness of the incline more Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
P (Park), and turn the severe. If a rock is driven across or Ice
vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in
3.1. Leave the vehicle and downhill wheels drop into a rut mud — the deeper the mud, the
seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt lower the gear. Keep the vehicle
even more. moving to avoid getting stuck.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
. If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill. across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on
slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This
across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. affects steering, accelerating, and
A hill that can be driven straight braking. Drive at a reduced speed
up or down might be too steep to and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
drive across. Driving across an maneuvers.
incline puts more weight on the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Traction is reduced on hard packed After Off-Road Driving

snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued)
Remove any brush or debris that
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
Traction could be lost, and the has collected on the underbody or
driving on hard packed snow
vehicle could roll over. Do not chassis, or under the hood. These
and ice.
drive through rushing water. accumulations can be a fire hazard.
{ Warning After operation in mud or sand,

have the brake linings cleaned and
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, checked. These substances can
Caution cause glazing and uneven braking.
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing Check the body structure, steering,
vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover suspension, wheels, tires, and
you and your passengers could exhaust system for damage and
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe check the fuel lines and cooling
pipe. Deep water can damage the
surfaces only. system for any leakage.
axle and other vehicle parts.
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep, Schedule 0 453.
drive slowly through it. At faster
{ Warning speeds, water splashes and the
vehicle can stall. When going
Driving on Wet Roads
Driving through rushing water can through water, the brakes get wet Rain and wet roads can reduce
be dangerous. Deep water can and it may take longer to stop. See vehicle traction and affect your
sweep your vehicle downstream “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this ability to stop and accelerate.
and you and your passengers section. Always drive slower in these types
could drown. If it is only shallow of driving conditions and avoid
water, it can still wash away the driving through large puddles and
ground from under your tires. deep-standing or flowing water.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Hydroplaning Hill and Mountain Roads

{ Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through
Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving
They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is good shape.
lose control of the vehicle.
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
After driving through a large contact with the road. tires, cooling system, and
puddle of water or a car/vehicle transmission.
wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going
pedal until the brakes work
slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills.
normally.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet
{ Warning
flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope
happens, you and other vehicle can cause brake overheating, can
occupants could drown. Do not . Pass with caution. reduce brake performance, and
ignore police warnings and be . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking.
very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower
through flowing water. . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the
reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope.
. Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 398.
. Turn off cruise control.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Winter Driving . Allow greater following distance

{ Warning and watch for slippery spots. Icy
Driving on Snow or Ice patches can occur on otherwise
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) clear roads in shaded areas.
or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or The surface of a curve or an
dangerous. This can cause overpass can remain icy when
overheating of the brakes and grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when the surrounding roads are clear.
loss of steering. Always have the Avoid sudden steering
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
engine running and the vehicle maneuvers and braking while
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear. on ice.
until roads can be treated.
. Turn off cruise control.
. Drive at speeds that keep the For Slippery Road Driving:
vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating Blizzard Conditions
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
center line. spin and makes the surface signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick. unless there is help nearby.
something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See If possible, use Roadside
(e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic Assistance. See Roadside
Stability Control 0 296. Assistance Program 0 477. To get
. Pay attention to special road help and keep everyone in the
signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System vehicle safe:
winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the . Turn on the hazard warning
and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner flashers.
than when on dry pavement. . Tie a red cloth to an outside
See Antilock Brake System mirror.
(ABS) 0 293.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If the Vehicle Is Stuck

{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Slowly and cautiously spin the
Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest wheels to free the vehicle when
under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.” See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO, Out” later in this section.
carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 276. The Traction Control System (TCS)
cannot be seen or smelled. It can can often help to free a stuck
cause unconsciousness and even vehicle. See Traction Control/
death. To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle Electronic Stability Control 0 296.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
partially close the window. Moving “Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out”
. Clear snow from the base of following.
the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
{ Warning
(2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the If the vehicle's tires spin at high
that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle speed, they can explode, and you
to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery or others could be injured. The
charged to restart the vehicle and to vehicle can overheat, causing an
. Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
or under the instrument engine compartment fire or other
Do this as little as possible, to
panel. damage. Spin the wheels as little
save fuel.
as possible and avoid going
. Adjust the climate control
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
(Continued) For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains 0 421.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Rocking the Vehicle to Get Recovery Hooks

It Out Caution
Turn the steering wheel left and { Warning Do not drive through standing
right to clear the area around the water if it is deep enough to cover
front wheels. For four-wheel-drive Never pull on recovery hooks
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive from the side. The hooks could
pipe. Deep water can damage the
High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back break and you and others could
axle and other vehicle parts.
and forth between R (Reverse) and be injured. When using recovery
a forward gear, spinning the wheels hooks, always pull the vehicle
as little as possible. To prevent from the front. There are recovery hooks at the
transmission wear, wait until the front of the vehicle. Use them if the
wheels stop spinning before shifting vehicle is stuck off-road and needs
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in to be pulled some place to continue
the forward and reverse directions driving.
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get Vehicle Load Limits
the vehicle out after a few tries, it It is very important to know how
might need to be towed out. See
much weight the vehicle can
Towing the Vehicle 0 437. Recovery
hooks can be used, if the vehicle carry. This weight is called the
has them. vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it was
designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Tire and Loading Information The Tire and Loading

{ Warning Label Information label also shows the
Do not load the vehicle any size of the original equipment
heavier than the Gross tires (3) and the recommended
Vehicle Weight Rating cold tire inflation pressures (4).
(GVWR), or either the For more information on tires
maximum front or rear Gross and inflation see Tires 0 398
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). and Tire Pressure 0 406.
This can cause systems to There is also important loading
break and change the way the information on the vehicle
vehicle handles. This could Certification/Tire label. It may
cause loss of control and a show the Gross Vehicle Weight
crash. Overloading can also Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
reduce stopping distance, Label Example Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
damage the tires, and shorten A vehicle-specific Tire and the front and rear axles. See
the life of the vehicle. Loading Information label is “Certification/Tire Label” later in
attached to the center pillar this section.
(B-pillar). The Tire and Loading “Steps for Determining Correct
Information label shows the Load Limit–
number of occupant seating 1. Locate the statement "The
positions (1), and the maximum combined weight of
vehicle capacity weight (2) in occupants and cargo should
kilograms and pounds. never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
2. Determine the combined 5. Determine the combined

weight of the driver and weight of luggage and cargo
passengers that will be being loaded on the vehicle.
riding in your vehicle. That weight may not safely
3. Subtract the combined exceed the available cargo
weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity
passengers from XXX kg or calculated in Step 4.
XXX lbs. 6. If your vehicle will be towing
4. The resulting figure equals a trailer, load from your
the available amount of trailer will be transferred to
cargo and luggage load your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how Example 1
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals this reduces the available 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
1400 lbs. and there will be cargo and luggage load Example 1 = (453 kg)
five 150 lb passengers in capacity of your vehicle.” (1,000 lb)
your vehicle, the amount of See Trailer Towing 0 319 for 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
available cargo and luggage important information on towing @ 68 kg (150 lb) × 2 =
load capacity is 650 lbs. a trailer, towing safety rules, and 136 kg (300 lb)
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = trailering tips. 3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
650 lbs.) (700 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
of the driver, passengers, and

cargo should never exceed the
vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for

Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lb) (1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lb) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lb) × 5 = A vehicle-specific Certification/
340 kg (750 lb) 453 kg (1,000 lb) Tire label is label is attached to
3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight = the center pillar (B-pillar). The
113 kg (250 lb) 0 kg (0 lb) label may show the size of the
Refer to the Tire and Loading vehicle's original tires and the
Information label for specific inflation pressures needed to
information about the vehicle's obtain the gross weight capacity
capacity weight and seating of the vehicle. This is called
positions. The combined weight Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR). The GVWR
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
includes the weight of the

vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and Warning (Continued) { Warning
cargo. shift forward and come into Things you put inside the
The Certification/Tire label also the passenger area, injuring vehicle can strike and injure
may show the maximum weights you and others. If you put people in a sudden stop or
for the front and rear axles, things in the bed of your truck, turn, or in a crash.
called Gross Axle Weight you should make sure they . Put things in the cargo
Rating (GAWR). To determine are properly secured. area of the vehicle. Try to
the actual loads on the front and spread the weight evenly.
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can . Never stack heavier
Caution things, like suitcases,
help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of Overloading the vehicle may inside the vehicle so that
the centerline. cause damage. Repairs would not some of them are above
be covered by the vehicle the tops of the seats.
The Certification/Tire label also
warranty. Do not overload the . Do not leave an
contains important information
vehicle. unsecured child restraint
about the Front Axle Reserve
Capacity. See Adding a Snow in the vehicle.
Plow or Similar Equipment Using heavier suspension . When you carry
0 346. components to get added something inside the
durability might not change the vehicle, secure it
{ Warning weight ratings. Ask your dealer
to help load the vehicle the
whenever you can.
In the case of a sudden stop right way. . Do not leave a seat
or collision, things carried in folded down unless you
the bed of your truck could need to.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
There is also important loading well. The center of gravity height Remember not to exceed the
information for off-road driving in must not extend above the top Gross Axle Weight
this manual. See “Loading the of the pickup box flareboard. Rating (GAWR) of the front or
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“ Any load that extends beyond rear axle.
under Off-Road Driving 0 251. the vehicle's taillamp area must Maximum
Two-Tiered Loading be properly marked according to * Equipment Weight
local laws and regulations. Ladder Rack 340 kg (750 lb)
Depending on the model of the
pickup, an upper load platform Remember not to exceed the and Cargo
can be created by positioning Gross Axle Weight Cross Toolbox 181 kg (400 lb)
three or four 5 cm (2 in) by Rating (GAWR) of the front or and Cargo
15 cm (6 in) wooden planks rear axle.
across the width of the pickup Side Boxes 113 kg per
Add-On Equipment and Cargo side (250 lb
box. The planks must be
inserted in the pickup box When carrying removable items, per side)
depressions. a limit on how many people * The combined weight for all
carried inside the vehicle may rail-mounted equipment should
When using this upper load be necessary. Be sure to weigh
platform, be sure the load is not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
the vehicle before buying and
securely tied down to prevent it installing the new equipment.
from shifting. The load's center
of gravity should be positioned
Caution
in a zone over the rear axle. The
zone is located in the area Overloading the vehicle may
between the front of each wheel cause damage. Repairs would not
well and the rear of each wheel be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Loading Points equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com When carrying a slide-in

for additional pickup box load camper, the total cargo load of
bearing structural information. the vehicle is the weight of the
camper plus:
Truck-Camper Loading
. Everything added to the
Information camper after it left the
A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper factory.
Loading Information label is . Everything in the camper.
attached to the inside of the
vehicle's glove box. This label . All the people inside.
indicates if a slide-in camper The CWR is the maximum
can be carried, how much of a weight of the load the vehicle
load the vehicle can carry, and can carry. It does not include the
1. Primary Load Points how to correctly spread out the weight of the people inside. But,
2. Secondary Load Areas load. It will help to match the use about 68 kg (150 lb) for
3. GM Approved Accessory right slide-in camper to the each seat.
Mounting Points vehicle.
The total cargo load must not be
Structural members (1) and (2) are Your dealer can help make a more than the vehicle's CWR.
included in the pickup box design. good vehicle-camper match and
Additional accessories should use help determine the Cargo Refer to the Truck-Camper
these load points. Depending on the Loading Information label in the
accessory design, use a spacer
Weight Rating (CWR).
glove box for dimensions A and
under the accessory at the load When installing and loading a B as shown in the following
points to remove gap. The holes for slide-in camper, check the illustration.
GM approved accessories (3) are manufacturer's instructions.
not intended for aftermarket
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
rating, and the camper's center

of gravity (1) should fall within
the truck's recommended center
of gravity zone (2) when
installed.
Any accessories or other
equipment that are added to the
vehicle must be weighed. Then,
Use the rear edge of the load subtract this extra weight from
floor for measurement purposes. the CWR. This extra weight may
The recommended location for shorten the center of gravity
the cargo center of gravity is at 1. Camper Center of zone of the vehicle.
point C for the CWR. It is the Gravity If the slide-in camper and its
point where the mass of a body 2. Recommended Center of load weighs less than the CWR,
is concentrated and, Gravity Location Zone the center of gravity zone for the
if suspended at that point, would vehicle may be larger.
balance the front and rear. When the truck is used to carry
a slide-in camper, the total cargo Secure loose items to prevent
Here is an example of proper load of the truck consists of the weight shifts that could affect the
truck and camper match: manufacturer's camper weight balance of the vehicle. When the
figure, the weight of installed truck-camper is loaded, drive to
additional camper equipment not a scale and weigh on the front
included in the manufacturer's and on the rear wheels
camper weight figure, the weight separately to determine axle
of camper cargo, and the weight loads. Individual axle loads
of passengers in the camper. should not exceed either of the
The total cargo load should not gross axle weight ratings
exceed the truck's cargo weight (GAWR). The total axle loads
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
should not exceed the vehicle's Starting and

gross vehicle weight rating Caution (Continued)
(GVWR). These ratings are Operating premature wear and earlier
given on the Certification/Tire replacement. Follow this
label attached to the B-pillar. New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every
See “Certification/Tire time you get new brake
Label” under Vehicle Load Caution linings.
Limits 0 259. If weight ratings . Do not tow a trailer during
The vehicle does not need an
are exceeded, move or remove break-in. See Trailer Towing
elaborate break-in. But it will
items to bring all weights below perform better in the long run if
0 319 for the trailer towing
the ratings. capabilities of the vehicle
you follow these guidelines:
and more information.
See your dealer for more . Keep the vehicle speed at
information on curb weights, Following break-in, engine speed
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
cargo weights, Cargo Weight the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually
Rating, and the correct center of increased.
. Do not drive at any one
gravity zone. constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi). Adjustable Throttle and
Do not make full-throttle Brake Pedal
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle. If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
. Avoid making hard stops for changed.
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new The pedals can only be adjusted
brake linings are not yet when the vehicle is in P (Park).
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and

steering wheel. It also locks the
transmission on automatic
transmission vehicles. The key can
be removed in LOCK/OFF.
The steering can bind with the
wheels turned off center. If this
happens, move the steering wheel
from right to left while turning the
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
does not work, then the vehicle
needs service.
The switch used to adjust the Do not turn the engine off when the
pedals is on the center stack, below vehicle is moving. This will cause a
the climate controls. The ignition switch has four different loss of power assist in the brake
Lift the switch up to move the positions. and steering systems and disable
pedals closer to your body. Press the airbags.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
the switch down to move the must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an
pedals away. ACCESSORY and the regular brake emergency:
Before you start driving, fully press pedal must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady
the brake pedal to confirm the 0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the
adjustment is right for you. OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, brakes repeatedly. This may
The vehicle may have a memory turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring
function, which lets pedal settings OFF to turn the engine off. Retained increased brake pedal force.
be saved and recalled. See Memory Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
Seats 0 61. active. See Retained Accessory This can be done while the
Power (RAP) 0 271. vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), continue to
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
firmly apply the brakes and when the engine is running. The
steer the vehicle to a safe Caution transmission is also unlocked in this
location. position on automatic transmission
Using a tool to force the key to vehicles.
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift turn in the ignition could cause
to P (Park) with an automatic damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/
transmission, or Neutral with a key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
manual transmission. Turn the sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could
ignition to LOCK/OFF. only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not
4. Set the parking brake. See start if the battery is allowed to drain
cannot be turned by hand, see
Parking Brake 0 293. for an extended period of time.
your dealer.
3 (START) : This is the position that
{ Warning 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
position lets things like the radio switch returns to ON/RUN for
Turning off the vehicle while
and the windshield wipers operate driving.
moving may cause loss of power while the engine is off. It also
assist in the brake and steering unlocks the steering wheel. Use this A warning tone will sound when the
systems and disable the airbags. position if the vehicle must be driver door is opened, the ignition is
While driving, only shut the pushed or towed. in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
vehicle off in an emergency. OFF, and the key is in the ignition.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, accessories and to display some
Starting the Engine
and must be shut off while driving, instrument cluster warning and If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
turn the ignition to ACC/ indicator lights. This position can see the Duramax diesel
ACCESSORY. also be used for service and supplement.
On vehicles with an automatic diagnostics, and to verify the proper
For an eAssist vehicle, see the
transmission, the shift lever must be operation of the malfunction
Silverado/Sierra eAssist
in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch indicator lamp as may be required
supplement.
to LOCK/OFF. for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Automatic Transmission Operate the engine and

Caution transmission gently to allow the
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
oil to warm up and lubricate all
If you add electrical parts or N (Neutral). To restart the engine
moving parts.
accessories, you could change when the vehicle is already moving,
the way the engine operates. Any use N (Neutral) only. When the low fuel warning light
resulting damage would not be is on and the FUEL LEVEL
covered by the vehicle warranty. Caution LOW message is displayed in
See Add-On Electrical Equipment the Driver Information Center
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the (DIC), hold the ignition switch
0 346.
vehicle is moving. If you do, you in the START position to
could damage the transmission. continue engine cranking.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
Caution vehicle is stopped. Caution
If the steering wheel is turned Cranking the engine for long
until it reaches the end of its Manual Transmission periods of time, by returning the
travel, and is held in that position The shift lever should be in Neutral ignition to the START position
while starting the vehicle, damage and the parking brake engaged. immediately after cranking has
may occur to the power steering Hold the clutch pedal down to the ended, can overheat and damage
system and there may be loss of floor and start the engine. the cranking motor, and drain the
power steering assist. battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
Starting Procedure between each try, to let the
Place the transmission in the 1. With your foot off the cranking motor cool down.
proper gear. accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition key to START. When
2. If the engine does not start
the engine starts, let go of the
after five to 10 seconds,
key. The idle speed will go
especially in very cold weather
down as the engine gets warm.
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
Do not race the engine
be flooded with too much
immediately after starting it.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
gasoline. Try pushing the This system can be used to . Moving the transmission shift
accelerator pedal all the way to increase engine idle speed lever out of P (Park) or
the floor and holding it there whenever the following conditions N (Neutral).
while holding the key in START are met: . Selecting the cruise control on/
for up to 15 seconds. Wait at . The parking brake is set. off button when it was
least 15 seconds between each previously on.
try, to allow the cranking motor . The brake pedal is not pressed.
to cool down. When the engine . . Pressing the cruise control SET-
The vehicle must not be moving
starts, let go of the key and and the accelerator must not be button a second time.
accelerator. If the vehicle starts pressed. . Pressing the accelerator more
briefly but then stops again, do than one-quarter of the
the same thing. This clears the To control the fast idle:
way down.
extra gasoline from the engine. . To enable the Fast Idle System,
Do not race the engine . Turning the ignition switch to the
press and release the cruise
immediately after starting it. control on/off button and ensure LOCK/OFF position.
Operate the engine and that the switch indicator light
transmission gently until the oil is lit. Retained Accessory
warms up and lubricates all
. Press and release the cruise Power (RAP)
moving parts.
control SET- button. Engine The following vehicle accessories
speed will be held at can be used for up to 10 minutes
Fast Idle System approximately 1200 rpm. after the engine is turned off:
If equipped, this feature is available One of the following actions will turn . Audio System
only with cruise control. The manual off the fast idle:
fast idle switch is operated using the . Power Windows
cruise control buttons on the left . Pressing the brake.
. OnStar System (if equipped)
side of the steering wheel. . Selecting the cruise control . Sunroof (if equipped)
cancel button.
. These features work when the key
Releasing the parking brake.
is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. Once the key is
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, vehicle may not start if the battery is
the windows and sunroof continue allowed to drain for an extended Warning (Continued)
to work up to 10 minutes or until any period of time.
door is opened. The radio continues park the vehicle in a clear open
area away from buildings or
to work for up to 10 minutes or until Engine Coolant Heater structures.
the driver door is opened.
The engine heater can provide
Accessory Power Outlets (APOs) easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up in To Use the Engine Coolant
The vehicle may have Accessory Heater
Power Outlets (APOs) in several cold weather conditions at or below
locations. See Power Outlets 0 124. −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an 1. Turn off the engine.
engine heater should be plugged in
The APOs in the console or center at least four hours before starting. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
seat position are powered by An internal thermostat in the electrical cord. The cord is
Retained Accessory Power (RAP). plug-end of the cord may exist, secured to the driver side
They will continue to work for up to which will prevent engine coolant fender with a clip, next to the
10 minutes after the key is turned heater operation at temperatures engine compartment fuse
from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, or until above −18 °C (0 °F). block. Carefully remove the
the driver door is opened. wire tie that bundles the
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, electrical plug. Do not cut the
The APOs on the center stack come see the Duramax diesel electrical cord.
from the factory powered directly supplement.
from the vehicle battery, and supply Check the heater cord for
accessory power at all times, damage. If it is damaged, do
regardless of ignition key position. { Warning not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
If electronic items are left plugged Do not plug in the engine block
cord for damage yearly.
into these APOs for long periods of heater while the vehicle is in
time with the vehicle off, the vehicle parked in a garage or under a 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
battery could be drained. The carport. Property damage or grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
personal injury may result. Always
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
away from moving engine

{ Warning Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be
damaged.
Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire,
or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric The length of time the heater should
the cord and may result in shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on
overheating and fire. several factors. Ask a dealer in the
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the
. Plug the cord into a with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
three-prong electrical utility permanently attached to the
receptacle that is protected vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat Shifting Into Park
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded damage could occur.
outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the { Warning
electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle It can be dangerous to get out of
. Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never the vehicle if the shift lever is not
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the fully in P (Park) with the parking
extension cord if needed. heater cord.
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle, roll. If you have left the engine
recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach running, the vehicle can move
cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and suddenly. You or others could be
condition, or using a securely fasten the cord. injured. To be sure the vehicle will
damaged heater or Keep the cord away from not move, even when you are on
extension cord, could make any moving parts. fairly level ground, use the steps
(Continued) that follow. With four-wheel drive,
4. Before starting the engine, be if the transfer case is in
sure to unplug and store the N (Neutral), the vehicle will be
cord as it was before to keep it free to roll, even if the shift lever
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Leaving the Vehicle with the parking brake is firmly set before
Warning (Continued) Engine Running you leave it. After you move the shift
lever into P (Park), hold the regular
is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer brake pedal down. Then, see if you
case is in a drive gear. If towing a { Warning can move the shift lever away from
trailer, see Driving Characteristics P (Park) without first pulling it toward
It can be dangerous to leave the
and Towing Tips 0 316. you. If you can, it means that the
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly shift lever was not fully locked into
1. Hold the brake pedal down, if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park).
then set the parking brake. P (Park) with the parking brake Torque Lock
See Parking Brake 0 293. firmly set.
If you are parking on a hill and you
2. Move the shift lever into the If you have four-wheel drive and do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) position by pulling the the transfer case is in N (Neutral), P (Park) properly, the weight of the
shift lever toward you and the vehicle will be free to roll, vehicle may put too much force on
moving it up as far as it will go. even if the shift lever is in the parking pawl in the
3. Be sure the transfer case (if P (Park). So be sure the transfer transmission. You may find it difficult
equipped) is in a drive case is in a drive gear – not in to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
gear — not in N (Neutral). N (Neutral). This is called torque lock. To
prevent torque lock, set the parking
4. Turn the ignition key to And, if you leave the vehicle with brake and then shift into P (Park)
LOCK/OFF. the engine running, it could properly before you leave the driver
overheat and even catch fire. You seat. To find out how, see Shifting
5. Remove the key and take it
with you. If you can leave the or others could be injured. Do not Into Park 0 273.
vehicle with the ignition key in leave the vehicle with the engine
When you are ready to drive, move
your hand, the vehicle is in running unless you have to.
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
P (Park). you release the parking brake.
If you have to leave the vehicle with If torque lock does occur, you may
the engine running, be sure the need to have another vehicle push
vehicle is in P (Park) and the yours a little uphill to take some of
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
the pressure from the parking pawl To shift out of P (Park): Parking (Manual
in the transmission. You will then be
able to pull the shift lever out of
1. Apply the brake pedal. Transmission)
P (Park). 2. Move the shift lever to the If the vehicle has a manual
desired position. transmission, before you get out of
Shifting out of Park If you still are unable to shift out of the vehicle, move the shift lever into
P (Park): R (Reverse), and firmly apply the
This vehicle is equipped with an parking brake. Once the shift lever
electronic shift lock release system. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift has been placed into R (Reverse)
The shift lock release is lever. with the clutch pedal pressed in,
designed to: turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
2. While holding down the brake
. Prevent ignition key removal pedal, press the shift lever all remove the key and release the
unless the shift lever is in the way into P (Park). clutch.
P (Park). If you are parking on a hill, or if the
3. Move the shift lever to the
. Prevent movement of the shift desired position. vehicle is pulling a trailer, see
lever out of P (Park), unless the Driving Characteristics and Towing
If you are still having a problem
ignition is in ON/RUN and the Tips 0 316.
shifting, then have the vehicle
regular brake pedal is applied.
serviced soon.
The shift lock release is always Parking over Things
This vehicle may have the Safety
functional except in the case of an
Belt Assurance System, which may
That Burn
uncharged or low voltage (less than
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
9 volt) battery.
of P (Park). See Safety Belt { Warning
If the vehicle has an uncharged Messages 0 155.
battery or a battery with low voltage, Things that can burn could touch
try charging or jump starting the hot exhaust parts under the
battery. See Jump Starting - North vehicle and ignite. Do not park
America 0 433. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Active Fuel Management Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Vehicles with a V8 or V6 gasoline
engine may have Active Fuel { Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
Management. This system allows
the engine to operate on either all of Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
its cylinders, or in V4 mode, monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not
depending on the driving conditions. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
When less power is required, such can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
as cruising at a constant vehicle even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
speed, the system will operate in Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
the V4 mode, allowing the vehicle to . Drive it only with the
. The vehicle idles in areas
achieve better fuel economy. When windows completely down.
greater power demands are with poor ventilation
required, such as accelerating from (parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
a stop, passing, or merging onto a deep snow that may block immediately.
freeway, the system will maintain underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
full-cylinder operation. engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
If the vehicle has an Active Fuel area such as a garage or a
Management indicator, see Driver sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
Information Center (DIC) (Base . The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
Level) 0 145 or Driver Information due to corrosion or damage.
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 147 for . The vehicle exhaust system
more information on using this has been modified,
display. damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Running the Vehicle Automatic When parked on a hill, especially

when the vehicle has a heavy load,
While Parked Transmission you might notice an increase in the
It is better not to park with the effort to shift out of P (Park). See
If equipped, there is an electronic
engine running. “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into
shift lever position indicator within
Park 0 273.
If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display
running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is
be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position. { Warning
See Shifting Into Park 0 273 and There are several different positions
Engine Exhaust 0 276. If the vehicle It is dangerous to get out of the
for the shift lever. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
has a manual transmission, see
Parking (Manual Transmission) in P (Park) with the parking brake
0 275. firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
If parking on a hill and pulling a Do not leave the vehicle when the
trailer, see Driving Characteristics engine is running. If you have left
and Towing Tips 0 316. the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
Heavy-Duty 6-Speed Automatic could be injured. To be sure the
Transmission Shown, Others vehicle will not move, even when
Similar you are on fairly level ground,
See “Range Selection Mode” under always set the parking brake and
Manual Mode 0 280. move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 273 and
P : This position locks the rear
wheels. It is the best position to use Driving Characteristics and
when starting the engine because Towing Tips 0 316.
the vehicle cannot move easily.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
To rock the vehicle back and forth to

{ Warning get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution
damaging the transmission, see If
If you have four-wheel drive, the the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 258. Shifting out of P (Park) or
vehicle will be free to roll — even N (Neutral) with the engine
if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if N : In this position, the engine does running at high speed may
the transfer case is in N (Neutral). not connect with the wheels. To damage the transmission. The
So, be sure the transfer case is in restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by
a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
High or Four-Wheel Drive High or engine is not running at high
being towed.
Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in speed when shifting the vehicle.
N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
0 273. { Warning D : This position is for normal
Shifting into a drive gear while the driving. It provides the best fuel
R : Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is economy. If you need more power
dangerous. Unless your foot is for passing, and you are:
Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h
vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down.
vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine more, push the accelerator all
repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed. the way down.
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle By doing this, the vehicle shifts
is stopped. down to the next gear and has
more power.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode In some cases, this could appear to L : This position allows selection of
when towing a trailer, carrying a be a delayed shift, however the a range of gears appropriate for
heavy load, driving on steep hills, transmission is operating normally. current driving conditions.
or driving off-road. Shift the The transmission uses adaptive If equipped, see “Range Selection
transmission to a lower gear shift controls. The adaptive shift Mode” under Manual Mode 0 280.
selection if the transmission shifts control process continually
too often. compares key shift parameters to Caution
Downshifting the transmission in pre-programmed ideal shifts stored
slippery road conditions could result in the transmission’s computer. The Spinning the tires or holding the
in skidding. See “Skidding” under transmission constantly makes vehicle in one place on a hill
Loss of Control 0 250. adjustments to improve vehicle using only the accelerator pedal
performance according to how the may damage the transmission.
The vehicle has a shift stabilization The repair will not be covered by
feature that adjusts the transmission vehicle is being used, such as with
a heavy load or when the the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
shifting to the current driving
temperature changes. During this is stuck, do not spin the tires.
conditions in order to reduce rapid
upshifts and downshifts. This shift adaptive shift control process, When stopping on a hill, use the
stabilization feature is designed to shifting might feel different as the brakes to hold the vehicle in
determine, before making an transmission determines the best place.
upshift, if the engine is able to settings.
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing When temperatures are very cold,
things such as vehicle speed, the transmission's gear shifting
throttle position, and vehicle load. could be delayed providing more
If the shift stabilization feature stable shifts until the engine warms
determines that a current vehicle up. Shifts could be more noticeable
speed cannot be maintained, the with a cold transmission. This
transmission does not upshift and difference in shifting is normal.
instead holds the current gear.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Normal Mode Grade Braking Kickdown Mode To use this feature:

If equipped with a gasoline engine If equipped, the accelerator pedal 1. Move the shift lever to
and an automatic transmission, provides an additional downshift L (Manual Mode).
Normal Mode Grade Braking is after pressing through the kickdown 2. Press the plus/minus buttons
enabled when the vehicle is started, feature. on the shift lever to select the
but is not enabled in Range It requires extra pedal pressure near desired range of gears for
Selection Mode. It assists in the end of its travel to engage. current driving conditions.
maintaining desired vehicle speeds
when driving on downhill grades by With an 8-speed automatic
using the engine and transmission Manual Mode transmission, hold the plus/minus
to slow the vehicle. The first time buttons on the shift lever to select
Range Selection Mode the highest or lowest range
the system engages for each
ignition key cycle, a DIC message available for the current vehicle
will be displayed. See Transmission speed.
Messages 0 157. When the shift lever is moved from
To disable or enable Normal Mode D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
Grade Braking within the current number displays next to the L,
ignition key cycle, press and hold indicating the current transmission
the Tow/Haul button for range.
If equipped, Range Selection Mode
five seconds. When the button is This number is the highest gear that
helps control the vehicle's
released, the requested mode the transmission will command while
transmission and vehicle speed
change is made. A DIC message operating in L (Manual Mode). All
while driving downhill or towing a
displays. See Transmission gears below that number are
trailer by letting you select a desired
Messages 0 157. available. As driving conditions
range of gears.
For other forms of grade braking, change, the transmission can
see Tow/Haul Mode 0 282 and automatically shift to lower gears.
Cruise Control 0 299.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
For example, when L5 is selected, 6-Speed Automatic Transmission

1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
automatically shifted by the Gear before shifting from
6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
used until the plus/minus button on Range after shifting from
the shift lever is used to change to L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
the range.
In vehicles with gasoline engines,
when the shift lever is moved from 8-Speed Automatic Transmission
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
downshift may occur. The gear that Gear before
the transmission is operating in shifting from
when the shift lever is moved from 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
D (Drive) to
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) L (Manual Mode)
determines if a downshift occurs.
Range after
See the following chart.
shifting from
D (Drive) to
L6 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1
L (Manual Mode) –
Tow/Haul not
engaged
Range after
shifting from
D (Drive) to L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1
L (Manual Mode) –
Tow/Haul engaged
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Grade Braking is not available when Low Traction Mode reduce shift cycling. This provides
Range Selection Mode is active. increased performance, vehicle
If equipped, Low Traction Mode
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 282. control, and enhanced transmission
assists in vehicle acceleration when
While using Range Selection Mode, and engine cooling when driving
road conditions are slippery, such
cruise control and the Tow/Haul down steep hills or mountain
as with ice or snow. While the
Mode can be used. grades, when towing, or when
vehicle is at a stop, select L2 using
hauling heavy loads.
If the vehicle has an exhaust brake, Range Selection Mode. This will
it can also be used, but will not limit torque to the wheels and help The selector button is on the end of
automatically downshift the to prevent the tires from spinning. the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul
transmission. See “Exhaust Brake” Mode on and off by pressing the
in the Duramax diesel supplement. Tow/Haul Mode button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is
enabled, a light on the instrument
cluster will come on.
Caution
For an eAssist vehicle, the Stop/
Spinning the tires or holding the Start function will become
vehicle in one place on a hill unavailable when Tow/Haul Mode is
using only the accelerator pedal active.
may damage the transmission. For an eAssist vehicle, the
The repair will not be covered by Regenerative Braking functionality is
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle disabled when using the Tow/Haul
is stuck, do not spin the tires. Mode. See the eAssist supplement.
When stopping on a hill, use the See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 141 and
brakes to hold the vehicle in Hill and Mountain Roads 0 256.
place. Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
Vehicles with an automatic Towing Equipment 0 336.
transmission have a Tow/Haul
Mode. The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts
the transmission shift pattern to
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking On vehicles with a diesel engine, Manual Transmission
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking can
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
be enabled or disabled by pressing
only enabled while the Tow/Haul
the Tow/Haul Mode button. Use the
Mode is selected and the vehicle is
exhaust brake and Tow/Haul Mode
not in the Range Selection Mode.
for maximum grade braking.
See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed
previously and Manual Mode 0 280. See Towing Equipment 0 336.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking For other forms of grade braking,
assists in maintaining desired see Automatic Transmission 0 277
vehicle speeds when driving on and Cruise Control 0 299.
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.
If equipped, on vehicles with a
gasoline engine, to disable or If equipped with a manual
enable Tow/Haul Grade Braking transmission, this is the shift
within the current ignition key cycle, pattern.
press and hold the Tow/Haul button
for five seconds. When the button is To operate the manual transmission:
released, the requested mode 1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal
change is made. A DIC message is and shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly
displayed. See Transmission let up on the clutch pedal as you
Messages 0 157. slowly press down on the
accelerator pedal.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
You can shift into 1 (First) when you R (Reverse) : To back up, press the Use R (Reverse), along with the
are going less than 30 km/h clutch pedal. After the vehicle stops, parking brake, for parking the
(20 mph). If you have come to a shift into R (Reverse). Slowly let up vehicle.
complete stop and it is hard to shift on the clutch pedal as you press the
into 1 (First), put the shift lever in accelerator pedal. If it is hard to Shift Speeds
Neutral and let up on the clutch. shift, let the shift lever return to
Then press the clutch pedal back Neutral and release the clutch { Warning
down and shift into 1 (First). pedal. Then press the clutch again
and shift into R (Reverse). Do not If you skip a gear when
2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal downshifting, you could lose
as you let up on the accelerator attempt to shift into 5 (Fifth) prior to
shifting into R (Reverse). The control of the vehicle. You could
pedal and shift into 2 (Second).
transmission has a lock out feature, injure yourself or others. Do not
Then, slowly let up on the clutch
which prevents a 5 (Fifth) gear to shift down more than one gear at
pedal as you press the accelerator
pedal. R (Reverse) gear shift. a time when downshifting.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and 5 (Fifth) : Caution

Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and
5 (Fifth) the same way you do for Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
2 (Second). Slowly let up on the vehicle is moving forward could
clutch pedal as you press the damage the transmission. The
accelerator pedal. repairs would not be covered by
To stop, let up on the accelerator the vehicle warranty. Shift to
pedal and press the brake pedal. R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
Just before the vehicle stops, press is stopped.
the clutch pedal and the brake
pedal, and shift to Neutral.
Neutral : Use this position when
you start or idle the engine.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Drive Systems Manual Transfer Case

{ Warning
Four-Wheel Drive Shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra to roll even if the transmission is
traction. Read the appropriate in P (Park). You or someone else
section for transfer case operation could be seriously injured. Be
before using. sure to set the parking brake
before placing the transfer case in
N (Neutral). See Parking Brake
Caution
0 293.
Do not drive on clean, dry
pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
equipped) for an extended period Caution Move the lever to shift into and out
of time. These conditions may of four-wheel drive.
cause premature wear on the Extended high-speed operation in
vehicle’s powertrain. 4 n may damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
4HI or 4LO may: Engagement noise and bump when
. Cause a vibration to be felt in shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from
the steering system. N (Neutral), with the engine running, An indicator light comes on when
. Cause tires to wear faster. is normal. four-wheel drive is engaged. See
. Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 141.
Make the transfer case harder to
shift, and cause it to run noisier. Control and StabiliTrak® off. See
Control 0 296.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
N (Neutral) : Use only when the The vehicle can be shifted between . In extremely cold weather, it may
vehicle needs to be towed. 2 m and 4 m while the vehicle is be necessary to slow or stop the
See Recreational Vehicle Towing moving. In extremely cold weather, vehicle to shift.
0 438 or Towing the Vehicle 0 437. it may be necessary to stop or slow . While in 4 m, the vehicle can be
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use the vehicle to shift into 4 m. driven at any posted legal speed
this setting for driving on most Using the Manual Transfer Case limit.
streets and highways. The front axle
is not engaged. This setting . Use quick motions to shift into or Shifting In or Out of 4 n
provides the best fuel economy. out of 4 n or N (Neutral).
Caution
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This . Shifting may be harder when the
setting also engages the front axle vehicle is cold, but will return to
normal once warmed up. Shifting the transfer case into 4 n
and delivers extra torque. Choose
while moving at speeds faster
4 n if driving off-road in deep sand, . Four-wheel drive reduces fuel than 5 km/h (3 mph) may cause
deep mud, or deep snow, and while economy. premature wear to the transfer
climbing or descending steep hills. case, and may cause the gears to
When engaged, keep vehicle speed Shifting from 2 m to 4 m
grind.
below 72 km/h (45 mph). . Shifts can be made at any
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use vehicle speed.
1. If possible, shift with the
this setting when extra traction is . Shift in one continuous motion. vehicle moving 5 km/h (3 mph)
needed. The front axle engages and . Shifting while the vehicle is in or less.
helps when driving on snowy or icy motion may require that
roads, when off-roading, or when 2. Shift the transmission into
moderate force be applied to the N (Neutral).
plowing snow.
shift lever before 4 m can be
3. Shift the transfer case shift
engaged, especially in cold lever in one continuous motion.
weather.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
4. Shifting with the vehicle at a Electronic Transfer Case The indicator mark on the switch
stop may be more difficult. It is must line up with the indicator light
possible that the shift will not before a shift can be commanded.
complete and the transfer case To command a shift rotate the
will remain in N (Neutral). This transfer case switch to the new
is normal. To complete the desired position. The light will blink
shift, with the engine running, meaning that the shift is in progress.
shift the transmission to When the shift is completed the new
D (Drive) and back to position will be illuminated. If the
N (Neutral), and reattempt the transfer case can not complete a
transfer case shift. shift command, it will go back to its
last chosen setting.
Shifting In or Out of N (Neutral)
1. Have the engine running. Caution
2. Set the parking brake. Press Use the transfer case knob, next to
and hold the brake pedal. See Shifting the transmission into gear
the steering wheel, to shift into and before the requested mode
Parking Brake 0 293. out of four-wheel drive for extra
indicator light has stopped
3. Place the transmission into traction.
flashing could damage the
N (Neutral). All of the lights will blink on then off transfer case.
4. Shift the transfer case lever in momentarily when the ignition is
one continuous motion into or moved to the ON/RUN position. The
light that remains on will indicate the The settings are:
out of N (Neutral).
state of the Transfer Case. N (Neutral) : Use only when the
If the indicator mark on the switch vehicle needs to be towed.
does not match up with the light See Recreational Vehicle Towing
then that likely means the switch 0 438 or Towing the Vehicle 0 437.
was moved when the ignition
was off.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use Shifting Into 4 m 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
for driving on most streets and the 4 n indicator light to stop
highways. The front axle is not Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed
up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except flashing before shifting the
engaged. This setting provides the transmission into gear.
best fuel economy. from 4 n. The indicator light will flash
while shifting and will remain on the If the transmission is in gear and/or
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This selected setting. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
setting engages the front axle and the 4 n indicator light will flash for
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n if Shifting Into 2 m 30 seconds and not complete the
driving off-road in deep sand, deep shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
mud, or deep snow, and while case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
climbing or descending steep hills. except when shifting from 4 n.
to 4 m to see the indicator. With the
When engaged, keep vehicle speed
below 72 km/h (45 mph). Shifting Into 4 n vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph), and the transmission in
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
Control and StabiliTrak off. See should be kept below 72 km/h
Traction Control/Electronic Stability (45 mph). Shifting Out of 4 n
Control 0 296. 1. The ignition must be in ON/ 1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle
RUN and the vehicle must be
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use must be stopped or moving
stopped or moving less than less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with
when extra traction is needed. The 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
front axle engages and helps when the transmission in N (Neutral)
transmission in N (Neutral). It is and the ignition in ON/RUN.
driving on snowy or icy roads, when best for the vehicle to be
off-roading, or when plowing snow. It is best for the vehicle to be
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
The vehicle can be shifted from 2 m (1 to 2 mph). (1 to 2 mph).
to 4 m while the vehicle is moving.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m. 6. Turn the transfer case knob Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
clockwise to N (Neutral) until it
Wait for the 4 m or 2 m indicator To shift:
stops and hold it there until the
light to stop flashing before N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 1. Set the parking brake and
shifting the transmission This will take at least apply the brake pedal.
into gear. 10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
If the transmission is in gear and/or release the dial to the 4 n with the engine off.
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to
the 4 m or 2 m indicator light will flash will come on when the transfer N (Neutral).
for 30 seconds, but will not complete case shift to N (Neutral) is
the shift. With the vehicle moving complete. 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the 7. With the engine running, verify 2 m.
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt that the transfer case is in After the transfer case has
the shift again. N (Neutral) by shifting the shifted out of N (Neutral), the
Shifting Into N (Neutral) transmission to R (Reverse), N (Neutral) light will go out.
then to D (Drive). There should
To shift: be no movement of the vehicle 5. Release the parking brake.
1. Park the vehicle on a level while shifting the transmission.
surface. Caution
8. Turn the engine off, and the
2. Set the parking brake and ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. Shifting the transmission into gear
press and hold the brake 9. Place the transmission shift before the requested mode
pedal. See Parking Brake lever in P (Park). See indicator light has stopped
0 293. Recreational Vehicle Towing flashing could damage the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the 0 438. transfer case.
ignition to ON/RUN. 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
4. Shift the transmission to 6. Start the engine and shift the
N (Neutral). transmission to the
desired gear.
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Automatic Transfer Case The indicator mark on the switch driving conditions. This setting
must line up with the indicator light provides slightly lower fuel economy
before a shift can be commanded. than 2 m.
To command a shift rotate the
transfer case switch to the new Do not use AUTO mode,
desired position. The light will blink if equipped, to park on a steep
meaning that the shift is in progress. grade with poor traction such as ice,
When the shift is completed the new snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
position will be illuminated. If the mode only the rear wheels will hold
transfer case can not complete a the vehicle from sliding when
shift command, it will go back to its parked. If parking on a steep grade,
last chosen setting. use 4 m to keep all four wheels
The settings are: engaged.
N (Neutral) : Use only when the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use

If equipped, use the transfer case vehicle needs to be towed. this position when extra traction is
knob next to the steering wheel to See Recreational Vehicle Towing needed, such as when driving on
shift into and out of four-wheel drive. 0 438 or Towing the Vehicle 0 437. snowy or icy roads, when
All of the lights will blink on then off off-roading, or when plowing snow.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
momentarily when the ignition is for driving on most streets and 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
moved to the ON/RUN position. The highways. The front axle is not setting engages the front axle and
light that remains on will indicate the
state of the Transfer Case.
engaged. This setting provides the delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
best fuel economy. when driving off-road in deep sand,
If the indicator mark on the switch AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel deep mud, or deep snow, and while
does not match up with the light Drive) : Use when road surface climbing or descending steep hills.
then that likely means the switch traction conditions are variable.
was moved when the ignition Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
When driving in AUTO, the front
was off. Control and StabiliTrak off. See
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
power is sent to the front and rear
Control 0 296.
wheels automatically based on
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for Shifting Out of 4 n
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO the 4 n indicator light to stop To shift:
position at any speed, except from flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or
4 n. The indicator light will flash moving less than 5 km/h
while shifting and will remain on (3 mph) with the transmission
when the shift is completed. Caution in N (Neutral) and the ignition in
ON/RUN. It is best for the
Shifting Into 2 m Shifting the transmission into gear
vehicle to be moving
before the requested mode 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped
except when shifting from 4 n. The flashing could damage the 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO,
indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case. or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,
and will remain on when the shift is or 2 m indicator light to stop
completed. If the transmission is in gear and/or flashing before shifting the
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), transmission into gear.
Shifting Into 4 n
the 4 n indicator light will flash for
When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the Caution
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob Shifting the transmission into gear
To shift: before the requested mode
1. The ignition must be in ON/ to 4 m to display the indicator. With
indicator light has stopped
RUN and the vehicle must be the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h flashing could damage the
stopped or moving less than (3 mph), and the transmission in
transfer case.
5 km/h (3 mph) with the N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
transmission in N (Neutral). It is
best for the vehicle to be
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
(1 to 2 mph).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If the transmission is in gear and/or This will take at least Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly To shift out of N (Neutral):
the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light release the dial to the 4 n
will flash for 30 seconds but will not position. The N (Neutral) light 1. Set the parking brake and
complete the shift. With the vehicle will come on when the transfer apply the brake pedal.
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), case shift to N (Neutral) is 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
and the transmission in N (Neutral), complete. with the engine off.
attempt the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify 3. Shift the transmission to
Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in N (Neutral).
N (Neutral) by shifting the 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
To shift into N (Neutral): transmission to R (Reverse), the desired setting.
1. Park the vehicle on a level then shift the transmission to
surface. D (Drive). There should be no After the transfer case has
movement of the vehicle while shifted out of N (Neutral), the
2. Set the parking brake and N (Neutral) light will go out.
press and hold the brake shifting the transmission.
pedal. See Parking Brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the 5. Release the parking brake.
0 293. ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. 6. Start the engine and shift the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the 9. Place the transmission shift transmission to the
ignition to ON/RUN. lever in P (Park). See desired gear.
4. Shift the transmission to Recreational Vehicle Towing
N (Neutral). 0 438.
10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
6. Turn the transfer case knob
clockwise to N (Neutral) until it
stops and hold it there until the
N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it

becomes necessary to slam on the
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced normal.
will separately work the brakes at
electronic braking system that helps
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
When the vehicle begins to drive
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
away, ABS checks itself.
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best
may be heard while this test is going
braking hard. braking.
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light suddenly slows or stops. Always
0 141. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
For vehicles without a release system warning light will flash and a A chime sounds and the warning
handle, set the parking brake by chime will sound warning you that light flashes when the parking brake
holding the regular brake pedal the parking brake is still on. is applied and the vehicle is moving
down, then pushing down the If you are towing a trailer and are at least 8 km/h (5 mph).
parking brake pedal. parking on a hill, see Driving To release the parking brake, hold
If the ignition is on, the brake Characteristics and Towing Tips the regular brake pedal down. Then
system warning light will come on. 0 316. pull the bottom edge of the lever
See Brake System Warning Light with the parking brake symbol,
0 140. located to the right of the steering
column.
Caution If the ignition is on when the parking
brake is released, the brake system
Driving with the parking brake on warning light goes off.
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
Caution
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake Driving with the parking brake on
is fully released and the brake can overheat the brake system
warning light is off before driving. and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
To release the parking brake, hold For vehicles with a release handle, Make sure that the parking brake
the regular brake pedal down, then set the parking brake by holding the is fully released and the brake
push down momentarily on the regular brake pedal down, then warning light is off before driving.
parking brake pedal until you feel pushing down the parking brake
the pedal release. Slowly pull your pedal.
If you are towing a trailer and are
foot up off the parking brake pedal. If the ignition is on, the brake parking on any hill, see Driving
If the parking brake is not released system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Tips
when you begin to drive, the brake See Brake System Warning Light 0 316.
0 140.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) (ITBC) system, HSA may also apply
the trailer brakes. It will not activate
The Brake Assist feature is This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist if the vehicle is in a drive gear and
designed to assist the driver in (HSA) feature, which may be useful facing downhill or if the vehicle is
stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a facing uphill and in R (Reverse).
speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to There may be situations on minor
conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, hills (less than 5% grade) with a
stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during loaded vehicle or while pulling a
control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After you trailer where HSA may activate.
power brake system under completely stop and hold the vehicle
conditions where the driver has in a complete standstill on a grade, If you release the brake pedal and
quickly and forcefully applied the HSA will automatically activate. then reapply the brake pedal while
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly During the transition period between HSA is activated, the brake pedal
stop or slow down the vehicle. The when you release the brake pedal typically feels firmer with less pedal
stability system hydraulic brake and start to accelerate to drive off travel.
control module increases brake on a grade, HSA holds the braking
pressure at each corner of the pressure for a maximum of
vehicle until the ABS activates. two seconds to ensure that there is
Minor brake pedal pulsation or no rolling. The brakes will
pedal movement during this time is automatically release when the
normal and the driver should accelerator pedal is applied within
continue to apply the brake pedal as the two-second window. If the
the driving situation dictates The vehicle is equipped with the
Brake Assist feature will Integrated Trailer Brake Control
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Ride Control Systems intended path. Trailer Sway Control disabled, g comes on, and the
(TSC) is also on automatically when appropriate message will appear on
the vehicle is started. See Trailer the DIC. Both traction control and
Traction Control/ Sway Control (TSC) 0 345. StabiliTrak are automatically
Electronic Stability If cruise control is being used and disabled in this condition.
Control traction control or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
System Operation disengage. Cruise control may be
The vehicle has a Traction Control turned back on when road
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an conditions allow.
electronic stability control system. Both systems come on
These systems help limit wheel spin automatically when the vehicle is
and assist the driver in maintaining started and begins to move. The The indicator light for both systems
control, especially on slippery road systems may be heard or felt while is in the instrument cluster. This
conditions. they are operating or while light will:
TCS activates if it senses any of the performing diagnostic checks. This . Flash when TCS is limiting
drive wheels are spinning or is normal and does not mean there wheel spin.
beginning to lose traction. When this is a problem with the vehicle.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
happens, TCS applies the brakes to It is recommended to leave both
the spinning wheels and reduces activated.
systems on for normal driving
engine power to limit wheel spin. conditions, but it may be necessary . Turn on and stay on when either
StabiliTrak activates when the to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets system is not working.
vehicle senses a difference between stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. If either system fails to turn on or to
the intended path and the direction See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 258 activate, a message displays in the
the vehicle is actually traveling. and “Turning the Systems Off and Driver Information Center (DIC), and
StabiliTrak selectively applies On” later in this section. d comes on and stays on to
braking pressure to any one of the When the transfer case (if equipped) indicate that the system is inactive
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the and is not assisting the driver in
driver in keeping the vehicle on the stability system is automatically
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
maintaining control. The vehicle is appropriate message will display in

safe to drive, but driving should be Caution the DIC. See Ride Control System
adjusted accordingly. Messages 0 154.
Do not repeatedly brake or
If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
off. The vehicle driveline could be again, press and release g. The
1. Stop the vehicle.
damaged. traction off light i and the
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds. StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
To turn off only TCS, press and instrument cluster turn off.
3. Start the engine.
release g. The traction off light i StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on displays in the instrument cluster. if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
and stays on, the vehicle may need The appropriate message will (35 mph). Traction control will
more time to diagnose the problem. display in the DIC. See Ride Control remain off.
If the condition persists, see your System Messages 0 154. To turn
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
dealer. TCS on again, press and release g. Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
Turning the Systems Off The traction off light i displayed in Start Assist (HSA) feature.
and On the instrument cluster will turn off. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
0 345 or Hill Start Assist (HSA)
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g 0 295.
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning. Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, Accessories and Modifications
press and hold g until the traction 0 353.
off light i and the StabiliTrak OFF
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak light g come on and stay on in the
is on the center stack. instrument cluster, then release. The
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Hill Descent HDC can maintain vehicle speeds When enabled, if the vehicle is at a
between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and speed above 22 km/h (14 mph) and
Control (HDC) 14 mph) on an incline greater than less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
If equipped, HDC can be used when or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking message will display. See Vehicle
driving downhill. It sets and HDC light indicates the system is Speed Messages 0 159.
maintains vehicle speed while actively applying the brakes to
descending a very steep incline in a maintain vehicle speed. Locking Rear Axle
forward or reverse gear. When HDC is activated, the initial Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
The HDC switch is on the center HDC speed is set to the current give more traction on snow, mud,
stack, below the climate controls. driving speed. It can be increased or ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
decreased by pressing the +RES or standard axle most of the time, but
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. SET- steering wheel controls or by when traction is low, this feature will
Vehicle speed must be below applying the accelerator or brake allow the rear wheel with the most
50 km/h (31 mph). pedal. This adjusted speed traction to move the vehicle.
becomes the new set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between
22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);
however vehicle speed cannot be
set or maintained in this range.
It will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
The HDC light displays on the (50 mph) or above 60 km/h
instrument cluster when enabled.
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
must be pressed again to
re-enable HDC.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Cruise Control how cruise control interacts with the 5 : Press to turn the system on or
Range Selection Mode, Tow/Haul off. The indicator light is white when
Mode, and Grade Braking systems. cruise control is on and turns off
{ Warning If the cruise control is being used when cruise control is off.
Cruise control can be dangerous and the Traction Control system +RES : If there is a set speed in
where you cannot drive safely at (TCS) or StabiliTrak begins to limit memory, press briefly to resume to
a steady speed. Do not use wheel spin, the cruise control will that speed or press and hold to
cruise control on winding roads or automatically disengage. See accelerate. If cruise control is
in heavy traffic. Traction Control/Electronic Stability already active, use to increase
Control 0 296. When road vehicle speed.
Cruise control can be dangerous conditions allow you to safely use it
on slippery roads. On such roads, again, cruise control can be turned SET− : Press briefly to set the
fast changes in tire traction can back on. speed and activate cruise control.
cause excessive wheel slip, and If cruise control is already active,
If the brakes are applied, cruise use to decrease vehicle speed.
you could lose control. Do not use control disengages.
cruise control on slippery roads. * : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
With cruise control a speed of about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be Setting Cruise Control
maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or
control does not work at speeds +RES could get pressed and go into
below about 40 km/h (25 mph). cruise when not desired. Keep 5
If equipped with an Allison or off when cruise is not being used.
Hydra-Matic 6-speed automatic 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
transmission, see “Tow/Haul Mode system on.
Grade Braking” under Tow/Haul
Mode 0 282 for an explanation of 2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release SET−.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
4. Remove foot from the . To increase vehicle speed in Passing Another Vehicle While
accelerator. small increments, briefly press Using Cruise Control
The cruise control indicator on the +RES. For each press, the Use the accelerator pedal to
instrument cluster turns green after vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h increase the vehicle speed. When
cruise control has been set to the (1 mph) faster. you take your foot off the pedal, the
desired speed. See Instrument The speedometer reading can be vehicle will slow down to the
Cluster 0 128. displayed in either English or metric previous set cruise speed. While
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 128. pressing the accelerator pedal or
Resuming a Set Speed The increment value used depends shortly following the release to
If the cruise control is set at a on the units displayed. override cruise control, briefly
desired speed and then the brakes pressing SET– will result in cruise
Reducing Speed While Using control set to the current vehicle
are applied or * is pressed, the Cruise Control
cruise control is disengaged without speed.
erasing the set speed from memory. If the cruise control system is
already activated: Using Cruise Control on Hills
Once the vehicle speed reaches How well the cruise control works
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, . Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached, on hills depends on the vehicle
briefly press +RES . The vehicle speed, the load, and the steepness
returns to the previous set speed. then release it.
of the hills. When going up steep
. To slow down in small hills, pressing the accelerator pedal
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control increments, briefly press SET– . may be necessary to maintain
For each press, the vehicle goes vehicle speed.
If the cruise control system is about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
already activated: While going downhill:
The speedometer reading can be
. Press and hold +RES until the . Vehicles with a 6-speed
displayed in either English or metric
desired speed is reached, then units. See Instrument Cluster 0 128. automatic transmission and a
release it. The increment value used depends gasoline engine have Cruise
on the units displayed. Grade Braking to help maintain
driver selected speed.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Cruise Grade Braking is enabled For other forms of descent Driver Assistance
when the vehicle is started and control, see Hill Descent Control
cruise control is active. It is not (HDC) 0 298,Automatic Systems
enabled in Range Selection Transmission 0 277, and Tow/Haul
This vehicle may have features that
Mode. It assists in maintaining Mode 0 282.
work together to help avoid crashes
driver selected speed when
Ending Cruise Control or reduce crash damage while
driving on downhill grades by
driving, backing, and parking. Read
using the engine and There are four ways to end cruise
this entire section before using
transmission to slow the vehicle. control:
these systems.
To disable and enable Cruise . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
Grade Braking for the current
ignition key cycle, press and
. Press *. { Warning
hold the Tow/Haul button for . Shift the transmission to Do not rely on the Driver
five seconds. A DIC message N (Neutral). Assistance Systems. These
displays. See Transmission systems do not replace the need
. To turn off cruise control,
Messages 0 157. for paying attention and driving
press 5.
. Vehicles with a diesel engine safely. You may not hear or feel
have Cruise Grade Braking Erasing Speed Memory alerts or warnings provided by
enabled when Tow/Haul Mode is The cruise control set speed is these systems. Failure to use
on, the exhaust brake is on, proper care when driving may
or both are on. erased from memory if 5 is pressed
result in injury, death, or vehicle
or the ignition is turned off. damage. See Defensive Driving
0 248.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
systems will not: the detection sensor is (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
. Detect children, damaged or not properly and Front Parking Assist (FPA) may
pedestrians, bicyclists, repaired. help the driver park or avoid objects.
or animals. Always check around the vehicle
Complete attention is always when parking or backing.
. Detect vehicles or objects required while driving, and you
outside the area monitored should be ready to take action The RVC and RPA will not work
by the system. and apply the brakes and/or steer properly if the tailgate is down. If the
the vehicle to avoid crashes. tailgate is down, do not use these
. Work at all driving speeds. systems.
. Warn you or provide you Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
with enough time to avoid a Audible or Safety Alert Seat
crash. Some driver assistance features When the vehicle is shifted into
alert the driver of obstacles by R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
. Work under poor visibility or image of the area behind the vehicle
bad weather conditions. beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort in the infotainment display. The
. Work if the detection sensor and Convenience” under Vehicle previous screen displays when the
is not cleaned or is covered Personalization 0 160. vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. after a short delay. To return to the
If equipped with the Safety Alert previous screen sooner, press a
. Work if the detection sensor Seat, the driver seat cushion may button on the infotainment system,
is covered up, such as with provide a vibrating pulse alert shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
a sticker, magnet, or metal instead of beeping. To change this, speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).
plate. see “Collision/Detection Systems”
(Continued) under Vehicle Personalization
0 160.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Displayed images may be farther or Parking Assist

closer than they appear. The area With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
displayed is limited and objects that as the vehicle moves at speeds of
are close to either corner of the less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
bumper or under the bumper do not sensors on the bumpers may detect
display. objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
A warning triangle may display on 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
the RVC screen to show that RPA within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
has detected an object. This triangle the ground and below bumper level.
changes from amber to red and These detection distances may be
increases in size the closer the shorter during warmer or humid
object. weather. Blocked sensors will not
1. View Displayed by the detect objects and can also cause
Camera { Warning false detections. Keep the sensors
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
The camera(s) do not display slush; and clean sensors after a car
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, wash in freezing temperatures.
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the { Warning
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle. The Parking Assist system does
Shown distances may be different not detect children, pedestrians,
from actual distances. Do not bicyclists, animals, or objects
drive or park the vehicle using located below the bumper or that
1. View Displayed by the only these camera(s). Always are too close or too far from the
Camera check behind and around the vehicle. It is not available at
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper vehicle before driving. Failure to speeds greater than 8 km/h
use proper care may result in (5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
injury, death, or vehicle damage. (Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
When an object is first detected in Front and Rear Parking Assist can
Warning (Continued) the rear, one beep will be heard be turned off, on, or on with towbar
from the rear, or both sides of the through vehicle personalization. See
or vehicle damage, even with Safety Alert Seat will pulse two “Park Assist” under Vehicle
Parking Assist, always check the times. When an object is very close Personalization 0 160. If the parking
area around the vehicle and (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, assist is turned off through vehicle
check all mirrors before moving or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), personalization, the parking assist
forward or backing. a continuous beep will sound from button on the center stack will be
the front or rear, or both sides of the disabled. To turn the parking assist
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five on again, select On in the vehicle
times. Beeps for FPA are higher personalization menu. The On with
pitched than for RPA. Towbar setting allows for the
parking assist to work properly with
Turning the Features On or Off a small item attached to the trailer
hitch. Turn off parking assist when
towing a trailer.
To turn the rear parking assist
symbols or guidance lines on or off,
see “Rear Camera” under Vehicle
The X button on the center stack Assistance Systems for

The instrument cluster may have a is used to turn on or off the Front
and Rear Parking Assist. The Driving
parking assist display with bars that
show “distance to object” and object indicator light in the button comes If equipped, when driving the
location information for the Parking on when the features are on and vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
Assist system. As the object gets turns off when the features have Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
closer, more bars light up and the been disabled. Departure Warning (LDW), and/or
bars change color from yellow to
amber to red.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) can help to display green. Vehicles may not be
avoid a crash or reduce crash Warning (Continued) detected on curves, highway exit
damage. ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or when following a vehicle too or if a vehicle ahead is partially
closely, FCA may not provide a
Forward Collision Alert warning with enough time to help
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
(FCA) System avoid a crash. It also may not vehicle ahead until it is completely
If equipped, the FCA system may provide any warning at all. FCA in the driving lane.
help to avoid or reduce the harm does not warn of pedestrians,
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels,
{ Warning
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing or other objects. Be ready to take FCA does not provide a warning
alert on the windshield and rapidly action and apply the brakes. See to help avoid a crash, unless it
beeps or pulses the driver seat. Defensive Driving 0 248. detects a vehicle. FCA may not
FCA also lights an amber visual detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
alert if following another vehicle sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
much too closely. FCA can be disabled with the FCA
steering wheel control. or ice, or if the windshield is
FCA detects vehicles within a damaged. It may also not detect a
distance of approximately 60 m Detecting the Vehicle Ahead vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
(197 ft) and operates at speeds or in conditions that can limit
above 40 km/h (25 mph). visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
{ Warning windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
FCA is a warning system and windshield, headlamps, and FCA
does not apply the brakes. When sensors clean and in good repair.
approaching a slower-moving or FCA warnings will not occur unless
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, the FCA system detects a vehicle
(Continued) ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Collision Alert Tailgating Alert or Off. The first button press shows
the current setting on the DIC.
Additional button presses will
change this setting. The chosen
setting will remain until it is changed
and will affect the timing of both the
Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both
The vehicle ahead indicator will alerts will vary based on vehicle
display amber when you are speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
following a detected vehicle ahead the farther away the alert will occur.
much too closely. Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
Selecting the Alert Timing timing. The range of selectable alert
When your vehicle approaches timing may not be appropriate for all
another detected vehicle too rapidly, drivers and driving conditions.
the red FCA display will flash on the Unnecessary Alerts
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from FCA may provide unnecessary
the front, or both sides of the Safety alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
Alert Seat will pulse five times. in other lanes, objects that are not
When this Collision Alert occurs, the vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
brake system may prepare for driver are normal operation and the
braking to occur more rapidly which vehicle does not need service.
can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Cleaning the System
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be If the FCA system does not seem to
disengaged when the Collision Alert The Collision Alert control is on the operate properly, cleaning the
occurs. steering wheel. Press [ to set the outside of the windshield in front of
the rearview mirror, and cleaning the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
front of the vehicle where radar The system works when driving in a
sensors are located, may correct forward gear between 8 km/h Warning (Continued)
the issue. (5 mph) and 80 km/h (37 mph).
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it
It can detect vehicles up to
is partially blocked by
Forward Automatic approximately 60 m (197 ft).
pedestrians or other objects.
Braking (FAB)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
{ Warning Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which FAB is an emergency crash should be ready to take action
includes Intelligent Brake preparation feature and is not and apply the brakes and/or steer
Assist (IBA). When the system designed to avoid crashes. Do the vehicle to avoid crashes.
detects a vehicle ahead in your path not rely on FAB to brake the
that is traveling in the same vehicle. FAB will not brake
direction that you may be about to FAB may slow the vehicle to a
outside of its operating speed complete stop to try to avoid a
crash into, it can provide a boost to range and only responds to
braking or automatically brake the potential crash. If this happens, FAB
detected vehicles. may engage the Electric Parking
vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when FAB may not: Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
driving in a forward gear. Depending stop. Release the EPB or firmly
. Detect a vehicle ahead on
on the situation, the vehicle may press the accelerator pedal.
winding or hilly roads.
automatically brake moderately or
hard. This forward automatic . Detect all vehicles,
especially vehicles with a
{ Warning
braking can only occur if a vehicle is
detected. This is shown by the FCA trailer, tractors, muddy FAB may automatically brake the
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. vehicles, etc. vehicle suddenly in situations
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . Detect a vehicle when where it is unexpected and
System 0 305. weather limits visibility, such undesired. It could respond to a
as in fog, rain, or snow. turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
(Continued) signs, and other non-moving
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
camera sensor to detect the lane

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) markings at speeds of 56 km/h
(35 mph) or greater.
objects. To override FAB, firmly flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
press the accelerator pedal, if it is your foot off the brake pedal and
safe to do so. then apply the brakes as needed. { Warning
The LDW system does not steer
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) FAB and IBA can be disabled the vehicle. The LDW system
through vehicle personalization. See may not:
IBA may activate when the brake
“Collision/Detection Systems” under . Provide enough time to
pedal is applied quickly by providing
Vehicle Personalization 0 160. avoid a crash.
a boost to braking based on the
speed of approach and distance to . Detect lane markings under
a vehicle ahead. { Warning poor weather or visibility
Minor brake pedal pulsations or Using FAB or IBA while towing a conditions. This can occur if
pedal movement during this time is trailer could cause you to lose the windshield or
normal and the brake pedal should control of the vehicle and crash. headlamps are blocked by
continue to be applied as needed. Turn the system to Alert or Off dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
IBA will automatically disengage when towing a trailer. not in proper condition; or if
only when the brake pedal is the sun shines directly into
released. the camera.
Lane Departure Warning . Detect road edges.
{ Warning (LDW) (2500/3500 Series) . Detect lanes on winding or
IBA may increase vehicle braking If equipped, LDW may help avoid hilly roads.
in situations when it may not be crashes due to unintentional lane If LDW only detects lane
necessary. You could block the departures. It may provide an alert if markings on one side of the road,
the vehicle is crossing a lane it will only warn you when
(Continued) marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. LDW uses a (Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If the LDW system is not functioning

Warning (Continued) properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
departing the lane on the side windshield may help.
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your LDW alerts may occur due to tar
attention on the road and marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
maintain proper vehicle position When LDW is on, @ is green if temporary or construction lane
within the lane, or vehicle LDW is available to warn of a lane markings, or other road
departure. If the vehicle crosses a imperfections. This is normal system
damage, injury, or death could
detected lane marking without using operation; the vehicle does not need
occur. Always keep the
the turn signal in that direction, @ service. Turn LDW off if these
windshield, headlamps, and conditions continue.
camera sensors clean and in changes to amber and flashes.
good repair. Do not use LDW in Additionally, there may be three
bad weather conditions. beeps, or the driver seat may pulse Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
three times on the right or left, (1500 Series)
depending on the lane departure
How the System Works If equipped, LKA may help avoid
direction.
crashes due to unintentional lane
The LDW camera sensor is on the When the System Does Not departures. It may assist by gently
windshield ahead of the rearview turning the steering wheel if the
Seem to Work Properly
mirror. vehicle approaches a detected lane
The system may not detect lanes as marking without using a turn signal
To turn LDW on and off, press @ on well when there are: in that direction. It may also provide
the center stack. The control
. Close vehicles ahead. a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
indicator will light when LDW is on.
system alert as the lane marking is
. Sudden lighting changes, such crossed. The LKA system will not
as when driving through tunnels. assist or provide an LDW alert if it
. Banked roads. detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
camera to detect lane markings

between 60 km/h (37 mph) and Warning (Continued) { Warning
180 km/h (112 mph).
. Detect lanes on winding or Using LKA while towing a trailer
hilly roads. or on slippery roads could cause
{ Warning If LKA only detects lane markings loss of control of the vehicle and
The LKA system does not on one side of the road, it will a crash. Turn the system off.
continuously steer the vehicle. only assist or provide an LDW
It may not keep the vehicle in the alert when approaching the lane How the System Works
lane or give a Lane Departure on the side where it has detected
The LKA camera sensor is on the
Warning (LDW) alert, even if a a lane marking. Even with LKA
windshield ahead of the rearview
lane marking is detected. and LDW, you must steer the
mirror.
The LKA and LDW systems vehicle. Always keep your
may not: attention on the road and To turn LKA on and off, press A
maintain proper vehicle position on the center stack.
. Provide an alert or enough within the lane, or vehicle
steering assist to avoid a damage, injury, or death could When on, A is green if LKA is
lane departure or crash. occur. Always keep the available to assist and provide LDW
. Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and alerts. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel and
poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in
conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LKA in display A as amber if the vehicle
the windshield or bad weather conditions. approaches a detected lane marking
headlamps are blocked by without using a turn signal in that
dirt, snow, or ice, if they are direction. It may also provide an
not in proper condition, or if LDW alert by flashing A amber
the sun shines directly into as the lane marking is crossed.
the camera. Additionally, there may be three
. Detect road edges. beeps, or the driver seat may pulse
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
three times, on the right or left, If the LKA system is not functioning Fuel
depending on the lane departure properly when lane markings are
direction. clearly visible, cleaning the For diesel engine vehicles, see
windshield may help. “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the
The LKA system does not
Duramax diesel supplement.
continuously steer the vehicle. LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
If LKA does not detect active driver may occur due to tar marks, GM recommends the use of TOP
steering, an alert and chime may be shadows, cracks in the road, TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep
provided. Move the steering wheel temporary or construction lane the engine cleaner and reduce
to dismiss. markings, or other road engine deposits. See
imperfections. This is normal system www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
When the System Does Not operation; the vehicle does not need TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers
Seem to Work Properly service. Turn LKA off if these and applicable countries.
The system performance may be conditions continue.
affected by:
. Close vehicles ahead.
. Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
. Banked roads.
. Roads with poor lane markings,
such as two-lane roads.
If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on

the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can
be used. See E85 or FlexFuel
0 313.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Except the 6.2L engine, use regular Prohibited Fuels

unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM Caution (Continued)
specification D4814 with a posted Caution . Fuel with a posted octane
octane rating of 87 or higher. Do not
use gasoline with a posted octane rating of less than the
Do not use fuels with any of the
rating of less than 87, as this may recommended fuel. Using
following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel
cause engine knock and will lower may damage the vehicle and void
fuel economy. economy and performance,
its warranty: and may decrease the life of
For the 6.2L engine, premium . For vehicles which are not the emissions catalyst.
unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM FlexFuel, fuel labeled
specification D4814 with a posted greater than 15% ethanol by
octane rating of 93 is highly volume, such as mid-level California Fuel
recommended for best performance ethanol blends (16 – 50% Requirements
and fuel economy. Unleaded ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
gasoline with an octane rated as low If the vehicle is certified to meet
as 87 can be used. Using unleaded . Fuel with any amount of California Emissions Standards, it is
gasoline rated below 93 octane, methanol, methylal, and designed to operate on fuels that
however, will lead to reduced aniline. These fuels can meet California specifications. See
acceleration and fuel economy. corrode metal fuel system the underhood emission control
If knocking occurs, use a gasoline parts or damage plastic and label. If this fuel is not available in
rated at 93 octane as soon as rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions
possible, otherwise, the engine . Fuel containing metals such Standards, the vehicle will operate
could be damaged. If heavy as methylcyclopentadienyl satisfactorily on fuels meeting
knocking is heard when using manganese tricarbonyl federal specifications, but emission
gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the (MMT), which can damage control system performance may be
engine needs service. the emissions control affected. The malfunction indicator
system and spark plugs. lamp could turn on and the vehicle
may not pass a smog-check test.
(Continued) See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 138. If this
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
occurs, return to your authorized If your vehicle is able to use E85 or E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
dealer for diagnosis. If it is FlexFuel, GM Fuel System Specification D 5798 or CAN/
determined that the condition is Treatment Cleaner - FlexFuel is the CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use
caused by the type of fuel used, only recommended additive for use. the fuel if the ethanol content is
repairs may not be covered by the Do not use any other additives with greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that
vehicle warranty. an E85 or FlexFuel vehicle. See do not meet ASTM or CGSB
E85 or FlexFuel 0 313. specifications can affect driveability
Fuels in Foreign and could cause the malfunction
Countries E85 or FlexFuel indicator lamp to come on.
Vehicles with a yellow sticker on the For the 6.0L V8 engine, after
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
fuel door can use either unleaded refueling, the vehicle calculates the
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
gasoline or fuel containing up to composition of the fuel. It is not
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
85% ethanol (E85). All other recommended to repeatedly switch
foreign country, see “Prohibited
vehicles should use only the between fuels. If fuels are switched
Fuels” in Fuel 0 311.
unleaded gasoline as described in frequently, add as much fuel as
Fuel 0 311. possible and do not add less than
Fuel Additives 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. Drive at
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is least 11 km (7 mi) immediately after
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
encouraged when the vehicle is refueling to allow the vehicle to
TIER® detergent gasoline is
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel adapt to the change in ethanol
recommended. See Fuel 0 311.
is made from renewable sources. concentration.
If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
To help locate fuel stations that Because E85 or FlexFuel has less
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S. energy per liter (gallon) than
System Treatment Cleaner added to
Department of Energy has an gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
the fuel tank at every engine oil
alternative fuels website. See refilled more often. See Filling the
change, can help. GM Fuel System
www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/ Tank 0 314.
Treatment Cleaner is the only
stations.
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Caution { Warning Warning (Continued)

Some additives are not Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn . Fuel can spray out if the
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel violently and can cause injury or refueling nozzle is inserted
and can harm the vehicle's fuel death. too quickly. This spray can
system. Do not add anything to happen if the tank is nearly
. To help avoid injuries to you
E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused full, and is more likely in hot
and others, read and follow weather. Insert the refueling
by additives would not be covered all the instructions on the
by the vehicle warranty. nozzle slowly and wait for
fuel pump island. any hiss noise to stop prior
. Turn off the engine when to beginning to flow fuel.
refueling.
Caution . Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
Do not use fuel containing
from fuel.
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also . Do not leave the fuel pump
damage plastic and rubber parts. unattended.
That damage would not be . Do not use a cell phone
covered under the vehicle while refueling.
warranty. . Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
The vehicle has a capless refueling
Filling the Tank . Keep children away from system and does not have a fuel
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the fuel pump and never let cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
see the Duramax diesel supplement children pump fuel. inserted and latched prior to starting
for more information. (Continued) fuel flow.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
For models with dual fuel tanks, the

{ Warning fuel gauge shows an average of { Warning
both tanks. The rear tank is emptied
Overfilling the fuel tank by more first. When refueling, refuel the front Attempting to refuel without using
than three clicks of a standard fill tank first, then add fuel to the the funnel adapter may cause fuel
nozzle may cause: rear tank. spillage and damage the capless
. Vehicle performance issues, fuel system. This could cause a
Filling the Tank With a Portable fire and you or others could be
including engine stalling and Gas Can
damage to the fuel system. badly burned and the vehicle
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and could be damaged.
. Fuel spills.
must be filled from a portable
. Potential fuel fires. gas can: 3. Remove and clean the funnel
adapter and return to the
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a storage location.
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 442.
1. Locate the capless funnel
{ Warning adapter from inside the vehicle.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into
If a fire starts while you are the capless fuel system.
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Filling a Portable Fuel Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing

Container
. Place the nozzle inside the General Towing
{ Warning fill opening of the container Information
before dispensing fuel, and Only use towing equipment that has
Filling a portable fuel container keep it in contact with the fill
while it is in the vehicle can cause been designed for the vehicle.
opening until filling is Contact your dealer or trailering
fuel vapors that can ignite either complete.
by static electricity or other dealer for assistance with preparing
means. You or others could be . Fill the container no more the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
than 95% full to allow for the entire section before towing a
badly burned and the vehicle
expansion. trailer.
could be damaged. Always:
. Do not smoke, light For towing a disabled vehicle, see
. Use approved fuel
matches, or use lighters Towing the Vehicle 0 437. For
containers. towing the vehicle behind another
while pumping fuel.
. Remove the container from vehicle such as a motor home, see
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup . Avoid using cell phones or Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 438.
bed before filling. other electronic devices.
. Place the container on the Driving Characteristics
ground. and Towing Tips
(Continued)
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. The trailer must be equipped vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
with brakes adequate for the { Warning the handling and braking of the rig
intended use. A loaded trailer before setting out for the open road.
weighing more than 900 kg When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of The structure, tires, and brakes of
(2,000 lb) must be equipped with the trailer must be rated to carry the
its own brake system, with the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most load. Inadequate trailer equipment
brakes working on all axles. can cause the combination to
Trailer braking equipment window is open.
operate in an unexpected or unsafe
conforming to Canadian When towing a trailer: manner.
Standards Association (CSA)
requirement CAN3-D313, or its . Do not drive with the Before starting, check all trailer hitch
equivalent, is recommended. liftgate, trunk/hatch, parts and attachments, safety
or rear-most window open. chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
. Do not tow a trailer during the
. Fully open the air outlets on tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent the handling and braking of the rig.
damage to the engine, axle, or under the instrument
panel. If the trailer has electric brakes, start
or other parts. the combination moving and then
. Then during the first 800 km . Also adjust the climate apply the trailer brake controller by
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not control system to a setting hand to be sure the brakes work.
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and that brings in only outside
air. See “Climate Control During the trip, check occasionally
do not make starts at full throttle. to be sure that the load is secure
Systems” in the Index.
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). and the lamps and any trailer
The Tow/Haul Mode may be For more information about brakes still work.
used if the transmission shifts carbon monoxide, see Engine
too often. See Tow/Haul Mode Exhaust 0 276. Following Distance
0 282. Stay at least twice as far behind the
. Turn off Park Assist when Towing a trailer requires a certain vehicle ahead as you would when
towing. amount of experience. The driving the vehicle without a trailer.
combination you are driving is This can help to avoid heavy
longer and not as responsive as the braking and sudden turns.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Passing When turning with a trailer, make When towing at high altitude on
wider turns than normal. Do this so steep uphill grades, consider the
More passing distance is needed
the trailer will not strike soft following: Engine coolant will boil at
when towing a trailer. The
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, a lower temperature than at normal
combination will not accelerate as
or other objects. Avoid jerky or altitudes. If the engine is turned off
quickly and is longer so it is
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in immediately after towing at high
necessary to go much farther
advance. altitude on steep uphill grades, the
beyond the passed vehicle before
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn vehicle may show signs similar to
returning to the lane.
out, the arrows on the instrument engine overheating. To avoid this,
Backing Up cluster will still flash for turns. It is let the engine run while parked,
important to check occasionally to preferably on level ground, with the
Hold the bottom of the steering transmission in P (Park) for a few
wheel with one hand. To move the be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working. minutes before turning the engine
trailer to the left, move that hand to off. If the overheat warning comes
the left. To move the trailer to the Driving on Grades on, see Engine Overheating 0 373.
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and, Reduce speed and shift to a lower Parking on Hills
if possible, have someone gear before starting down a long or
guide you. steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
{ Warning
Making Turns brakes might get hot and no longer Parking the vehicle on a hill with
work well. the trailer attached can be
Caution Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift dangerous. If something goes
the transmission to a lower gear if wrong, the rig could start to move.
Making very sharp turns while
the transmission shifts too often People can be injured, and both
trailering could cause the trailer to
under heavy loads and/or hilly the vehicle and the trailer can be
come in contact with the vehicle.
conditions. damaged. When possible, always
The vehicle could be damaged.
The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if park the rig on a flat surface.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering. the transmission shifts too often.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 282.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
If parking the rig on a hill: 7. Stop and have someone pick

1. Press the brake pedal, but do up and store the chocks. { Warning
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Maintenance when Trailer The driver can lose control when
the wheels into the curb if Towing pulling a trailer if the correct
facing downhill or into traffic if equipment is not used or the
facing uphill. The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See vehicle is not driven properly. For
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance Schedule 0 453. example, if the trailer is too heavy
under the trailer wheels. Things that are especially important or the trailer brakes are
3. When the wheel chocks are in in trailer operation are automatic inadequate for the load, the
place, release the regular transmission fluid, engine oil, axle vehicle may not stop as expected.
brakes until the chocks absorb lubricant, belts, cooling system, and The driver and passengers could
the load. brake system. It is a good idea to be seriously injured. The vehicle
inspect these before and during may also be damaged; the
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then resulting repairs would not be
the trip.
apply the parking brake and
Check periodically to see that all covered by the vehicle warranty.
shift into P (Park).
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
5. Release the brake pedal. this section have been followed.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill Trailer Towing Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer
1. Apply and hold the brake If the vehicle has a diesel engine, with the vehicle.
pedal. see the Duramax diesel
2. Start the engine. supplement.
3. Shift into a gear. If the vehicle is bi-fuel, see the

bi-fuel supplement.
4. Release the parking brake.
Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
5. Let up on the brake pedal. See New Vehicle Break-In 0 267.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
The following information has many Ask your dealer for trailering
Caution time-tested, important trailering tips information or advice.
and safety rules. Many of these are For kingpin weight and trailer
Pulling a trailer improperly can important for your safety and that of
damage the vehicle and result in tongue weight information, see
your passengers. Read this section “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
costly repairs not covered by the carefully before pulling a trailer.
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer in this section.
correctly, follow the advice in this Weight of the Trailer Use the following chart to determine
section and see your dealer for Safe trailering requires monitoring how much the vehicle can weigh,
important information about the weight, speed, altitude, road based upon the vehicle model and
towing a trailer with the vehicle. grades, outside temperature, and options.
how frequently the vehicle is used to Weights listed apply for
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 259 for pull a trailer. Take into consideration conventional trailers and
more information about the vehicle's any special equipment on the gooseneck/fifth-wheel trailers unless
maximum load capacity. vehicle, and the amount of tongue otherwise noted.
weight the vehicle can carry. See
To identify the trailering capacity of “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
the vehicle, read the information in in this section for more information.
“Weight of the Trailer” later in this
section. Trailer weight rating (TWR) for
pickup models is calculated
Trailering is different than just assuming the tow vehicle has the
driving the vehicle by itself. driver, a front seat passenger, and
Trailering means changes in all required trailering equipment.
handling, acceleration, braking, Weight of additional optional
durability, and fuel economy. equipment, passengers, and cargo
Successful, safe trailering takes in the tow vehicle must be
correct equipment, and it has to be subtracted from the trailer weight
used properly. rating.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
1500/2500/3500 Series Pickups – SAE J2807 Compliant

Maximum Trailer
Vehicle Axle Ratio Weight (c) GCWR (a)
1500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 3.23 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
4.3L V6 4.10 2 087 kg (4,600 lb) 4 309 kg (9,500 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 3 130 kg (6,900 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 037 kg (8,900 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Double Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 3.23 2 540 kg (5,600 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8, 6-speed automatic 3.42 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
transmission
transmission – Conventional Trailer
transmission – Gooseneck/Fifth-Wheel
Trailer
transmission with Enhanced Towing
Package – Conventional Trailer
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
Package – Gooseneck/Fifth-Wheel
Trailer
5.3L V8 – Conventional Trailer 3.73 5 035 kg (11,100 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
5.3L V8 – Gooseneck/Fifth-Wheel 3.73 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
1500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 3.23 2 449 kg (5,400 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
Package – Conventional Trailer
Package – Gooseneck/Fifth-Wheel
Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
Trailer
1500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Short Box (b)
4.3L V6 3.23 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
transmission
transmission
Package
5.3L V8 3.73 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 670 kg (12,500 lb) 8 255 kg (18,200 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Long Box
4.3L V6 3.23 2 676 kg (5,900 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
1500 Series 4WD Regular Cab Standard Box
Trailer
5.3L V8 3.08 2 994 kg (6,600 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 901 kg (8,600 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
4.3L V6 3.42 3 221 kg (7,100 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 812 kg (6,200 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
Trailer
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
Trailer
Package
Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
4.3L V6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
Package
Trailer
Trailer
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
Trailer
1500 Series 4WD Crew Cab Short Box (b)
4.3L V6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 767 kg (6,100 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 128 kg (9,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
Package
5.3L V8 3.73 4 899 kg (10,800 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 128 kg (9,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 307 kg (11,700 lb) 8 029 kg (17,700 lb)
4.3L V6 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 948 kg (6,500 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 309 kg (9,500 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 – Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 577 kg (14,500 lb) 9 571 kg (21,100 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 672 kg (10,300 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 (RPO UB7) 3.73 4 627 kg (10,200 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
2500 Series 2WD Double Cab Long Box
6.0L V8 3.73 4 491 kg (9,900 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
2500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Long Box
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 309 kg (9,500 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 354 kg (9,600 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 (Single Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 581 kg (10,100 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 441 kg (14,200 lb) 9 571 kg (21,100 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 (Dual Rear Wheels) Fifth-Wheel 3.73 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
Trailer
Conventional Trailer
6.0L V8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
3500 Series Chassis Cab 2WD/4WD
6.0L V8 3.73 (d) 14 107 kg (31,100 lb)
6.0L V8 4.10 (d) 14 107 kg (31,100 lb)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

Maximum Trailer
(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
(b) This model is neither designed nor intended to tow fifth-wheel or gooseneck trailers.
(c) For pickup box delete vehicles, choose an appropriate hitch and load the truck and trailer within the limits of
GCWR, GVWR, and RGAWR.
(d) Maximum Trailer Weight cannot be provided because total vehicle weight is unknown.
Ask your dealer for trailering the vehicle can carry, which will also Trailer tongue weight (1) should be
information or advice. reduce the trailer weight the vehicle 10-15% and fifth-wheel or
can tow. gooseneck kingpin weight should be
Weight of the Trailer Tongue 15-25% of the loaded trailer
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is weight (2) up to the maximums for
very important because it is also vehicle series and hitch type.
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
passengers and cargo in the vehicle
reduce the amount of tongue weight
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Maximum Tongue After loading the trailer, weigh the

Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
1500 Weight-Carrying 363 kg (800 lb) proper. If they are not, adjustments
1500 Weight-Distributing 567 kg (1,250 lb) might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
2500/3500 Weight-Carrying or 680 kg (1,500 lb)
Standard Box Weight-Distributing If a cargo carrier is used in the
trailer hitch receiver, choose a
2500/ Weight-Carrying or 907 kg (2,000 lb) carrier that positions the load as
3500 Long Box Weight-Distributing close to the vehicle as possible.
2500 Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1 361 kg (3,000 lb) Make sure the total weight,
including the carrier, is no more than
3500 Single Rear Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1 814 kg (4,000 lb) half of the maximum allowable
Wheels tongue weight for the vehicle or
3500 Dual Rear Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
Wheels Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Do not exceed the maximum Trailer rating may be limited by the Be sure the vehicle's tires are
allowable tongue weight for the vehicle's ability to carry tongue inflated to the inflation pressures
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch weight. Tongue or kingpin weight found on the Certification/Tire label
extension that will position the hitch cannot cause the vehicle to exceed on the center pillar or see Vehicle
ball closest to the vehicle. This will the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Load Limits 0 259. Make sure not to
help reduce the effect of trailer Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross exceed the GVWR limit for the
tongue weight on the rear axle. Axle Weight Rating). See “Total vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow
Weight on the Vehicle's Tires” later vehicle and trailer fully loaded for
in this section. the trip including the weight of the
trailer tongue. If using a
weight-distributing hitch, make sure
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
not to exceed the RGAWR before Towing Equipment If a step-bumper hitch will be used,
applying the weight distribution the bumper could be damaged in
spring bars. Hitches sharp turns. Make sure there
The correct hitch equipment helps is ample room when turning to avoid
Weight of the Trailering contact between the trailer and the
Combination maintain combination control. Many
trailers can be towed with a bumper.
It is important that the combination weight-carrying hitch which simply Consider using sway controls with
of the tow vehicle and trailer does features a coupler latched to the any trailer. Ask a trailering
not exceed any of its weight hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a professional about sway controls or
ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, pintle hook. Other trailers may refer to the trailer manufacturer's
Trailer Weight Rating, or Tongue require a weight-distributing hitch recommendations and instructions.
Weight. The only way to be sure it is that uses spring bars to distribute
not exceeding any of these ratings the trailer tongue weight among the Weight-Distributing Hitch and
is to weigh the tow vehicle and tow vehicle and trailer axles. Adjustment
trailer combination, fully loaded for Fifth-wheel and gooseneck hitches A weight-distributing hitch may be
the trip, getting individual weights may also be used. See “Weight of useful with some trailers. Use the
for each of these items. the Trailer Tongue” under Trailer following guidelines to determine if a
Towing 0 319 for rating limits with weight-distributing hitch should
various hitch types. be used.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Weight-Distributing Hitch
Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Usage Hitch Distribution
1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer
manufacturer’s
recommendation
1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%
2500/3500 Up to 9 080 kg (20,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer
manufacturer’s
recommendation
When using a weight-distributing than conventional trailers. Make

hitch, measure distance (2) before sure this weight does not cause the
coupling the trailer to the hitch ball. vehicle to exceed GAWR or GVWR.
Measure the height again after the Fifth-wheel or gooseneck kingpin
trailer is coupled and adjust the weight should be 15 to 25% of the
spring bars so the distance (2) is as trailer weight up to the maximum
close as possible to halfway amount specified in the trailering
between the two measurements. chart for the vehicle. See “Weight of
Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck the Trailer” under Trailer Towing
Trailering 0 319.
Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers The hitch should be located in the
can be used with many pickup pickup bed so that its centerline is
models. These trailers place a over or slightly in front of the rear
1. Front of Vehicle
larger percentage of the weight axle. Take care that it is not so far
2. Body to Ground Distance forward that it will contact the back
(kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle
of the cab in sharp turns. This is
especially important for short box
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
pickups. Trailer pin box extensions Trailer Brakes Be sure to follow the proper
and sliding fifth-wheel hitch installation instructions included with
A loaded trailer that weighs more
assemblies can help this condition. any electrical equipment that is
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) must be
There should be at least 15 cm (6 in) installed.
equipped with its own brake system,
of clearance between the top of the
with brakes working on all axles.
pickup box and the bottom of the Caution
Trailer braking equipment
trailer shelf that extends over
conforming to Canadian Standards
the box. Leaving electrical equipment on
Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is for extended periods will drain the
Safety Chains
recommended. battery. Always turn off electrical
Always attach chains between the equipment when not in use and
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the State and local regulations may also do not use equipment that
safety chains under the tongue of require the trailer to have its own exceeds the maximum amperage
the trailer to help prevent the tongue braking system if loaded above a rating of 30 amps for the auxiliary
from contacting the road if it certain threshold.
battery provision.
becomes separated from the hitch. Be sure to read and follow the
Instructions about safety chains instructions for the trailer brakes so
may be provided by the hitch they are installed, adjusted, and Trailer Wiring Harness
manufacturer or by the trailer maintained properly. The vehicle is equipped with one of
manufacturer. If the trailer being the following wiring harnesses for
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg Do not tap into the vehicle's
hydraulic brake system. towing a trailer or hauling a slide-in
(5,000 lb) with a factory-installed camper.
step bumper, safety chains may be Auxiliary Battery
attached to the attaching points on Basic Trailer Wiring
the bumper; otherwise, safety The auxiliary battery provision can
be used to supply electrical power All regular, double cab, and crew
chains should be attached to holes cab pickups have a seven-wire
on the trailer hitch platform. Always to additional equipment that may be
added, such as a slide-in camper. trailer towing harness.
leave just enough slack so the
combination can turn. Never allow If equipped, this relay will be on the
safety chains to drag on the ground. driver side of the vehicle, next to the
underhood electrical center.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Use only a round, seven-wire . Red/Green: Battery Feed

connector with flat blade terminals . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake
meeting SAE J2863 specifications
for proper electrical connectivity. To help charge a remote
(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
For vehicles not equipped with Haul Mode button at the end of the
heavy-duty trailering, the harness is shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
secured to the vehicle's frame Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
behind the spare tire mount. The headlamps to help charge the
harness requires the installation of a battery.
trailer connector, which is available
through your dealer. Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring
Package
Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness For vehicles with the fifth wheel/
Package For vehicles without the fifth wheel/
gooseneck trailer package, the
gooseneck tralier package,
harness connector is mounted on
seven-wire camper harness is under
the inside of the pickup bed behind
the rear bumper, attached to the
the rear wheel.
frame near the rear crossmember.
The seven-wire harness contains A connector must be added to the
the following trailer circuits: wiring harness that connects to the
. Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn camper.
Signal The harness contains the following
. Yellow/Gray: Left Stop/Turn camper/trailer circuits:
Signal . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn
. Gray/Brown: Taillamps/Parking Signal
Lamps . Yellow/Gray: Left Stop/Turn
For vehicles equipped with . White: Ground Signal
heavy-duty trailering, the harness . Gray/Brown: Taillamps/Parking
. White/Green: Back-up Lamps
connector is mounted in the bumper. Lamps
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. White: Ground Tow/Haul Mode Tow/Haul is a feature that assists
. White/Green: Back-up Lamps when pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul
. Red/Green: Battery Feed Mode 0 282.
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Tow/Haul is designed to be most
If the vehicle is equipped with the effective when the vehicle and
heavy-duty trailering option, see trailer combined weight is at least
“Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness 75% of the vehicle's Gross
Package” earlier in this section. Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer” under
When the camper-wiring harness is Trailer Towing 0 319. Tow/Haul is
ordered without the heavy-duty most useful under the following
trailering package, a seven-wire driving conditions:
harness with a seven-pin connector
is at the rear of the vehicle and is . When pulling a heavy trailer or a
tied to the vehicle's frame. Pressing this button at the end of large or heavy load through
the shift lever turns on and off the rolling terrain.
Electric Brake Control Wiring Tow/Haul Mode.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
Provisions large or heavy load in
These wiring provisions are stop-and-go traffic.
included with the vehicle as part of . When pulling a heavy trailer or a
the trailer wiring package. These large or heavy load in busy
provisions are for an electric brake parking lots where improved low
controller. speed control of the vehicle is
The harness should be installed by This indicator light on the instrument desired.
your dealer or a qualified service cluster comes on when the Tow/ Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
center. Haul Mode is on. when lightly loaded or with no trailer
at all will not cause damage.
However, there is no benefit to the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
selection of Tow/Haul when the system, and on the type of trailer The ITBC system is powered
vehicle is unloaded. Such a brakes detected. This available through the vehicle's electrical
selection when unloaded may result power output to the trailer brakes system. Turning the ignition off will
in unpleasant engine and can be adjusted to a wide range of also turn off the ITBC system. The
transmission driving characteristics trailering situations. ITBC system is fully functional only
and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ The ITBC system is integrated with when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
Haul is recommended only when the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
heavy load.
and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering { Warning
conditions that cause the vehicle’s
antilock brake or StabiliTrak Connecting a trailer that has an
Integrated Trailer Brake
systems to activate, power sent to air brake system may result in
Control System reduced or complete loss of trailer
the trailer's brakes will be
The vehicle may have an Integrated automatically adjusted to minimize braking. There may be an
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system trailer wheel lock-up. This does not increase in stopping distance or
for use with electric trailer brakes or imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak. trailer instability which could
most electric over hydraulic trailer result in personal injury or
brakes. If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
or StabiliTrak systems are not damage to the vehicle, trailer,
functioning properly, the ITBC or other property. Use the ITBC
system may not be fully functional system only with electric or
or may not function at all. Make sure electric over hydraulic trailer
all of these systems are fully brakes.
operational to ensure full
functionality of the ITBC system.
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake
Control Panel on vehicles with an
ITBC system. The power output to
the trailer brakes is based on the
amount of brake pressure being
applied by the vehicle’s brake
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Trailer Brake Control Panel along with the Trailer Brake Display TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be
Page on the Driver Information adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
Center (DIC) to adjust and display a trailer connected or disconnected.
power output to the trailer brakes. To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one
of the Trailer Gain Adjustment
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page buttons. Press and hold a gain
The ITBC system displays button to continuously adjust the
messages in the DIC. Trailer Gain. To turn the output to
The display page indicates Trailer the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain
Gain setting, power output to the setting to 0.0 (zero).
trailer brakes, trailer connection, and TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays
system operational status. anytime a trailer with electric brakes
To display the Trailer Brake Display is connected. Output to the trailer
Page, do any of the following: brakes is based on the amount of
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply vehicle braking present and relative
. Scroll through the DIC menu to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
Lever
pages. displayed from 0 to 100% for each
2. Trailer Gain Adjustment
Buttons . Press a Trailer Gain button. gain setting.
If the Trailer Brake Display Page The Trailer Output will indicate
The ITBC system has a control is not currently displayed, press
panel on the instrument panel to the “- - - - - -” on the Trailer Brake
a Trailer Gain button to recall the Display Page whenever the
left of the steering column. See current Trailer Gain setting.
Instrument Panel 0 6. The control following occur:
Each press and release of the
panel allows adjustment to the . No trailer is connected.
gain buttons will then change the
amount of output, referred to as Trailer Gain setting. . A trailer without electric brakes
Trailer Gain, available to the trailer is connected (no DIC message
brakes and allows manual . Activate the Manual Trailer
Brake Apply Lever. will display).
application of the trailer brakes. The
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. A trailer with electric brakes has Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Adjusting Trailer Gain at
become disconnected (a Trailer Gain should be set for a speeds lower than 32 to
CHECK TRAILER WIRING specific trailering condition and must 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may
message will also display on be adjusted anytime vehicle loading, result in an incorrect gain
the DIC). trailer loading, or road surface setting.
. There is a fault present in the conditions change. 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using
wiring to the trailer brakes (a the Trailer Gain Adjustment
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message will also display on
{ Warning Buttons, to just below the point
of trailer wheel lock-up,
the DIC). Trailer brakes that are indicated by trailer wheel
. The ITBC system is not working over-gained or under-gained may squeal or tire smoke when a
due to a fault (a SERVICE not stop the vehicle and the trailer trailer wheel locks.
TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM as intended and can result in a Trailer wheel lock-up may not
message will also display in crash. Always follow the occur if towing a heavily loaded
the DIC). instructions to set the Trailer Gain trailer. In this case, adjust the
for the proper trailer stopping Trailer Gain to the highest
Manual Trailer Brake Apply allowable setting for the towing
performance.
The Manual Trailer Brake Apply condition.
Lever is used to apply the trailer’s 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime
Use the following to adjust Trailer
electric brakes independent of the vehicle loading, trailer loading,
Gain for each towing condition:
vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to or road surface conditions
the left will apply only the trailer 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
change or if trailer wheel
brakes. Use this lever to adjust attached on a level road
lock-up is noticed at any time
Trailer Gain to properly adjust the surface representative of the
while towing.
power output to the trailer brakes. towing condition and free of
traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake
(20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
lamps will come on when either
the Manual Trailer Brake Apply
vehicle brakes or manual trailer
Lever.
brakes are applied.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages If the disconnect occurs while If the CHECK TRAILER
In addition to displaying TRAILER the vehicle is moving, this WIRING message only
GAIN and OUTPUT through the message will continue until the reappears when connecting the
DIC, trailer connection and ITBC ignition is turned off. This trailer wiring harness to the
system status are displayed on message will also turn off if it is vehicle, the electrical fault is on
the DIC. acknowledged or if the trailer the trailer side.
harness is reconnected. SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
. There is an electrical fault in the SYSTEM: This message will display
message will briefly display when a
trailer with electric brakes is first wiring to the trailer brakes. This when there is a problem with the
connected to the vehicle. This message will continue as long ITBC system. If this message
message will automatically turn off as there is an electrical fault in continues over multiple ignition
in about 10 seconds. This message the trailer wiring. This message cycles, there is a problem with the
can be acknowledged before it will also turn off if it is ITBC system. Have the vehicle
automatically turns off. acknowledged. serviced.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This To determine if the electrical fault is If either the CHECK TRAILER
message will display if: on the vehicle side or trailer side of WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER
the trailer wiring harness BRAKE SYSTEM message displays
. The ITBC system first connection: while driving, the ITBC system may
determines connection to a not be fully functional or may not
trailer with electric brakes and 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
harness from the vehicle. function at all. When traffic
then the trailer harness becomes conditions allow, carefully pull the
disconnected from the vehicle. 2. Turn the ignition off. vehicle over to the side of the road
If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the and turn the ignition off. Check the
the vehicle is stationary, this ignition back to RUN. wiring connection to the trailer and
message will automatically turn turn the ignition back on. If either of
4. If the CHECK TRAILER these messages continues, either
off in about 30 seconds. This WIRING message reappears,
message will also turn off if it is the vehicle or trailer needs service.
the electrical fault is on the
acknowledged or if the trailer vehicle side.
harness is reconnected.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
A GM dealer may be able to and the trailer has the electric

diagnose and repair problems with actuated brake system, StabiliTrak Warning (Continued)
the trailer. However, any diagnosis may also apply the trailer brakes.
and repair of the trailer is not improperly or overloaded trailer,
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
covered under the vehicle warranty. unrestrained cargo, improper
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Contact your trailer dealer for warning light will flash on the trailer hitch configuration,
assistance with trailer repairs and instrument cluster. Vehicle speed excessive vehicle-trailer speed,
trailer warranty information. must be reduced. If trailer sway or improperly inflated or incorrect
continues, StabiliTrak can reduce vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing
Trailer Sway engine torque to help slow the Equipment 0 336 for trailer ratings
Control (TSC) vehicle. See Traction Control/ and hitch setup
Electronic Stability Control 0 296. recommendations.
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.
Trailer sway is unintended { Warning Adding non-dealer accessories can
side-to-side motion of a trailer while affect the vehicle performance. See
being towed. If the vehicle is towing Even if the vehicle is equipped Accessories and Modifications
a trailer and the TSC detects that with TSC, trailer sway could result 0 353.
sway is increasing, the vehicle in loss of control and the vehicle
brakes are selectively applied at could crash. If excessive trailer
each wheel, to help reduce sway is detected, slow down to a
excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle safe speed. Check the trailer and
is equipped with the Integrated vehicle to help correct possible
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, causes. These could include an
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Conversions and Caution

Adding a Snow Plow or
Add-Ons Similar Equipment
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause Caution
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
Equipment would not be covered by the Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph)
vehicle warranty. Always check with a snow plow mounted to the
{ Warning with your dealer before adding vehicle. The vehicle could
electrical equipment. overheat and be damaged.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service
and Emission Inspection/ Add-on equipment can drain the Before installing a snow plow on the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle, follow these guidelines:
Maintenance testing. See
vehicle is not operating.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 138. The vehicle has an airbag system. Caution
A device connected to the DLC — Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see If the vehicle does not have the
such as an aftermarket fleet or
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped snow plow prep package, RPO
driver-behavior tracking device —
Vehicle 0 86 and Adding Equipment VYU, adding a plow can damage
may interfere with vehicle
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle the vehicle, and the repairs would
systems. This could affect vehicle
0 87. not be covered by the vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
warranty. Unless the vehicle was
Such devices may also access For information on wiring auxiliary
built to carry a snow plow, do not
information stored in the vehicle’s switches, see www.gmupfitter.com
or contact your dealer. add one to the vehicle. If the
systems.
vehicle has RPO VYU, then the
payload the vehicle can carry will
be reduced when a snow plow is
installed. The vehicle can be
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
much if there is other equipment . Make sure the weight on the

Caution (Continued) already adding to the weight of the front and rear axles does not
vehicle. exceed the axle rating for each.
damaged if either the front or rear
axle ratings or the Gross Vehicle To safely carry a snow plow on the . For the front axle, if more cargo
Weight Rating (GVWR) are vehicle: or passengers must be carried,
exceeded. . Follow all aftermarket snow plow appropriate counter ballast must
manufacturer’s instructions for be installed rear of the rear axle.
the operation and transportation Counter ballast must be properly
The plow the vehicle can carry secured so it will not move
depends on many things, such as: of the snow plow.
during driving.
. The options the vehicle came . With a snow plow attached, the
. Rear ballast may be required to
with, and the weight of those engine coolant temperature
gauge may show a higher ensure a proper front and rear
options. weight distribution ratio, even
temperature than while driving
. The weight and number of without one. The snow plow though the actual weight at the
passengers to be carried. could block the airflow to the front axle may be less than the
radiator. This could be more front axle rating.
. The weight of items added to the
vehicle, like a tool box or noticeable as vehicle speed . The snow plow manufacturer or
truck cap. increases. At speeds above installer can assist in
72 km (45 mph), this may cause determining the amount of rear
. The total weight of any the engine coolant to overheat. ballast required, to help make
additional cargo to be carried. sure the snow plow/vehicle
. To increase the airflow, move the
For example, if the snow plow snow plow blade postion. combination does not exceed
weighs 318 kg (700 lb), the total the GVW rating, the front and
weight of all occupants and cargo . If driving more than 24 km rear axle ratings, and the front
inside the cab should not exceed (15 mi), angle the plow blade and rear weight distribution ratio.
135 kg (300 lb). This means that you position.
. The total vehicle must not
may only be able to carry one exceed the GVW rating.
passenger. Even this may be too
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Front axle reserve capacity is the

difference between the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR) and the front
axle weight of the vehicle with full
fuel and passengers. This is the
amount of weight that can be added
to the front axle before reaching the
front GAWR.
Canada (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the

The front axle reserve capacity for accessory is adding to the
the vehicle is in the lower right front axle.
corner of the Certification/Tire label. Where:
To calculate the amount of weight W = Weight of added accessory
any front accessory, such as a snow A = Distance that the accessory
plow, is adding to the front axle, use is in front of the front axle
this formula: W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase
United States
For example, adding a 318 kg
(700 lb) snow plow actually adds
more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the
front axle. Using the formula, if the
snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of
the front axle and the wheelbase is
305 cm (10 ft), then:
W = 318 kg (700 lb)
A = 122 cm (4 ft)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) go to a weigh station and weigh the

Warning (Continued) vehicle. Your dealer can also help
(W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. = with this.
(318 x (122 + 305))/305 = 445 kg enough weight on the rear axle to
(980 lb) have proper braking performance. The total vehicle reserve capacity
If the brakes cannot work for the vehicle is in the lower right
This means if the front axle reserve corner of the Certification/Tire label
capacity is more than 445 kg properly, the vehice could crash.
Always follow the snow plow as shown previously.
(980 lb), the snow plow could be
added without exceeding the manufacturer or installer's See your dealer for additional
front GAWR. recommendation for rear ballast advice and information about using
to ensure a proper front and rear a snow plow on the vehicle. Also,
Heavier equipment can be added on see Vehicle Load Limits 0 259.
the front of the vehicle if less cargo weight distribution ratio.
or fewer passengers are carried, Maintaining a proper front and Emergency Roof Lamp
or by positioning cargo toward the rear weight distribution ratio is
Provisions
rear. This reduces the load on the necessary to provide proper
front. However, the front GAWR, braking performance. Vehicles with the RPO VYU snow
rear GAWR, and Gross Vehicle plow prep package also have an
Weight Rating (GVWR) must never emergency roof lamp provision
Total vehicle reserve capacity is the package, RPO TRW. Wiring for the
be exceeded. difference between the GVWR and emergency roof lamp is provided
the weight of the truck with full fuel above the overhead console. See
{ Warning and passengers. It is the amount of Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp 0 176
weight that can be added to the for switch location.
On some vehicles that have vehicle before reaching the GVWR.
certain front mounted equipment, Reserve capacity numbers are
such as a snow plow, it may be intended as a guide when selecting
possible to load the front axle to the amount of equipment or cargo
the front Gross Axle Weight the truck can carry. If unsure of the
Rating (GAWR) but not have vehicle's front, rear, or total weight,
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Chassis Cab
We are aware that some vehicle
owners might consider having the
pickup box removed and a
commercial or recreational body
installed. Owners should be aware
that, as manufactured, there are
differences between a chassis cab
and a pickup with the box removed
which could affect vehicle safety.
The components necessary to adapt
a pickup to permit its safe use with
a specialized body should be
installed by the body builder.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 351
Overheated Engine Protection

Vehicle Care Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Power Steering Fluid (1500 High Intensity Discharge (HID)
General Information Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 352 Power Steering Fluid (2500/ LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
California Proposition 3500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Sidemarker, and Parking
California Perchlorate Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Materials Requirements . . . . . 353 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Accessories and Battery - North America . . . . . . 380 Taillamps (Chassis Cab
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Vehicle Checks Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Doing Your Own Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 383 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 384 Center High-Mounted
Engine Compartment Automatic Transmission Shift Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Lock Control Function Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 363 Ignition Transmission Lock
Automatic Transmission Fluid Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Electrical System
Park Brake and P (Park) High Voltage Devices and
(6-Speed Transmission) . . . . . 364
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 385 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 385 Electrical System Overload . . . 391
(8-Speed Transmission) . . . . . 367
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 386 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 367
Engine Compartment Fuse
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Headlamp Aiming Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 368 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
(Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Instrument Panel Fuse
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 373
Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
352 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 General Information

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 432
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 For service and parts needs, visit
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Jump Starting your dealer. You will receive
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Jump Starting - North genuine GM parts and GM-trained
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 and supported service people.
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 400 Towing the Vehicle Genuine GM parts have one of
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 437 these marks:
Tire Terminology and Recreational Vehicle
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Tire Pressure for High-Speed Appearance Care
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Tire Pressure Monitor Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
California Proposition
Uniform Tire Quality 65 Warning
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
Wheel Alignment and Tire including this one, as well as many
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 of its service parts and fluids,
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 420 contain and/or emit chemicals
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 known to the State of California to
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 353
cause cancer and birth defects or Accessories and Damage to vehicle components
other reproductive harm. Engine resulting from modifications or the
exhaust, many parts and systems,
Modifications installation or use of non-GM
many fluids, and some component Adding non-dealer accessories or certified parts, including control
wear by-products contain and/or making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is
emit these chemicals. can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
See Battery - North America 0 380 safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect
and Jump Starting - North America airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for
0 433. handling, emissions systems, affected parts.
aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to
electronic systems like antilock
California Perchlorate brakes, traction control, and stability
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
Materials Requirements control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
Certain types of automotive modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories
applications, such as airbag malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician.
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, by the vehicle warranty.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
and lithium batteries contained in Damage to suspension components Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 87.
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, caused by modifying vehicle height
may contain perchlorate materials. outside of factory settings will not be
Special handling may be necessary. covered by the vehicle warranty.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
354 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks Keep a record with all parts receipts

and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Doing Your Own Maintenance Records 0 467.
Service Work
Caution
{ Warning Even small amounts of
It can be dangerous to work on contamination can cause damage
your vehicle if you do not have to vehicle systems. Do not allow
the proper knowledge, service contaminants to contact the fluids,
manual, tools, or parts. Always reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
follow owner’s manual procedures 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
and consult the service manual find the secondary hood
for your vehicle before doing any Hood release. The handle is under
service work. To open the hood: the front edge of the hood near
the center. Push the handle to
If doing some of your own service the right and at the same time
work, use the proper service raise the hood.
manual. It tells you much more Before closing the hood, be sure all
about how to service the vehicle the filler caps are on properly. Then
than this manual can. To order the bring the hood from full open to
proper service manual, see Service within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
Publications Ordering Information 1. Pull the handle with this symbol position, pause, and push the front
0 482. on it. It is inside the vehicle center of the hood with a swift, firm
under the steering wheel. motion to fully close the hood.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 355
Engine Compartment Overview
4.3L V6 Engine
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
356 Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 6. Remote Negative (–) Location. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid
Jump Starting - North America See Jump Starting - North Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
0 433. America 0 433. Fluid” under Washer Fluid
2. Battery - North America 0 380. 7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of 0 376.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and View). See Cooling System 12. Clutch Fluid Reservoir (If
Pressure Cap. See Cooling 0 369. Equipped). See Hydraulic
System 0 369. 8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When Clutch 0 367.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 368. to Add Engine Oil” under 13. Engine Compartment Fuse
Engine Oil 0 360. Block 0 392.
5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick (If Equipped). See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“How to Check Automatic “Checking Engine Oil” under
Transmission Fluid” under Engine Oil 0 360.
Automatic Transmission Fluid 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
(6-Speed Transmission) 0 364 Brake Fluid 0 378.
or Automatic Transmission
Fluid (8-Speed Transmission)
0 367.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 357
5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar

9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
358 Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 6. Remote Negative (–) Location 10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Jump Starting - North America (Out of View). See Jump Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
0 433. Starting - North America 0 433. Fluid” under Washer Fluid
2. Battery - North America 0 380. 7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of 0 376.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and View). See Cooling System 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Pressure Cap. See Cooling 0 369. Brake Fluid 0 378.
System 0 369. 8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When 12. Engine Compartment Fuse
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 368. to Add Engine Oil” under Block 0 392.
Engine Oil 0 360.
5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick (If Equipped). See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“How to Check Automatic “Checking Engine Oil” under
Transmission Fluid” under Engine Oil 0 360.
(6-Speed Transmission) 0 364
or Automatic Transmission
Fluid (8-Speed Transmission)
0 367.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 359
6.0L V8 Engine
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
360 Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Remote Negative (–) Location. Engine Oil
Jump Starting - North America See Jump Starting - North
0 433. America 0 433. For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel
2. Battery - North America 0 380. 10. Power Steering Fluid supplement.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Reservoir. See Power Steering
Fluid (1500 Series) 0 376 or To ensure proper engine
Pressure Cap. See Cooling performance and long life, careful
System 0 369. Power Steering Fluid (2500/
3500 Series) 0 376. attention must be paid to engine oil.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 368. Following these simple, but
11. Windshield Washer Fluid important steps will help protect
5. Automatic Transmission Reservoir. See “Adding Washer your investment:
Dipstick (If Equipped). See Fluid” under Washer Fluid
“How to Check Automatic 0 376. . Use engine oil approved to the
Transmission Fluid” under proper specification and of the
Automatic Transmission Fluid 12. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See proper viscosity grade. See
(6-Speed Transmission) 0 364 Brake Fluid 0 378. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
or Automatic Transmission 13. Auxiliary Battery (If Equipped). in this section.
Fluid (8-Speed Transmission) See Battery - North America . Check the engine oil level
0 367. 0 380. regularly and maintain the
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 14. Engine Compartment Fuse proper oil level. See “Checking
“Checking Engine Oil” under Block 0 392. Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil 0 360. Engine Oil” in this section.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When and/or an Allison Transmission, see . Change the engine oil at the
to Add Engine Oil” under the Duramax diesel supplement. appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Engine Oil 0 360. Life System 0 363.
For an eAssist vehicle, see the
8. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Silverado/Sierra eAssist . Always dispose of engine oil
View). See Cooling System supplement. properly. See “What to Do with
0 369. Used Oil” in this section.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 361
Checking Engine Oil checking a cold engine prior to use. For engine oil crankcase
starting. Remove the dipstick capacity, see Capacities and
Check the engine oil level regularly,
and check the level. Specifications 0 469.
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
prior to a long trip. The engine oil . If unable to wait two hours, the
dipstick handle is a loop. See engine must be off for at least Caution
Engine Compartment Overview 15 minutes if the engine is
0 355 for the location. warm, or at least 30 minutes if Do not add too much oil. Oil
the engine is not warm. Pull out levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
{ Warning the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
paper towel or cloth, then push it shown on the dipstick are harmful
The engine oil dipstick handle back in all the way. Remove it to the engine. If you find that you
may be hot; it could burn you. again, keeping the tip down, and have an oil level above the
Use a towel or glove to touch the check the level. operating range, i.e., the engine
dipstick handle. has so much oil that the oil level
When to Add Engine Oil gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
If a low oil Driver Information Center operating range, the engine could
(DIC) message displays, check the be damaged. You should drain
oil level. out the excess oil or limit driving
Follow these guidelines: of the vehicle and seek a service
. To get an accurate reading, park professional to remove the
the vehicle on level ground. excess amount of oil.
Check the engine oil level after If the oil is below the cross-hatched
the engine has been off for at area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least See Engine Compartment Overview
least two hours. Checking the 0 355 for the location of the engine
engine oil level on steep grades 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck oil fill cap.
or too soon after engine shutoff
can result in incorrect readings. the level. See “Selecting the Right
Accuracy improves when Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
362 Vehicle Care
Add enough oil to put the level Engine Oil Additives/Engine

somewhere in the proper operating Caution Oil Flushes
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through. Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is
the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and
Selecting the right engine oil
engine protection.
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade. Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
See Recommended Fluids and recommended and could cause
Lubricants 0 463. Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade for engine damage not covered by the
the 5.3L and 6.2L V8 engines. Use vehicle warranty.
Specification SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade for the
Ask for and use engine oils that 4.3L V6, and 6.0L V8 engines. What to Do with Used Oil
meet the dexos1™ specification. Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain
Engine oils that have been area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for
approved by GM as meeting the temperature falls below −29 °C your skin and could even cause
dexos1 specification are marked (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
with the dexos1 approved logo. See used in the 4.3L or 6.0L engine. An your skin for very long. Clean your
www.gmdexos.com. oil of this viscosity grade will provide skin and nails with soap and water,
easier cold starting for the engine at or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
extremely low temperatures. properly dispose of clothing or rags
When selecting an oil of the containing used engine oil. See the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is manufacturer's warnings about the
recommended to select an oil of the use and disposal of oil products.
correct specification. See Used oil can be a threat to the
“Specification” earlier in this section. environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 363
trash or pouring it on the ground, the oil life system might indicate that engine oil life to 100% after every oil
into sewers, or into streams or an oil change is not necessary for change. It will not reset itself. To
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking up to a year. The engine oil and reset the engine oil life system:
it to a place that collects used oil. filter must be changed at least once 1. Display the OIL LIFE
a year and, at this time, the system REMAINING on the DIC. If the
Engine Oil Life System must be reset. For vehicles without vehicle does not have DIC
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON buttons, the vehicle must be in
When to Change Engine Oil message, an oil change is needed P (Park) to access this display.
This vehicle has a computer system when the OIL LIFE REMAINING See Driver Information Center
that indicates when to change the percentage is near 0%. Your dealer (DIC) (Base Level) 0 145 or
engine oil and filter. This is based has trained service people who will Driver Information Center (DIC)
on a combination of factors which perform this work and reset the (Uplevel) 0 147.
include engine revolutions, engine system. It is also important to check
temperature, and miles driven. the oil regularly over the course of 2. Press and hold V, or the trip
Based on driving conditions, the an oil drain interval and keep it at odometer reset stem if the
mileage at which an oil change is the proper level. vehicle does not have DIC
indicated can vary considerably. For If the system is ever reset buttons, for several seconds.
the oil life system to work properly, accidentally, the oil must be The oil life will change
the system must be reset every time changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) to 100%.
the oil is changed. since the last oil change. The oil life system can also be reset
On some vehicles, when the system Remember to reset the oil life as follows:
has calculated that oil life has been system whenever the oil is changed.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE How to Reset the Engine Oil with the engine off.
OIL SOON message comes on to Life System
indicate that an oil change is 2. Fully press the accelerator
necessary. See Engine Oil Reset the system whenever the pedal slowly three times within
Messages 0 152. Change the oil as engine oil is changed so that the five seconds.
soon as possible within the next system can calculate the next
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, engine oil change. Always reset the
if driving under the best conditions,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
364 Vehicle Care
3. Display the OIL LIFE dealer service department and have How to Check Automatic
REMAINING on the DIC. If the it repaired before driving the vehicle Transmission Fluid
display shows 100%, the further.
system is reset.
Caution
If the vehicle has a CHANGE Caution
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it Too much or too little fluid can
comes back on when the vehicle is Use of the incorrect automatic damage the transmission. Too
started and/or the OIL LIFE transmission fluid may damage much can mean that some of the
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine the vehicle, and the damage may fluid could come out and fall on
oil life system has not been reset. not be covered by the vehicle hot engine parts or exhaust
Repeat the procedure. warranty. Always use the system parts, starting a fire. Too
automatic transmission fluid listed little fluid could cause the
Automatic Transmission in Recommended Fluids and transmission to overheat. Be sure
Fluid (6-Speed Lubricants 0 463. to get an accurate reading if
checking the transmission fluid.
Transmission)
Change the fluid and filter at the
When to Check and Change scheduled maintenance intervals Before checking the fluid level,
Automatic Transmission Fluid listed in Maintenance Schedule prepare the vehicle:
0 453. Be sure to use the
It is usually not necessary to check 1. Start the engine and park the
transmission fluid listed in
the transmission fluid level. The only vehicle on a level surface.
Recommended Fluids and
reason for fluid loss is a Keep the engine running.
Lubricants 0 463.
transmission leak or overheated
transmission. If a small leak is 2. Apply the parking brake and
suspected, then use the following place the shift lever in P (Park).
checking procedures to check the 3. With your foot on the brake
fluid level. However, if there is a pedal, move the shift lever
large leak, then it may be necessary through each gear range,
to have the vehicle towed to a pausing for about
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 365
three seconds in each range. Cold Check Procedure 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
Then, move the shift lever back Use this procedure only as a the dipstick and wipe it with a
to P (Park). reference to determine if the clean rag or paper towel.
4. Allow the engine to idle transmission has enough fluid to be 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
(500–800 rpm) for at least operated safely until a hot check back in all the way; wait
one minute. Slowly release the procedure can be made. The hot three seconds, and then pull it
brake pedal. check procedure is the most back out again.
5. Keep the engine running and accurate method to check the fluid 4. Check both sides of the
check the transmission fluid level. Perform the hot check dipstick and read the lower
temperature on the Driver procedure at the first opportunity. level. Repeat the check
Information Center (DIC). Use this cold check procedure to procedure to verify the reading.
See Driver Information Center check fluid level when the
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 145 or transmission temperature is
Driver Information Center (DIC) between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and
(Uplevel) 0 147. 90 °F).
6. Using the transmission fluid

temperature reading, determine
and perform the appropriate
check procedure. If the 5. If the fluid level is below the
transmission fluid temperature COLD check band, add only
reading is not within the enough fluid as necessary to
required temperature ranges, 1. Locate the transmission bring the level into the COLD
allow the vehicle to cool, dipstick at the rear of the band. It does not take much
or operate the vehicle until the engine compartment, on the fluid, generally less than 0.5 L
appropriate transmission fluid passenger side of the vehicle. (1 pt). Do not overfill.
temperature is reached.
See Engine Compartment 6. Perform a hot check at the first
Overview 0 355. opportunity after the
transmission reaches a normal
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
366 Vehicle Care
operating temperature between

71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to
200 °F).
7. If the fluid level is in the
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way,
then flip the handle down to 1. Locate the transmission
dipstick at the rear of the 5. Safe operating level is within
lock the dipstick in place. the HOT cross hatch band on
engine compartment, on the
Hot Check Procedure passenger side of the vehicle. the dipstick. If the fluid level is
not within the HOT band, and
Use this procedure to check the See Engine Compartment the transmission temperature is
transmission fluid level when the Overview 0 355. between 71 °C and 93 °C
transmission fluid temperature is (160 °F and 200 °F), add or
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F drain fluid as necessary to
the dipstick and wipe it with a
and 200 °F). bring the level into the HOT
clean rag or paper towel.
The hot check is the most accurate band. If the fluid level is low,
3. Install the dipstick by pushing it add only enough fluid to bring
method to check the fluid level. The
back in all the way; wait the level into the HOT band.
hot check should be performed at
three seconds, and then pull it It does not take much fluid,
the first opportunity in order to verify
back out again. generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt).
the cold check. The fluid level rises
as fluid temperature increases, so it 4. Check both sides of the Do not overfill.
is important to ensure the dipstick and read the lower 6. If the fluid level is in the
transmission temperature is within level. Repeat the check acceptable range, push the
range. procedure to verify the reading. dipstick back in all the way,
then flip the handle down to
lock the dipstick in place.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 367
Consistency of Readings service manual. See Service occurs, take the vehicle to your
Publications Ordering Information dealer service department and have
Always check the fluid level at least
0 482. it repaired as soon as possible. See
twice using the procedure described
previously. Consistency (repeatable
Caution Lubricants 0 463 for the proper fluid
readings) is important to maintaining
to use.
proper fluid level. If readings are still
inconsistent, contact the dealer. Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage Hydraulic Clutch
the vehicle, and the damage may
Automatic Transmission not be covered by the vehicle
For vehicles with a manual
Fluid (8-Speed transmission, it is not necessary to
warranty. Always use the regularly check clutch fluid unless
Transmission) automatic transmission fluid listed you suspect there is a leak in the
in Recommended Fluids and system. Adding fluid will not correct
When to Check and Change Lubricants 0 463. a leak. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the
It is usually not necessary to check Change the fluid and filter at the system inspected and repaired.
the transmission fluid level. The only scheduled maintenance intervals
reason for fluid loss is a When to Check and What
listed in Maintenance Schedule to Use
transmission leak or overheated 0 453. Be sure to use the
transmission. This vehicle is not transmission fluid listed in The hydraulic clutch fluid reservoir
equipped with a transmission fluid Recommended Fluids and is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
level dipstick. There is a special Lubricants 0 463. indicated on the reservoir cap. See
procedure for checking and Engine Compartment Overview
changing the transmission fluid in 0 355 for reservoir location.
these vehicles. Because this
Manual Transmission
procedure is difficult, this should be Fluid How to Check and Add Fluid
done at the dealer. Contact the It is not necessary to check the Visually check the clutch fluid
dealer for additional information or manual transmission fluid level. reservoir to make sure the fluid level
the procedure can be found in the A transmission fluid leak is the only is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
368 Vehicle Care
side of the reservoir. The hydraulic How to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air
clutch fluid system should be closed Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter:
and sealed.
Do not start the engine or have the
Do not remove the cap to check the engine running with the engine air
fluid level or to top-off the fluid level. cleaner/filter housing open. Before
Remove the cap only when removing the engine air cleaner/
necessary to add the proper fluid filter, make sure that the engine air
until the level reaches the MIN line. cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter debris. Remove the engine air
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
see “8-Cylinder Pickup Models” the engine air cleaner/filter (away
under “Engine Air Cleaner/Filter” in from the vehicle), to release loose
the Duramax diesel supplement for dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
the correct inspection and cleaner/filter for damage, and
replacement procedures. replace if damaged. Do not clean 1. Screws
the engine air cleaner/filter or 2. Electrical Connectors
The engine air cleaner/filter is on components with water or 3. Air Duct Clamp
the passenger side of the engine compressed air.
compartment. See Engine 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
Compartment Overview 0 355. assembly. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 355.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by
Cleaner/Filter
loosening the air duct
For intervals on changing and clamp (3).
inspecting the engine air filter, see
3. Disconnect the electrical
Maintenance Schedule 0 453.
connectors (2) and the
connector harness from the
cover.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 369
4. Remove the four screws (1) on

top of the cover of the housing Caution
and lift up the cover.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
5. Remove the engine air cleaner/ can easily get into the engine,
filter from the housing. Take which could damage it. Always
care to dislodge as little dirt as have the air cleaner/filter in place
possible. when you are driving.
6. Clean the engine air cleaner/
filter sealing surfaces and the
housing. Cooling System
7. Inspect or replace the engine If the vehicle has the Duramax
air cleaner/filter. diesel engine, see the Duramax 5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 4.3L
diesel supplement. V6 Engine and 6.2L V8 Engine
8. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstall
the filter cover housing. The cooling system allows the Similar
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature. 1. Coolant Surge Tank
{ Warning 2. Coolant Surge Tank
Operating the engine with the air Pressure Cap
cleaner/filter off can cause you or 3. Engine Electric Cooling
others to be burned. The air Fans (Out of View)
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine { Warning
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not An electric engine cooling fan can
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. start even when the engine is not
running. To avoid injury, always
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
370 Vehicle Care
Engine Coolant
Warning (Continued) { Warning
The cooling system in the vehicle is
keep hands, clothing, and tools Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL® engine
away from any engine other engine parts, can be very coolant. This coolant is designed to
cooling fan. hot. Do not touch them. If you do, remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
you can be burned. 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it The following explains the cooling
could lose all coolant. That could system and how to check and add
cause an engine fire, and you coolant when it is low. If there is a
could be burned. Get any leak problem with engine overheating,
fixed before you drive the vehicle. see Engine Overheating 0 373.
What to Use
Caution { Warning
Using coolant other than Adding only plain water or some
6.0L V8 Engine DEX-COOL® can cause other liquid to the cooling system
premature engine, heater core, can be dangerous. Plain water
1. Coolant Surge Tank or radiator corrosion. In addition, and other liquids, can boil before
2. Coolant Surge Tank the engine coolant could require the proper coolant mixture will.
Pressure Cap changing sooner. Any repairs The coolant warning system is set
3. Engine Belt-Driven Cooling would not be covered by the for the proper coolant mixture.
Fan (Out of View) vehicle warranty. Always use With plain water or the wrong
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant mixture, the engine could get too
in the vehicle. hot but you would not get the
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 371
Checking Coolant
Warning (Continued) Caution
The coolant surge tank is located in
overheat warning. The engine If improper coolant mixture, the engine compartment on the
could catch fire and you or inhibitors, or additives are used in passenger side of the vehicle. See
others could be burned. Use a the vehicle cooling system, the Engine Compartment Overview
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine could overheat and be 0 355.
water and DEX-COOL coolant. damaged. Too much water in the The vehicle must be on a level
mixture can freeze and crack surface when checking the coolant
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, engine cooling parts. The repairs level.
drinkable water and DEX-COOL would not be covered by the
coolant. If using this mixture, vehicle warranty. Use only the
nothing else needs to be added. proper mixture of engine coolant
This mixture: for the cooling system. See
. Gives freezing protection down
Lubricants 0 463.
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
. Gives boiling protection up to Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, or by pouring
129 °C (265 °F), engine
it on the ground, or into sewers,
temperature.
streams, or bodies of water. Have
. Protects against rust and the coolant changed by an
corrosion. authorized service center, familiar 5.3L V8 Shown, 4.3L V6, 6.0L V8,
. Will not damage aluminum parts. with legal requirements regarding and 6.2L V8 Similar
used coolant disposal. This will help
. Helps keep the proper engine Check to see if coolant is visible in
protect the environment and your
temperature. the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
health.
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, wait until it cools down. The
coolant level should be at or above
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
372 Vehicle Care
the FULL COLD mark. If it is not,

there may be a leak in the cooling Caution
system.
This vehicle has a specific
If coolant is visible but the coolant coolant fill procedure. Failure to
level is not at or above the FULL follow this procedure could cause
COLD mark, see “How to Add the engine to overheat and be
Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Light-Duty Heavy-Duty
severely damaged. Coolant Surge Coolant Surge
for Gasoline Engines,” following.
Tank Tank
How to Add Coolant to the Pressure Cap Pressure Cap
Coolant Surge Tank for { Warning
Gasoline Engines 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
Steam and scalding liquids from a pressure cap when the cooling
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
hot cooling system can blow out system, including the coolant
see “Cooling System” in the
and burn you badly. Never turn surge tank pressure cap and
Duramax diesel supplement for the
the cap when the cooling system, upper radiator hose, is no
proper coolant fill procedure.
including the surge tank pressure longer hot.
{ Warning cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling

system and surge tank pressure
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about one full
You can be burned if you spill cap to cool. turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
coolant on hot engine parts. that to stop. A hiss means
Coolant contains ethylene glycol there is still some pressure left.
If no coolant is visible in the surge
and it will burn if the engine parts tank, add coolant. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap
are hot enough. Do not spill slowly, and remove it.
coolant on a hot engine. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the FULL
COLD mark.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 373
4. With the coolant surge tank Engine Overheating If the decision is made not to lift the
pressure cap off, start the hood when this warning appears,
engine and let it run until the If the vehicle has the Duramax get service help right away. See
engine coolant temperature diesel engine, see the Duramax Roadside Assistance Program
gauge indicates approximately diesel supplement. 0 477.
90 °C (195 °F). If the decision is made to lift the
By this time, the coolant level Caution hood, make sure the vehicle is
inside the coolant surge tank Running the engine without parked on a level surface.
may be lower. If the level is
coolant may cause damage or a 4.3L V6, 5.3L V8, and 6.2L
lower, add more of the proper
fire. Vehicle damage would not be V8 Engines
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the covered by the vehicle warranty. Check to see if the engine cooling
FULL COLD mark. fans are running. If the engine is
5. Replace the pressure cap The vehicle has several indicators overheating, the fans should be
tightly. to warn of engine overheating. running. If they are not, do not
continue to run the engine and have
6. Verify coolant level after the There is a coolant temperature
the vehicle serviced.
engine is shut off and the gauge in the vehicle's instrument
coolant is cold. If necessary, cluster. See Engine Coolant If Steam is Coming from the
repeat coolant fill procedure Temperature Gauge 0 133. Engine Compartment
Steps 1–6. In addition, there are ENGINE
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, { Warning
Caution ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS Steam from an overheated engine
If the pressure cap is not tightly REDUCED messages in the Driver can burn you badly, even if you
installed, coolant loss and Information Center (DIC). See just open the hood. Stay away
possible engine damage may Engine Cooling System Messages from the engine if you see or hear
occur. Be sure the cap is properly 0 152 and Engine Power Messages steam coming from it. Just turn it
and tightly secured. 0 153. (Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
374 Vehicle Care
If there is an engine overheat displays, the vehicle can be driven.

Warning (Continued) warning, but no steam is seen or Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
heard, the problem may not be too for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
off and get everyone away from serious. Sometimes the engine can vehicle distance from the vehicle in
the vehicle until it cools down. get a little too hot when the vehicle: front. If the warning does not come
Wait until there is no sign of back on, continue to drive normally
steam or coolant before you open . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
and have the cooling system
the hood. . Stops after high-speed driving. checked for proper fill and function.
If you keep driving when the . Idles for long periods in traffic. If the warning continues, pull over,
engine is overheated, the liquids . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing stop, and park the vehicle
in it can catch fire. You or others 0 319. right away.
could be badly burned. Stop the If there is still no sign of steam and
engine if it overheats, and get out If the ENGINE OVERHEATED
STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE the vehicle is equipped with an
of the vehicle until the engine engine driven cooling fan, push
is cool. OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message appears with no sign of down the accelerator until the
steam, try this for a minute or so: engine speed is about twice as fast
If No Steam is Coming from as normal idle speed for at least
1. Turn the air conditioning off. five minutes while the vehicle is
the Engine Compartment
2. Turn the heater on to the parked. If the warning is still there,
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP highest temperature and to the turn off the engine and get everyone
ENGINE or the ENGINE highest fan speed. Open the out of the vehicle until it cools down.
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE windows as necessary.
message, along with a low coolant If there is no sign of steam, idle the
condition, can indicate a serious 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off engine for five minutes while
problem. the road, shift to P (Park) or parked. If the warning is still
N (Neutral) and let the displayed, turn off the engine until it
engine idle. cools down.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 375
Overheated Engine Caution (Continued)

This fan noise may also be heard
when starting the engine. It will go
Protection away as the fan clutch partially
Operating Mode attempting any repair. Repair the disengages.
cause of coolant loss, change the
If an overheated engine condition oil, and reset the oil life system. If the vehicle has electric cooling
exists and the ENGINE POWER IS See Engine Oil 0 360. fan(s), the fans may be heard
REDUCED message displays, an spinning at low speed during most
overheat protection mode which everyday driving. The fans may turn
alternates firing groups of cylinders Engine Fan off if no cooling is required. Under
helps to prevent engine damage. In heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
this mode, a loss in power and If the vehicle has a clutched engine high outside temperatures,
engine performance will be noticed. cooling fan, when the clutch is or operation of the air conditioning
This operating mode allows the engaged, the fan spins faster to system, the fans may change to
vehicle to be driven to a safe place provide more air to cool the engine. high speed and an increase in fan
in an emergency. Driving extended In most everyday driving conditions, noise may be heard. This is normal
distances and/or towing a trailer in the fan is spinning slower and the and indicates that the cooling
the overheat protection mode clutch is not fully engaged. This system is functioning properly. The
should be avoided. improves fuel economy and reduces fans will change to low speed when
fan noise. Under heavy vehicle additional cooling is no longer
loading, trailer towing, and/or high required.
Caution outside temperatures, the fan speed
increases as the clutch more fully The electric engine cooling fans
After driving in the overheated may run after the engine has been
engages, so an increase in fan
engine protection operating turned. off. This is normal and no
noise may be heard. This is normal
mode, the engine oil will be and should not be mistaken as the service is required.
severely degraded. Any repairs transmission slipping or making
performed before the engine is extra shifts. It is merely the cooling
cool may cause engine damage. system functioning properly. The fan
Allow the engine to cool before will slow down when additional
(Continued) cooling is not required and the
clutch disengages.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
376 Vehicle Care
Power Steering Fluid Wait for the power steering system What to Use
to cool, with the engine off, before
(1500 Series) checking the fluid.
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
The vehicle has electric power
How to Check Power Steering Lubricants 0 463. Always use the
steering and does not use power
Fluid proper fluid.
steering fluid.
To check the power steering fluid:
Power Steering Fluid Caution
1. Turn the ignition off and let the
(2500/3500 Series) engine compartment Use of the incorrect fluid may
cool down. damage the vehicle and the
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the damages may not be covered by
reservoir clean. the vehicle warranty. Always use
the correct fluid listed in
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the Recommended Fluids and
dipstick with a clean rag. Lubricants 0 463.
4. Replace the cap and
See Engine Compartment Overview completely tighten it.
0 355 for reservoir location. Washer Fluid
5. Remove the cap again and
When to Check Power Steering look at the fluid level on the What to Use
Fluid dipstick.
When windshield washer fluid needs
It is not necessary to regularly The level should be between the to be added, be sure to read the
check power steering fluid unless ADD and FULL marks. If necessary, manufacturer's instructions before
there is a leak suspected in the add only enough fluid to bring the use. Use a fluid that has sufficient
system or an unusual noise is level up to the hashed area between protection against freezing in an
heard. A fluid loss in this system the ADD and FULL marks. area where the temperature may fall
could indicate a problem. Have the below freezing.
system inspected and repaired.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 377
Adding Washer Fluid

Caution Caution (Continued)
The vehicle has a low washer fluid
message on the DIC that comes on . Do not use washer fluid that freezing occurs, which could
when the washer fluid is low. The contains any type of water damage the tank if it is
message is displayed for repellent coating. This can completely full.
15 seconds at the start of each cause the wiper blades to
ignition cycle. When the WASHER chatter or skip.
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message Brakes
. Do not use engine coolant
displays, washer fluid will need to Disc brake pads have built-in wear
(antifreeze) in the
be added to the windshield washer indicators that make a high-pitched
windshield washer. It can
fluid reservoir. warning sound when the brake pads
damage the windshield
washer system and paint. are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
. Do not mix water with heard all the time the vehicle is
ready-to-use washer fluid. moving, except when applying the
Water can cause the brake pedal firmly.
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
Open the cap with the washer
tank and other parts of the { Warning
washer system.
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until The brake wear warning sound
the tank is full. See Engine . When using concentrated means that soon the brakes will
Compartment Overview 0 355 for washer fluid, follow the not work well. That could lead to
reservoir location. manufacturer instructions for a crash. When the brake wear
adding water. warning sound is heard, have the
. Fill the washer fluid tank vehicle serviced.
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
378 Vehicle Care
Replacing Brake System Parts There are only two reasons why the
Caution brake fluid level in the reservoir may
Always replace brake system parts
go down:
Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement
brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes . Normal brake lining wear. When
brake repair. may not work properly. The braking new linings are installed, the
performance expected can change fluid level goes back up.
in many other ways if the wrong . A fluid leak in the brake
Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are
can cause a brake squeal when the hydraulic system. Have the
installed or parts are improperly brake hydraulic system fixed.
brakes are first applied or lightly installed.
applied. This does not mean With a leak, the brakes will not
something is wrong with the brakes. work well.
Brake Fluid
Properly torqued wheel nuts are Always clean the brake fluid
necessary to help prevent brake reservoir cap and the area around
pulsation. When tires are rotated, the cap before removing it.
inspect brake pads for wear and Do not top off the brake fluid.
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
proper sequence to torque If fluid is added when the linings are
specifications in Capacities and worn, there will be too much fluid
Specifications 0 469. when new brake linings are
The brake master cylinder reservoir
Brake linings should always be is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See installed. Add or remove fluid, as
replaced as complete axle sets. Engine Compartment Overview necessary, only when work is done
0 355 for the location of the on the brake hydraulic system.
Brake Pedal Travel reservoir.
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 379
{ Warning { Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
Caution
When the brake fluid falls to a low The fluid level should be above
level, the brake warning light comes MIN. If it is not, have the brake If brake fluid is spilled on the
on. See Brake System Warning hydraulic system checked to see if vehicle's painted surfaces, the
Light 0 140. there is a leak. paint finish can be damaged.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time. After work is done on the brake Immediately wash off any painted
Replace brake fluid at the specified hydraulic system, make sure the surface.
intervals to prevent increased level is above MIN but not over the
stopping distance. See Maintenance MAX mark.
Schedule 0 453.
What to Add
Checking Brake Fluid Use only GM approved DOT 3
Check brake fluid by looking at the brake fluid from a clean, sealed
brake fluid reservoir. See Engine container. See Recommended
Compartment Overview 0 355. Fluids and Lubricants 0 463.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
380 Vehicle Care
Battery - North America Vehicle Storage

The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove { Warning
the cap and do not add fluid.
Batteries have acid that can burn
Refer to the replacement number you and gas that can explode.
shown on the original battery label You can be badly hurt if you are
when a new battery is needed. See not careful. See Jump Starting -
Engine Compartment Overview North America 0 433 for tips on
0 355 for battery location. working around a battery without
getting hurt.
{ Warning
Infrequent Usage: Remove the 1. Fill Plug
WARNING: Battery posts,
black, negative (−) cable from the 2. Drain Plug
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead battery to keep the battery from To get an accurate reading, the
compounds, chemicals known to running down. vehicle should be on a level
the State of California to cause Extended Storage: Remove the surface.
cancer and birth defects or other black, negative (−) cable from the If the level is below the bottom of
reproductive harm. Batteries also battery or use a battery trickle the fill plug (1) hole, located on the
contain other chemicals known to charger. transfer case, some lubricant will
the State of California to cause need to be added. Add enough
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Four-Wheel Drive lubricant to raise the level to the
HANDLING. bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
Transfer Case care not to overtighten the plug.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 352. When to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 453 to determine when to check 0 453 to determine how often to
the lubricant. change the lubricant.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 381
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 463 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
Front Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check front axle fluid unless a leak
is suspected, or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a 1500 Series All Except 1500 Series
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired. 1. Fill Plug 1. Fill Plug
2. Drain Plug 2. Drain Plug
How to Check Lubricant
. When the differential is cold, add
To get an accurate reading, the enough lubricant to raise the
vehicle should be on a level level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm
surface. (1/8 in) below the fill
plug (1) hole.
. When the differential is at
operating temperature (warm),
add enough lubricant to raise the
level to the bottom of the fill
plug (1) hole.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
382 Vehicle Care
What to Use five minutes after the vehicle has

Refer to Recommended Fluids and been driven will appear to have a
Lubricants 0 463 to determine what lower fluid level than a vehicle that
kind of lubricant to use. has been stationary for an hour or
two. The rear axle assembly must
be supported on a flat, level surface
Rear Axle to get a true reading.
When to Check Lubricant How to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
suspected or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and All Other Series and Engines
repaired. To get an accurate reading, the
All axle assemblies are filled by vehicle should be on a level
volume of fluid during production. surface.
They are not filled to reach a certain . For all 4.3L and 5.3L 1500
level. When checking the fluid level Series applications, the proper
on any axle, variations in the level is 1.0 mm to 19.0 mm
readings can be caused by factory (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below the
fill differences between the minimum 2500HD with 6.0L bottom of the fill hole, located on
and the maximum fluid volume. the rear axle. Add only enough
Also, if a vehicle has just been fluid to reach the proper level.
driven before checking the fluid . For 6.2L 1500 Series
level, it may appear lower than
applications, the proper level is
normal because fluid has traveled
from 15 mm to 40 mm (0.6 in to
out along the axle tubes and has
1.6 in) below the bottom of the
not drained back to the sump area.
Therefore, a reading taken
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 383
fill plug hole, located on the rear Noise Control System (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg
axle. Add only enough fluid to (10,000 lb). The noise control
reach the proper level. Noise Emission Warranty system warranty is given in your
. For all 6.0L 2500HD Series General Motors warrants to the first warranty manual.
applications, the proper level is person who purchases this vehicle These standards apply only to
from 0 mm to 13 mm (0 to 0.5 in) for purposes other than resale and vehicles sold in the United States.
below the bottom of the fill plug to each subsequent purchaser that
this vehicle as manufactured by Federal law prohibits the following
hole, located on the rear axle. acts or the causing thereof:
Add only enough fluid to reach General Motors was designed, built
the proper level. and equipped to conform at the time 1. The removal or rendering
it left General Motors control with all inoperative by any person,
. For all 6.6L Duramax Diesel applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control other than for purposes of
2500HD Series applications and Regulations. This warranty covers maintenance, repair or
all 3500 Series applications, the this vehicle as designed, built and replacement, of any device or
proper level is from 17 mm to equipped by General Motors and is element of design incorporated
21 mm (0.6 in to 0.8 in) below not limited to any particular part, into any new vehicle for the
the bottom of the fill plug hole, component or system of the vehicle purpose of noise control, prior
located on the rear axle. Add manufactured by General Motors. to its sale or delivery to the
only enough fluid to reach the Defects in design, assembly or any ultimate purchaser or while it is
proper level. part, component or system of the in use; or
What to Use vehicle manufactured by General 2. The use of the vehicle after
Motors, which at the time it left such device or element of
Refer to Recommended Fluids and General Motors control caused
Lubricants 0 463 to determine what design has been removed or
noise emissions to exceed Federal rendered inoperative by any
kind of lubricant to use. standards, are covered by the person.
warranty for the life of the vehicle.
Among those acts presumed to
The following information relates to constitute tampering are the acts
compliance with federal noise listed below.
emission standards for vehicles with
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
384 Vehicle Care
Insulation: Starter Switch Check For manual transmission

Removal of the noise shields or any vehicles, put the shift lever in
Neutral, push the clutch pedal
underhood insulation. { Warning down halfway, and try to start
Engine: When you are doing this the engine. The vehicle should
Removal or rendering engine speed start only when the clutch
inspection, the vehicle could
governor, if the vehicle has one, pedal is pushed down all the
move suddenly. If the vehicle
inoperative so as to allow engine way to the floor. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be starts when the clutch pedal is
speed to exceed manufacturer injured.
specifications. not pushed all the way down,
contact your dealer for service.
Fan and Drive: 1. Before starting this check, be
. Removal of fan clutch, if the sure there is enough room Automatic Transmission
vehicle has one, or rendering around the vehicle. Shift Lock Control
clutch inoperative. 2. Apply both the parking brake Function Check
. Removal of the fan shroud, if the and the regular brake.
vehicle has one. Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
{ Warning
Air Intake:
the engine immediately if it When you are doing this
. Removal of the air cleaner starts. inspection, the vehicle could
silencer. move suddenly. If the vehicle
3. For automatic transmission
. Modification of the air cleaner. vehicles, try to start the engine moves, you or others could be
in each gear. The vehicle injured.
Exhaust:
should start only in P (Park) or
. Removal of the muffler and/or N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts 1. Before starting this check, be
resonator. in any other position, contact sure there is enough room
. Removal of the exhaust pipes your dealer for service. around the vehicle. It should be
and exhaust pipe clamps. parked on a level surface.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 385
2. Apply the parking brake. Be On all vehicles, the ignition key pressure from the regular brake
ready to apply the regular should come out only in LOCK/OFF. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
brake immediately if the vehicle Contact your dealer if service is held by the parking brake only.
begins to move. required. . To check the P (Park)
3. With the engine off, turn the mechanism's holding ability:
ignition on, but do not start the Park Brake and P (Park) With the engine running, shift to
engine. Without applying the P (Park). Then release the
regular brake, try to move the
Mechanism Check parking brake followed by the
shift lever out of P (Park) with regular brake.
normal effort. If the shift lever { Warning Contact your dealer if service is
moves out of P (Park), contact required.
your dealer for service. When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
Ignition Transmission You or others could be injured Wiper Blade Replacement
and property could be damaged. Windshield wiper blades should be
Lock Check Make sure there is room in front inspected for wear or cracking.
While parked, and with the parking of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular Replacement blades come in
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
different types and are removed in
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever brake at once should the vehicle
different ways. For proper
position. begin to move.
windshield wiper blade length and
. For automatic transmission type, see Maintenance
vehicles, the ignition should turn Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Replacement Parts 0 465.
to LOCK/OFF only when the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
shift lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set Caution
. For manual transmission the parking brake.
vehicles, the ignition should turn . To check the parking brake's Allowing the wiper arm to touch
to LOCK/OFF only when you holding ability: With the engine the windshield when no wiper
press the key release button. running and the transmission in blade is installed could damage
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot (Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
386 Vehicle Care
2. Press the button (2) in the Headlamp Aiming

Caution (Continued) middle of the wiper arm
connector, and pull the wiper Headlamp aim has been preset and
the windshield. Any damage that blade away from the arm should need no further adjustment.
occurs would not be covered by connector (1).
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the wiper arm to touch the 3. Remove the wiper blade. the headlamp aim may be affected.
windshield. If adjustment to the headlamps is
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
necessary, see your dealer.
blade replacement.
To replace the windshield wiper
blade: Glass Replacement
1. Pull the windshield wiper If the windshield or front side glass
assembly away from the must be replaced, see your dealer
windshield. to determine the correct
replacement glass.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 387
Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge Headlamps, Front Turn

For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting Signal, Sidemarker, and
bulbs, contact your dealer. Parking Lamps
For any bulb-changing procedure { Warning
not listed in this section, contact The High Intensity Discharge
your dealer. (HID) lighting system operates at
a very high voltage. If you try to
Halogen Bulbs service any of the system
components, you could be
{ Warning seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
Halogen bulbs have pressurized service them.
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure After an HID headlamp bulb has
to read and follow the instructions been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was Driver Side Shown – Passenger
on the bulb package.
originally. This is normal. Side Similar
1. Low/High-Beam Headlamp
LED Lighting
2. Turn Signal
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting Headlamp
assembly, contact your dealer. See your dealer for headlamp
replacement.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
388 Vehicle Care
Turn Signal 3.2. Reposition the auxiliary 9. If replacing a bulb on the

battery (3) so that the passenger side, reinstall the
1. Open the hood.
front turn signal access engine air cleaner.
2. If replacing a bulb on the port is visible. 10. Close the hood.
passenger side, remove the
4. Turn the bulb socket
engine air cleaner.
counterclockwise to remove it Fog Lamps
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out. To replace the front fog lamp bulb:
5. Remove the bulb by pulling it 1. Locate the fog lamp under the
straight out of the bulb socket. front bumper.
6. Install new bulb into bulb 2. Disconnect the electrical
socket. connector from the fog lamp
bulb assembly by pressing the
7. Turn the bulb socket clockwise connector release.
to install it in the headlamp
assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from the
housing by squeezing the two
8. 2500/3500 Series vehicles release tabs and pulling it
only, driver side: straight out of the assembly.
3. 2500/3500 Series vehicles 8.1. Reposition the auxiliary
only, driver side: battery (3).
3.1. Remove the auxiliary 8.2. Install the auxiliary
battery retainer bolt (2) battery retainer (1) and
and battery retainer (1). battery retainer bolt (3).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 389
Taillamps (Chassis Cab Taillamps, Turn Signal, To replace one of these bulbs:
Models) Stoplamps, and Back-Up 1. Open the tailgate.
Lamps
1. Back-Up Lamp 2. Remove the two rear lamp

2. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn assembly screws.
1. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn
Signal Lamp Signal Lamp 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly
To replace one of these bulbs: 2. Back-Up Lamp outboard away from the box
side until the retainers release.
1. Remove the four screws. There will be a noise when the
2. Lift the lens off the lamp retainers release.
assembly.
3. Turn the old bulb
counterclockwise and pull it
straight out from the socket.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
390 Vehicle Care
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp
4. Pull the rear lamp assembly 8. Verify the retainer ring is in the
straight back to remove it from proper position. If the retainer
the vehicle. ring is out of position, it will not
5. Turn the bulb socket engage. Reset the retainer by
counterclockwise. pulling it forward with a tool.
9. Push the rear lamp assembly 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs
6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket. straight in until it is seated 2. Center High-Mounted
against the vehicle. Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb
7. Replace the bulb, then insert
the bulb socket into the rear 10. Make sure the rear lamp
lamp assembly and turn assembly is flush with the
clockwise. box side.
11. Reinstall the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 391
To replace one of these bulbs: Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause
High Voltage Devices and the lamps to go on and off, or in
Wiring some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
For an eAssist vehicle, see the if the lamps go on and off or
Silverado/Sierra eAssist remain off.
supplement.
Windshield Wipers
Electrical System If the wiper motor overheats due to
Overload heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
The vehicle has fuses to protect and will then restart.
against an electrical system
overload. Fuses also protect power Although the circuit is protected
1. Remove the two screws and lift from electrical overload, overload
off the lamp assembly. devices in the vehicle.
due to heavy snow or ice may
2. Turn the bulb socket Replace a bad fuse with a new one cause wiper linkage damage.
counterclockwise and pull it of the identical size and rating. Always clear ice and heavy snow
straight out. If there is a problem on the road and from the windshield before using the
3. Pull the bulb straight out from a fuse needs to be replaced, there windshield wipers.
the socket. are some spare fuses and a fuse If the overload is caused by an
puller in the left instrument panel electrical problem and not snow or
Replacement Bulbs fuse block. The same amperage ice, be sure to get it fixed.
fuse can also be borrowed. Choose
For replacement bulbs, contact your some feature of the vehicle that is
dealer. not needed to use and replace it as
soon as possible.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
392 Vehicle Care
Fuses Engine Compartment Caution

The wiring circuits in the vehicle are Fuse Block
protected from short circuits by If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Spilling liquid on any electrical
fuses. This greatly reduces the see the Duramax diesel component on the vehicle may
chance of fires caused by electrical supplement. damage it. Always keep the
problems. covers on any electrical
The engine compartment fuse block component.
Look at the silver-colored band is in the engine compartment, on
inside the fuse. If the band is broken the driver side of the vehicle.
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure A fuse puller is available in the left
you replace a bad fuse with a new instrument panel fuse block.
one of the identical size and rating.
The vehicle may not be equipped
Fuses of the same amperage can with all of the fuses, relays, and
be temporarily borrowed from features shown.
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
you can.
Lift the cover to access the fuse

block.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 393
Fuses Usage
5 MSB passenger
6 4WD transfer case
electronic control
7 Electric park brake
8 Instrument panel BEC 2
9 MSB driver
10 Rear window defogger
11 Starter
12 Cooling fan 1
13 Cooling fan 2
14 Left trailer stop/Turn
lamps
15 Trailer parking lamps
16 Trailer reverse lamps
17 Right trailer stop/Turn
lamps
18 Fuel pump
19 Integrated chassis
control module
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
20 Electronic suspension
1 Trailer brake 3 ABS pump
control module
2 Trailer battery 4 Instrument panel BEC 1
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
394 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

21 Fuel pump power 39 Miscellaneous/Ignition 57 Transmission control
module 40 Transmission/Ignition module/Engine control
22 Upfitter 1 module
41 Fuel pump 2
23 Upfitter 2 58 Headlamps
42 Cooling fan clutch
24 Front wiper 74 Electric running boards
43 Engine (if equipped)
25 ABS Valves 44 Fuel injectors A – odd 76 Fuel pump prime
26 Upfitter 2 45 Fuel injectors B – even
27 Upfitter 3 46 O2 Sensor B Relays Usage
28 Right parking lamps 47 Throttle control 59 Fuel pump
29 Left parking lamps 48 Horn 60 Upfitter 2
30 Upfitter 3 49 Fog lamps 61 Upfitter 3
31 Upfitter 4 50 O2 Sensor A 62 Upfitter 4
32 Upfitter 4 51 Engine control module 63 Trailer parking lamps
33 Reverse lamps 52 Interior heater 64 Run/Crank
34 Engine control module/ 53 Accessory power 65 Upfitter 1
Ignition module/TPM pump 66 Fuel pump 2
35 A/C clutch 54 Front washer 67 A/C control
36 Heated mirrors 55 A/C/Battery regulated 68 Starter
37 Upfitter 1 voltage control 69 Rear window
38 Center high-mounted 56 A/C module/ defogger
stoplamp Battery pack 70 Engine control module
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 395
Relays Usage
71 Cooling fan clutch
72 CKT 95
73 CKT 92
75 Fuel pump prime
Instrument Panel Fuse

Block (Right)
The right instrument panel fuse

block access door is on the
passenger side edge of the The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage
instrument panel. with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 1 Accessory power outlet 3
Pull off the cover to access the fuse 2 Accessory power outlet 4
block.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
396 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

7 Body control module 4 37 – Block (Left)
8 Body control module 8 39 Rear sliding window
9 Rear seat entertainment 42 Right door window motor
10 Cargo lamp 43 Front blower
15 Steering wheel controls 44 SEO
18 Radio 45 Body control module 6
19 – 46 Body control module 7
20 Sunroof 47 Passenger seat
23 Airbag/Info 50 Retained accessory power
26 Export/Power take off/ 51 Rear sliding window open
SEO battery 1 52 Rear sliding window close The left instrument panel fuse block
27 Obstacle detection/USB access door is on the driver side
ports edge of the instrument panel.
28 Body control module 2 Pull off the cover to access the fuse
32 SEO battery 2 block.
35 AC inverter
36 Amplifier
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 397
Fuses Usage
2 SEO/Retained
accessory power
3 Universal remote
system/Interior
rearview mirror
6 Body control module 3
7 Body control module 5
8 Driver window switch/
Mirror switch
9 –
10 Accessory power
outlet/Retained
accessory power
11 Accessory power
outlet battery
12 Accessory power
outlet 1/Cigarette
lighter
13 Discrete logic ignition
switch
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage 14 Switch backlighting
with all of the fuses, relays, and
1 Accessory power 17 Body control module 1
features shown.
outlet 2 19 –
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
398 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires

20 – 37 –
22 HVAC/Auxiliary 38 4WD TREC
Tires
HVAC/Ignition 40 Left doors Every new GM vehicle has
23 Instrument cluster/ high-quality tires made by a
41 Driver power seat leading tire manufacturer. See
Ignition sensing
diagnostic module/ 43 Left heated, cooled or the warranty manual for
Ignition ventilated seats (if information regarding the tire
equipped) warranty and where to get
24 –
44 Right heated, cooled service. For additional
25 Data link connector/ or ventilated seats (if information refer to the tire
Driver seat module equipped) manufacturer.
26 Passive entry/Passive 45 –
start/HVAC
49 Retained accessory { Warning
27 – power . Poorly maintained and
28 – 50 Run/Crank improperly used tires are
29 Park enable/ dangerous.
Electrically adjustable
pedals . Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
30 SEO
result of too much
31 Accessory/Run/Crank flexing. There could be a
32 Heated steering wheel blowout and a serious
33 – crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 259.
34 Instrument cluster
(Continued)
36 –
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 399
and weather conditions. Original

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
. Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code
the same danger as have been damaged by molded onto the sidewall. Original
overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be
resulting crash could curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters
cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will
Check all tires frequently be “MS.”
can cause a crash. Only
to maintain the the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on
recommended pressure. authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
Tire pressure should be center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is
checked when the tires expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most
are cold. mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they
. Overinflated tires are . may not offer the same level of
Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter
punctured, or broken by (35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
a sudden impact — such See Winter Tires 0 399.
surfaces such as snow,
as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
Keep tires at the Winter Tires
spinning may cause the
recommended pressure. tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally
. Worn or old tires can equipped with winter tires. Winter
cause a crash. If the tires are designed for increased
tread is badly worn,
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
replace them. This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
(Continued) driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
400 Vehicle Care
for details regarding winter tire Low-Profile Tires All-Terrain Tires

availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 416. If the vehicle has P275/55R20, This vehicle may have all-terrain
P285/50R20, or P285/45R22 tires. These tires provide good
With winter tires, there may be performance on most road surfaces,
decreased dry road traction, size tires, they are classified as
low-profile tires. weather conditions, and for off-road
increased road noise, and shorter driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 251.
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Caution The tread pattern on these tires may
handling and braking. wear more quickly than other tires.
Low-profile tires are more Consider rotating the tires more
If using winter tires: susceptible to damage from road frequently than at 12 000 km
. Use tires of the same brand and hazards or curb impact than (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
tread type on all four wheel standard profile tires. Tire and/or is noted when the tires are
positions. wheel assembly damage can inspected. See Tire Inspection
occur when coming into contact 0 412.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and with road hazards like potholes,
speed rating as the original or sharp edged objects, or when Tire Sidewall Labeling
equipment tires. sliding into a curb. The warranty Useful information about a tire is
does not cover this type of molded into the sidewall. The
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires damage. Keep tires set to the examples show a typical
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, correct inflation pressure and passenger and light truck tire
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter when possible, avoid contact with sidewall.
tires with a lower speed rating are curbs, potholes, and other road
chosen, never exceed the tire's hazards.
maximum speed capability.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 401
GM's TPC specifications meet or tire size, and date the tire was
exceed all federal safety manufactured. The TIN is
guidelines. molded onto both sides of the
(3) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may
Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture.
Department of Transportation (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
U.S. Department of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Safety Standards. manufacturers are required to
Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire
DOT Tire Date of grade tires based on three
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code Manufacture : The last four performance factors: treadwear,
is a combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two resistance. For more
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week information, see Uniform Tire
aspect ratio, construction type, (01-52) and the last two digits, Quality Grading 0 418.
and service description. See the the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
week of the year 2010 would Load Limit : Maximum load that
section for more detail. have a four-digit DOT date can be carried and the
(2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310. maximum pressure needed to
Performance Criteria (4) Tire Identification Number support that load. For
Specification) : Original (TIN) : The letters and numbers information on recommended
equipment tires designed to following the DOT code are the tire pressure see Tire Pressure
GM's specific tire performance Tire Identification Number (TIN). 0 406 and Vehicle Load Limits
criteria have a TPC specification The TIN shows the 0 259.
code molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer and plant code,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
402 Vehicle Care
(8) Temporary Use Only : Only and service description. See the U.S. Department of
use a temporary spare tire until “Tire Size” illustration later in this Transportation Motor Vehicle
the road tire is repaired and section for more detail. Safety Standards.
replaced. This spare tire should (2) TPC Spec (Tire DOT Tire Date of
not be driven on over 112 km/h Performance Criteria Manufacture : The last four
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) Specification) : Original digits of the TIN indicate the tire
when pulling a trailer, with the equipment tires designed to manufactured date. The first two
proper inflation pressure. See GM's specific tire performance digits represent the week
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 432. criteria have a TPC specification (01-52) and the last two digits,
code molded onto the sidewall. the year. For example, the third
GM's TPC specifications meet or week of the year 2010 would
exceed all federal safety have a four-digit DOT date
guidelines. of 0310.
(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : (5) Tire Identification Number
Maximum load that can be (TIN) : The letters and numbers
carried and the maximum following the DOT code are the
pressure needed to support that Tire Identification Number (TIN).
load when used in a dual The TIN shows the
configuration. For information on manufacturer and plant code,
recommended tire pressure see tire size, and date the tire was
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire Tire Pressure 0 406 and Vehicle manufactured. The TIN is
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code Load Limits 0 259. molded onto both sides of the
is a combination of letters and (4) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may
numbers used to define a Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture.
particular tire's width, height, Department of Transportation (6) Tire Ply Material : The type
aspect ratio, construction type, (DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 403
(7) Single Tire Maximum the tire size means a passenger (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
Load : Maximum load that can vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches.
be carried and the maximum standards set by the U.S. Tire (6) Service Description : These
pressure needed to support that and Rim Association. characters represent the load
load when used as a single. For (2) Tire Width : The three-digit index and speed rating of the
information on recommended number indicates the tire section tire. The load index represents
tire pressure see Tire Pressure width in millimeters from the load carrying capacity a tire
0 406 and Vehicle Load Limits sidewall to sidewall. is certified to carry. The speed
0 259. rating is the maximum speed a
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Designations
height-to-width measurements.
Tire Size For example, if the tire size
The examples show a typical aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
passenger vehicle and light item C of the tire illustration, it
truck tire size. would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 75 percent as high as
it is wide. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
(4) Construction Code : A letter (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric)

code is used to indicate the type Tire : The United States version
of ply construction in the tire. of a metric tire sizing system.
The letter R means radial ply The letters LT as the first two
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire construction; the letter D means characters in the tire size mean
diagonal or bias ply a light truck tire engineered to
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
construction; and the letter B standards set by the U.S. Tire
The United States version of a
means belted-bias ply and Rim Association.
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in construction.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
404 Vehicle Care
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit (7) Service Description : The Aspect Ratio : The relationship
number indicates the tire section service description indicates the of a tire's height to its width.
width in millimeters from load index and speed rating of a Belt : A rubber coated layer of
sidewall to sidewall. tire. If two numbers are given as cords between the plies and the
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit in the example, 120/116, then tread. Cords may be made from
number that indicates the tire this represents the load index for steel or other reinforcing
height-to-width measurements. single versus dual wheel usage materials.
For example, if the tire size (single/dual). The speed rating is
the maximum speed a tire is Bead : The tire bead contains
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in steel wires wrapped by steel
item 3 of the light truck certified to carry a load.
cords that hold the tire onto
(LT-Metric) tire illustration, it the rim.
would mean that the tire's Tire Terminology and
sidewall is 75 percent as high as Definitions Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
it is wide. Air Pressure : The amount of in which the plies are laid at
air inside the tire pressing alternate angles less than
(4) Construction Code : A letter 90 degrees to the centerline of
code is used to indicate the type outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is the tread.
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply expressed in kPa (kilopascal) Cold Tire Pressure : The
construction; the letter D means or psi (pounds per square inch). amount of air pressure in a tire,
diagonal or bias ply Accessory Weight : The measured in kPa (kilopascal)
construction; and the letter B combined weight of optional or psi (pounds per square inch)
means belted-bias ply accessories. Some examples of before a tire has built up heat
construction. optional accessories are from driving. See Tire Pressure
automatic transmission, power 0 406.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air Curb Weight : The weight of a
conditioning. motor vehicle with standard and
(6) Load Range : Load Range. optional equipment including the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 405
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle
and coolant, but without The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight : The sum of curb
passengers and cargo. that must always face outward weight, accessory weight,
DOT Markings : A code molded when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and
into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric production options weight.
signifying that the tire is in unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight : The
compliance with the U.S. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A number of occupants a vehicle
Department of Transportation tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Standards. The DOT code vehicles. Limits 0 259.
includes the Tire Identification Occupant Distribution :
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions.
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall : The
production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that
date of production. Maximum Inflation Pressure : has a particular side that faces
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight vehicle. The side of the tire that
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears
0 259. white lettering, or bears
molded onto the sidewall.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight manufacturer, brand, and/or
Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The model name molding that is
Vehicle Load Limits 0 259. load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight pressure for that tire.
Rating for the rear axle. See of the tire.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 259.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
406 Vehicle Care
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A Traction : The friction between Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
tire used on passenger cars and the tire and the road surface. number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and The amount of grip provided. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. Tread : The portion of a tire that 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
Recommended Inflation comes into contact with cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Pressure : Vehicle the road. Limits 0 259.
manufacturer's recommended Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the
tire inflation pressure as shown bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire
on the tire placard. bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory
See Tire Pressure 0 406 and of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 259. (1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic When It Is Time for New Tires Vehicle Placard : A label
tire in which the ply cords that 0 415. permanently attached to a
extend to the beads are laid at UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle
90 degrees to the centerline of Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original
the tread. information system that provides equipment tire size and
Rim : A metal support for a tire consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
and upon which the tire beads tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading
are seated. treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle
determined by tire Load Limits 0 259.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using
government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
Speed Rating : An The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of
alphanumeric code assigned to sidewall of the tire. See Uniform air pressure to operate
a tire indicating the maximum Tire Quality Grading 0 418. effectively.
speed at which a tire can
operate.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 407
The Tire and Loading Do not forget the spare tire,

Caution Information label on the vehicle if the vehicle has one. See
Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment Full-Size Spare Tire 0 432 for
overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire additional information.
Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
How to Check
that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
can result in: minimum air pressure needed to Use a good quality pocket-type
support the vehicle's maximum gauge to check tire pressure.
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. Proper tire inflation cannot be
overheating which could determined by looking at the tire.
lead to a blowout. For additional information
Check the tire inflation pressure
regarding how much weight the
. Premature or when the tires are cold, meaning
vehicle can carry, and an
irregular wear. the vehicle has not been driven
example of the Tire and Loading
for at least three hours or no
. Poor handling. Information label, see Vehicle
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Load Limits 0 259. How the
. Reduced fuel economy. vehicle is loaded affects vehicle Remove the valve cap from the
Overinflated tires, or tires that handling and ride comfort. Never tire valve stem. Press the tire
have too much air, can load the vehicle with more gauge firmly onto the valve to
result in: weight than it was designed to get a pressure measurement.
. Unusual wear. carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
. Poor handling. When to Check pressure on the Tire and
. Rough ride. Check the tires once a month Loading Information label, no
or more. further adjustment is necessary.
. Needless damage from If the inflation pressure is low,
road hazards. add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
408 Vehicle Care
inflation pressure is high, press Return the tires to the

on the metal stem in the center Warning (Continued) recommended cold tire inflation
of the tire valve to release air. pressure when high-speed driving
you or others could be killed. has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
Re-check the tire pressure with Some high-speed rated tires 0 259 and Tire Pressure 0 406.
the tire gauge. require inflation pressure
adjustment for high-speed Tire Pressure Monitor
Put the valve caps back on the operation. When speed limits and
valve stems to keep out dirt and road conditions allow the vehicle System
moisture and prevent leaks. Use to be driven at high speeds, make The Tire Pressure Monitor System
only valve caps designed for the sure the tires are rated for (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors high-speed operation, are in technology to check tire pressure
could be damaged and would excellent condition, and are set to levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
not be covered by the vehicle the correct cold tire inflation the air pressure in your tires and
warranty. pressure for the vehicle load. transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Tire Pressure for Vehicles with P275/55R20 or P285/ Each tire, including the spare (if
High-Speed Operation 50R20 size tires require inflation provided), should be checked
pressure adjustment when driving monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
{ Warning the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire by the vehicle manufacturer on the
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h inflation pressure to 20 kPa (3 psi) vehicle placard or tire inflation
above the recommended cold tire pressure label. (If your vehicle has
(100 mph) or higher, puts
pressure shown on the Tire and tires of a different size than the size
additional strain on tires.
Loading Information label. indicated on the vehicle placard or
Sustained high-speed driving tire inflation pressure label, you
causes excessive heat buildup should determine the proper tire
and can cause sudden tire failure. inflation pressure for those tires.)
This could cause a crash, and
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 409
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 409.
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. 0 483.
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmit the tire
ability. of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver
of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to
illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure telltale. alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function When a low tire pressure condition
properly. is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
410 Vehicle Care
located on the instrument cluster. air pressure is getting low and

If the warning light comes on, stop needs to be inflated to the proper Caution (Continued)
as soon as possible and inflate the pressure.
tires to the recommended pressure the GM approved tire sealant
A Tire and Loading Information label available through your dealer or
shown on the Tire and Loading shows the size of the original
Information label. See Vehicle Load included in the vehicle.
equipment tires and the correct
Limits 0 259. inflation pressure for the tires when
A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load TPMS Malfunction Light and
a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits 0 259, for an example of the Message
Information Center (DIC). The low Tire and Loading Information label The TPMS will not function properly
tire pressure warning light and the and its location. Also see Tire if one or more of the TPMS sensors
DIC warning message come on at Pressure 0 406. are missing or inoperable. When the
each ignition cycle until the tires are The TPMS can warn about a low system detects a malfunction, the
inflated to the correct inflation tire pressure condition but it does low tire pressure warning light
pressure. If the vehicle has DIC not replace normal tire flashes for about one minute and
buttons, tire pressure levels can be maintenance. See Tire Inspection then stays on for the remainder of
viewed. For additional information 0 412, Tire Rotation 0 413 and Tires the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
and details about the DIC operation 0 398. message also displays. The
and displays, see Driver Information malfunction light and DIC warning
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 145 or message come on at each ignition
Driver Information Center (DIC) Caution
cycle until the problem is corrected.
(Uplevel) 0 147 and Tire Messages Some of the conditions that can
Tire sealant materials are not all
0 156. cause these to come on are:
the same. A non-approved tire
The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS . One of the road tires has been
may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage replaced with the spare tire. The
the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire spare tire does not have a
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sealant is not covered by the TPMS sensor. The malfunction
could be an early indicator that the vehicle warranty. Always use only light and the DIC message
(Continued) should go off after the road tire
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 411
is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from message should go off at the next
matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying ignition cycle. The sensors are
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires 0 416. matched to the tire/wheel positions,
Matching Process" later in this . Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
section. being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire,
. The TPMS sensor matching wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger
process was not done or not TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear.
completed successfully after sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to
rotating the tires. The purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
If the TPMS is not functioning relearn tool can also be purchased.
malfunction light and the DIC properly, it cannot detect or signal a
message should go off after See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
low tire condition. See your dealer Activation Tool at
successfully completing the for service if the TPMS malfunction
sensor matching process. See www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
light and DIC message come on call 1-800-GM TOOLS
"TPMS Sensor Matching and stay on.
Process" later in this section. (1-800-468-6657).
. One or more TPMS sensors are TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the
missing or damaged. The Process first tire/wheel position, and
malfunction light and the DIC five minutes overall to match all four
Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes
message should go off when the identification code. The identification
TPMS sensors are installed and longer, the matching process stops
code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted.
the sensor matching process is tire/wheel position after rotating the
performed successfully. See vehicle’s tires or replacing one or The TPMS sensor matching
your dealer for service. more of the TPMS sensors. Also, process is:
. Replacement tires or wheels do the TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake.
not match the original equipment should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels with the engine off.
other than those recommended containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
412 Vehicle Care
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure begin should appear. Select times to indicate the sensor
the Tire Pressure info page yes and press the trip identification code has been
option is turned on. The info odometer reset stem to confirm matched to the driver side rear
pages on the DIC can be the selection. tire, and the TPMS sensor
turned on and off through the The horn sounds twice to matching process is no longer
Settings menu. See Driver signal the receiver is in relearn active. The TIRE LEARNING
Information Center (DIC) (Base mode and the TIRE ACTIVE message on the DIC
Level) 0 145 or Driver LEARNING ACTIVE message display screen goes off.
Information Center (DIC) displays on the DIC screen. 11. Turn the ignition switch to
(Uplevel) 0 147. LOCK/OFF.
6. Start with the driver side
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel front tire. 12. Set all four tires to the
DIC, use the DIC controls on recommended air pressure
the right side of the steering 7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve level as indicated on the Tire
wheel to scroll to the Tire and Loading Information label.
Pressure screen under the DIC stem. Then press the button to
info page. activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the Tire Inspection
If the vehicle has a base level sensor identification code has
DIC, use the trip odometer We recommend that the tires,
been matched to this tire and including the spare tire, if the
reset stem to scroll to the Tire wheel position.
Pressure screen. vehicle has one, be inspected
8. Proceed to the passenger side for signs of wear or damage at
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel front tire, and repeat the least once a month.
DIC, press and hold the V procedure in Step 7.
(Set/Reset) button located in Replace the tire if:
the center of the DIC controls. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the . The indicators at three or
If the vehicle has a base level procedure in Step 7. more places around the tire
DIC, press and hold the trip can be seen.
odometer reset stem for about 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
five seconds. A message tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 7. The horn sounds two
asking if the process should
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 413
. There is cord or fabric Anytime unusual wear is Dual Tire Rotation

showing through the tire's noticed, rotate the tires as soon When the vehicle is new,
rubber. as possible, check for proper tire or whenever a wheel, wheel
. The tread or sidewall is inflation pressure, and check for bolt, or wheel nut is replaced,
cracked, cut, or snagged damaged tires or wheels. If the check the wheel nut torque after
deep enough to show cord or unusual wear continues after the 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100,
fabric. rotation, check the wheel 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving.
alignment. See When It Is Time For proper torque and wheel nut
. The tire has a bump, bulge, for New Tires 0 415 and Wheel tightening information, see
or split. Replacement 0 420. “Removing the Flat Tire and
. The tire has a puncture, cut, Installing the Spare Tire” under
or other damage that cannot Tire Changing 0 423.
be repaired well because of The outer tire on a dual wheel
the size or location of the setup generally wears faster
damage. than the inner tire. Tires last
longer and wear more
Tire Rotation evenly if they are rotated.
Tires should be rotated every See Tire Inspection 0 412
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See and Tire Rotation 0 413. Also
Maintenance Schedule 0 453. see Maintenance Schedule
Tires are rotated to achieve a 0 453.
uniform wear for all tires. The Use this rotation pattern when
first rotation is the most rotating the tires if the vehicle
important. has single rear wheels.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
414 Vehicle Care
Use this rotation pattern when Use this rotation pattern when
{ Warning rotating the tires if the vehicle rotating the tires if the vehicle
If the vehicle is operated with a has dual rear wheels (except has polished forged aluminum
tire that is underinflated, the tire polished forged aluminum dual rear wheels. The spare
can overheat. An overheated tire wheels). wheel can be used in any
can lose air suddenly or catch Vehicles with polished forged position in the event of a flat tire,
fire. You or others could be aluminum dual wheels have and can be rotated with the rear
injured. Properly inflate all tires, three unique wheels; a front, a inner wheels. After the flat tire is
including the spare. rear outer and a rear inner. repaired, if the spare is not on
These wheels cannot be rotated one of the inner rear positions, it
See Tire Pressure 0 406, for to another position, however, must be replaced by the correct
information on proper tire they can be rotated from left to wheel in the front or rear outer
inflation. right to the same position. positions.
When installing dual wheels,
check that the vent holes in the
inner and outer wheels on each
side are lined up.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure 0 406 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 259.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 415
Check that all wheel nuts are Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
properly tightened. See “Wheel System (TPMS), if the vehicle
Nut Torque” under Capacities has one. See Tire Pressure
and Specifications 0 469. Monitor Operation 0 409.
Check that the spare tire, if the
{ Warning vehicle has one, is stored
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the properly. Push, pull, and then try
parts to which it is fastened, can to rotate or turn the tire. If it
make wheel nuts become loose moves, tighten the cable. See
after time. The wheel could come “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and
off and cause an accident. When Tools” under Tire Changing
changing a wheel, remove any 0 423. Treadwear indicators are one way to
rust or dirt from places where the tell when it is time for new tires.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In When It Is Time for New Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
an emergency, a cloth or a paper Tires or less of tread remaining. Some
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to Factors, such as maintenance, commercial truck tires may not have
temperatures, driving speeds, treadwear indicators. See Tire
remove all rust or dirt.
vehicle loading, and road conditions Inspection 0 412 and Tire Rotation
affect the wear rate of the tires. 0 413 for additional information.
Lightly coat the inner diameter of The rubber in tires ages over time.
the wheel hub opening with This also applies to the spare tire,
wheel bearing grease after a if the vehicle has one, even if it is
wheel change or tire rotation to never used. Multiple factors
prevent corrosion or rust including temperatures, loading
build-up. Do not get grease on conditions, and inflation pressure
the flat wheel mounting surface maintenance affect how fast aging
or on the wheel nuts or bolts. takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
416 Vehicle Care
equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall
years, regardless of tread wear. The Labeling 0 400 for additional
tire manufacture date is the last four GM has developed and matched information.
digits of the DOT Tire Identification specific tires for the vehicle. The
Number (TIN) which is molded into original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn
one side of the tire sidewall. The were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four (six
first two digits represent the week Motors Tire Performance Criteria for dual rear wheels). Uniform
(01-52) and the last two digits, the Specification (TPC Spec) tread depth on all tires will help
year. For example, the third week of system rating. When to maintain the performance of
the year 2010 would have a the vehicle. Braking and
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends handling performance may be
Vehicle Storage buying tires with the same TPC adversely affected if all the tires
Spec rating. are not replaced at the same
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park time. If proper rotation and
GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance have been done,
a vehicle that will be stored for at system considers over a dozen
least a month in a cool, dry, clean all four tires (six for dual rear
critical specifications that impact wheels) should wear out at
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
the overall performance of the about the same time. See Tire
of grease, gasoline, or other vehicle, including brake system Rotation 0 413 for information
substances that can deteriorate performance, ride and handling, on proper tire rotation. However,
rubber. traction control, and tire if it is necessary to replace only
Parking for an extended period can
pressure monitoring one axle set of worn tires, place
cause flat spots on the tires that performance. GM's TPC Spec the new tires on the rear axle
may result in vibrations while number is molded onto the tire's (two for single rear wheels, four
driving. When storing a vehicle for sidewall near the tire size. If the for dual rear wheels).
at least a month, remove the tires or tires have an all-season tread
raise the vehicle to reduce the design, the TPC Spec number
weight from the tires. will be followed by MS for mud
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 417
tires’ maximum speed capability

{ Warning Warning (Continued) when using winter tires with a
Tires could explode during and wheel assembly with a lower speed rating.
improper service. Attempting similar overall diameter as the If the vehicle tires must be
to mount or dismount a tire road tires and wheels, so it is replaced with a tire that does not
could cause injury or death. all right to drive on it. The have a TPC Spec number, make
Only your dealer or authorized spare tire was developed for sure they are the same size,
tire service center should use on this vehicle and will not load range, speed rating, and
mount or dismount the tires. affect vehicle handling. construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
{ Warning { Warning pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
Mixing tires of different sizes, Using bias-ply tires on the low-pressure warning if non-TPC
brands, or types may cause vehicle may cause the wheel Spec rated tires are installed.
loss of control of the vehicle, rim flanges to develop cracks See Tire Pressure Monitor
resulting in a crash or other after many miles of driving. System 0 408.
vehicle damage. Use the A tire and/or wheel could fail
correct size, brand, and type suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading
of tires on all wheels. Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the
the wheels on the vehicle. original equipment tires on the
This vehicle may have a vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
different size spare than the 0 259 for the label location and
road tires originally installed Winter tires with the same speed more information about the Tire
on the vehicle. When new, the rating as the original equipment and Loading Information label.
vehicle included a spare tire tires may not be available for H,
(Continued) V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
418 Vehicle Care
Different Size Tires and Warning (Continued)

nominal rim diameters of
Wheels 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
If wheels or tires are installed that tires.
are a different size than the original have them properly installed by a
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle GM certified technician. While the tires available on
performance, including its braking, General Motors passenger cars
ride and handling characteristics, See Buying New Tires 0 416 and and light trucks may vary with
stability, and resistance to rollover Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they
may be affected. If the vehicle has 0 353. must also conform to federal
electronic systems such as antilock safety requirements and
brakes, rollover airbags, traction Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
of these systems can also be standards.
The following information relates
affected. to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found
United States National Highway where applicable on the tire
{ Warning Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder
(NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For
If different sized wheels are used,
treadwear, traction, and example:
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if temperature performance. This Treadwear 200 Traction AA
tires not recommended for those applies only to vehicles sold in Temperature A
wheels are selected. This the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of All Passenger Car Tires Must
increases the chance of a crash Conform to Federal Safety
and serious injury. Only use GM most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Requirements In Addition To
specific wheel and tire systems
(UTQG) system does not apply These Grades.
(Continued)
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 419
Treadwear specified government test passenger car tires must meet

The treadwear grade is a surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety
comparative rating based on the concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and
wear rate of the tire when tested have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of
under controlled conditions on a Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory
specified government test assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum
course. For example, a tire straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The
graded 150 would wear one and tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
one-half (1½) times as well on acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is
the government course as a tire hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
graded 100. The relative characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed,
performance of tires depends underinflation, or excessive
Temperature
upon the actual conditions of loading, either separately or in
The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat
their use, however, and may
(the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure.
depart significantly from the
representing the tire's resistance
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
to the generation of heat and its Wheel Alignment and Tire
ability to dissipate heat when Balance
differences in road
tested under controlled
characteristics and climate. The tires and wheels were aligned
conditions on a specified indoor
and balanced at the factory to
Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained
provide the longest tire life and best
The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the overall performance. Adjustments to
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate wheel alignment and tire balancing
and C. Those grades represent and reduce tire life, and are not necessary on a regular
the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead basis. Consider an alignment check
pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade if there is unusual tire wear or the
C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one
controlled conditions on side or the other. Some slight pull to
performance which all
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
420 Vehicle Care
the left or right, depending on the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Whenever a wheel, wheel bolt,
crown of the road and/or other road nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor or wheel nut is replaced on a dual
surface variations such as troughs System (TPMS) sensors with new wheel setup, check the wheel nut
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is GM original equipment parts. torque after 160,1 600, and
vibrating when driving on a smooth 10 000 km (100,1,000, and
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
{ Warning 6,000 mi) of driving. For proper
torque, see “Wheel Nut Torque”
for proper diagnosis. Using the wrong replacement under Capacities and Specifications
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel 0 469.
Wheel Replacement nuts can be dangerous. It could See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 421 for
Replace any wheel that is bent, affect the braking and handling of more information.
cracked, or badly rusted or the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing Used Replacement Wheels
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts and a crash. Always use the correct
wheel nuts should be replaced. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel { Warning
If the wheel leaks air, replace it. nuts for replacement.
Replacing a wheel with a used
Some aluminum wheels can be
one is dangerous. How it has
repaired. See your dealer if any of
been used or how far it has been
these conditions exist.
Caution driven may be unknown. It could
Your dealer will know the kind of fail suddenly and cause a crash.
wheel that is needed. The wrong wheel can also cause When replacing wheels, use a
Each new wheel should have the problems with bearing life, brake new GM original equipment
same load-carrying capacity, cooling, speedometer or wheel.
diameter, width, offset and be odometer calibration, headlamp
mounted the same way as the one it aim, bumper height, vehicle
replaces. ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 421
Tire Chains Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

{ Warning manufacturer's instructions. To the rear axle. Do not use chains
help avoid damage to the vehicle, on the tires of the front axle.
If the vehicle has dual wheels or drive slowly, readjust, or remove Tighten them as tightly as
265/65R18, P265/65R18, the device if it is contacting the possible with the ends securely
P275/55R20, LT265/70R17, vehicle, and do not spin the fastened. Drive slowly and follow
LT265/70R18, LT265/60R20, vehicle's wheels. the chain manufacturer's
LT275/65R18, P285/50R20, instructions. If you can hear the
285/45R22, or P285/45R22 size If you do find traction devices that
will fit, install them on the rear chains contacting the vehicle,
tires, do not use tire chains. They stop and retighten them. If the
can damage the vehicle because tires.
contact continues, slow down
there is not enough clearance. until it stops. Driving too fast or
Tire chains used on a vehicle spinning the wheels with chains
without the proper amount of Caution on will damage the vehicle.
clearance can cause damage to
the brakes, suspension, or other If the vehicle does not have dual
vehicle parts. The area damaged wheels and has a tire size other If a Tire Goes Flat
by the tire chains could cause you than 265/65R18, P265/65R18, It is unusual for a tire to blowout
to lose control of the vehicle and P275/55R20, LT265/70R17, while driving, especially if the tires
you or others may be injured in a LT265/70R18, LT265/60R20, are maintained properly. If air goes
crash. LT275/65R18, P285/50R20, out of a tire, it is much more likely to
Use another type of traction 285/45R22, or P285/45R22, use leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
device only if its manufacturer tire chains only where legal and blowout, here are a few tips about
recommends it for use on the only when you must. Use chains what to expect and what to do:
vehicle and tire size combination that are the proper size for the If a front tire fails, the flat tire
and road conditions. Follow that tires. Install them on the tires of creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
(Continued) (Continued) toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
422 Vehicle Care
steering wheel firmly. Steer to

maintain lane position, and then { Warning Warning (Continued)
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible. Lifting a vehicle and getting under causing injury or death. Find a
it to do maintenance or repairs is level place to change the tire. To
A rear blowout, particularly on a dangerous without the help prevent the vehicle from
curve, acts much like a skid and appropriate safety equipment and moving:
may require the same correction as training. If a jack is provided with
used in a skid. Stop pressing the 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
the vehicle, it is designed only for
accelerator pedal and steer to 2. Put an automatic
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
straighten the vehicle. It may be transmission in P (Park) or a
anything else, you or others could
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake manual transmission in
to a stop, well off the road, be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
if possible.
is provided with the vehicle, only 3. For four-wheel-drive
use it for changing a flat tire. vehicles, be sure the
{ Warning transfer case is in a drive
gear– not in N (Neutral).
Driving on a flat tire will cause If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
permanent damage to the tire. and wheel damage by driving slowly 4. Turn off the engine and do
Re-inflating a tire after it has been to a level place, well off the road, not restart while the vehicle
driven on while severely if possible. Turn on the hazard is raised.
underinflated or flat may cause a warning flashers. See Hazard 5. Do not allow passengers to
blowout and a serious crash. Warning Flashers 0 175. remain in the vehicle.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
6. Place wheel blocks,
that has been driven on while { Warning if equipped, on both sides of
severely underinflated or flat. the tire at the opposite
Have your dealer or an authorized Changing a tire can be
corner of the tire being
tire service center repair or dangerous. The vehicle can slip
changed.
replace the flat tire as soon as off the jack and roll over or fall
possible. (Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 423
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Tire Changing

use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of Removing the Spare Tire and
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. Tools
Regular Cab
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 1. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel

2. Flat Tire Blocks
2. Wheel Blocks
The following information explains Crew Cab
3. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit
how to use the jack and change
a tire. 1. Wheel Blocks 4. Tool Kit
2. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel 5. Jack
Blocks 6. Jack Knob
3. Tool Kit
5. Jack
6. Jack Knob
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
424 Vehicle Care
2. Turn the wing nut 5. Hoist Shaft

counterclockwise to remove the 6. Jack Handle Extensions
wheel blocks and the wheel 7. Wheel Wrench
block retainer. 8. Spare Tire Lock (If
3. Turn the wing nut used to Equipped)
retain the storage bag and 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
tools counterclockwise to 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
remove it. 1. Open the spare tire lock cover
Use the jack handle extensions and on the bumper and use the
the wheel wrench to remove the ignition key to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire. spare tire lock (8). To remove
the spare tire lock, insert the
Double Cab
ignition key, turn, and pull
1. Wheel Blocks straight out.
3. Tool Kit
4. Jack
5. Jack Knob
For regular cab models, the
equipment you will need is behind
the passenger seat. For double and
crew cab models, the equipment is
on the shelf behind the passenger
side second row seat. 2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem and the two jack handle
1. Turn the knob on the jack Pointed Down)
counterclockwise to lower the extensions (6), as shown.
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
jack head to release the jack 3. Hoist Cable
from its holder. 4. Hoist Assembly
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 425
Removing the Flat Tire and

Installing the Spare Tire
Use the following pictures and
instructions to remove the flat tire
and raise the vehicle.
3. Insert the hoist end (open 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
end) (10) of the extension with some slack in the cable to
through the hole (9) in the rear access the tire/wheel retainer.
bumper.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (10) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to 1. Jack
lower the spare tire. 2. Wheel Blocks
4. Turn the wheel wrench 3. Jack Handle
counterclockwise to lower the Tilt the retainer and pull it 4. Jack Handle Extensions
spare tire to the ground. through the center of the wheel 5. Wheel Wrench
Continue to turn the wheel along with the cable and
wrench until the spare tire can spring. The tools you will be using include
be pulled out from under the the jack (1), the wheel blocks (2),
7. Put the spare tire near the the jack handle (3), the jack handle
vehicle. flat tire. extensions (4), and the wheel
5. Pull the spare tire out from wrench (5).
under the vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
426 Vehicle Care
1. Do a safety check before 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn

proceeding. See If a Tire Goes it counterclockwise to loosen
Flat 0 421. the wheel nuts. Do not remove
the wheel nuts yet.
If the wheel has a smooth

center cap, place the chisel
end of the wheel wrench in the
slot on the wheel, and gently
pry it out.
2. If the vehicle has wheel nut Front Position – 1500 Models

caps, loosen them by turning
4. If the flat tire is on the front of
the wheel wrench
the vehicle (1500 models),
counterclockwise.
position the jack under the
If the vehicle has a center cap bracket attached to the
with wheel nut caps, the wheel vehicle's frame, behind the flat
nut caps are designed to stay tire, as shown.
with the center cap after they
are loosened. Remove the
entire center cap.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 427
Front Position – All Other Models Rear Position – 1500 Models Rear Position – All Other Models
If the flat tire is on the front of 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, for For all other models, position
the vehicle (all other models), 1500 models position the jack the jack under the rear axle
position the jack under the under the rear axle about 5 cm between the spring anchor and
vehicle, as shown. (2 in) inboard of the shock the shock absorber bracket.
absorber bracket. If a snow plow has been added
to the front of the vehicle, lower
the snow plow fully before
raising the vehicle.
Make sure that the jack head is
positioned so that the rear axle
is resting securely between the
grooves that are on the
jack head.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
428 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{ Warning 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and 8. Remove any rust or dirt from
take off the flat tire. the wheel bolts, mounting
Raising the vehicle with the jack surfaces, and spare wheel.
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
{ Warning 9. Install the spare tire.
make the vehicle fall. To help Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
avoid personal injury and vehicle parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift make wheel nuts become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts
head into the proper location after time. The wheel could come or nuts because the nuts might
before raising the vehicle. off and cause an accident. When come loose. The vehicle's wheel
changing a wheel, remove any could fall off, causing a crash.
6. Turn the wheel wrench rust or dirt from places where the
clockwise to raise the vehicle. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper 10. Put the wheel nuts back on
Raise the vehicle far enough with the rounded end of the
off the ground so there is towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to nuts toward the wheel.
enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well. remove all rust or dirt.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 429
11. Tighten each wheel nut by

hand. Then use the wheel Warning (Continued) Caution
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against running wheels, piloting pad Improperly tightened wheel nuts
the hub. damage may occur and require can lead to brake pulsation and
replacement of the entire hub, for rotor damage. To avoid expensive
12. Turn the wheel wrench proper centering of the wheels. brake repairs, evenly tighten the
counterclockwise to lower the When replacing studs, hubs, wheel nuts in the proper
vehicle. Lower the jack wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to sequence and to the proper
completely.
use GM original equipment parts. torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
{ Warning 0 469 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
If wheel studs are damaged, they { Warning
can break. If all the studs on a
wheel broke, the wheel could Wheel nuts that are improperly or
come off and cause a crash. incorrectly tightened can cause
If any stud is damaged because the wheels to become loose or
of a loose-running wheel, it could come off. The wheel nuts should
be that all of the studs are be tightened with a torque wrench
damaged. To be sure, replace all to the proper torque specification
studs on the wheel. If the stud after replacing. Follow the torque
holes in a wheel have become specification supplied by the
larger, the wheel could collapse in aftermarket manufacturer when
operation. Replace any wheel if using accessory locking wheel 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
its stud holes have become larger nuts. See Capacities and crisscross sequence, as
or distorted in any way. Inspect Specifications 0 469 for original shown, by turning the wheel
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for equipment wheel nut torque wrench clockwise.
damage. Because of loose specifications.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
430 Vehicle Care
For vehicles with dual wheels, have Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
a technician check the wheel nut and Tools Caution
tightness of all wheels with a torque
wrench after the first 160, 1 600 and The tire hoist can be damaged if
10 000 km (100, 1,000 and 6,000 mi).
{ Warning there is no tension on the cable
Repeat this service whenever you when using it. To have the
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
have a tire removed or serviced. necessary tension, the spare or
equipment in the passenger
See Capacities and Specifications road tire and wheel assembly
compartment of the vehicle could
0 469. must be installed on the tire hoist
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
to use it.
When reinstalling the regular wheel collision, loose equipment could
and tire, also reinstall either the strike someone. Store all these in
center cap, or bolt-on hub cap, the proper place. Store the tire under the rear of the
depending on what the vehicle is vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
equipped with. For center caps,
place the cap on the wheel and tap
it into place until it seats flush with Caution
the wheel. The cap only goes on
one way. Be sure to line up the tab Storing an aluminum wheel with a
on the center cap with the flat tire under your vehicle for an
indentation on the wheel. For extended period of time or with
bolt-on hub caps, align the plastic the valve stem pointing up can
nut caps with the wheel nuts and damage the wheel. Always stow
then tighten by hand. Then use the the wheel with the valve stem
wheel wrench to tighten. pointing down and have the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
possible.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 431
3. Hoist Cable 5. Raise the tire part way upward.

4. Hoist Assembly Make sure the retainer is
5. Hoist Shaft seated in the wheel opening.
6. Jack Handle Extensions 6. Raise the tire fully against the
7. Wheel Wrench underside of the vehicle by
8. Spare Tire Lock (If turning the wheel wrench
Equipped) clockwise until you hear two
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole clicks or feel it skip twice. You
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool cannot overtighten the cable.
3. Attach the wheel wrench (7)
1. Put the tire on the ground at and extensions (6) together, as
the rear of the vehicle with the shown.
valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.
2. Pull the cable and spring
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer
plate down and through the
center wheel.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
4. Insert the hoist end (10)
through the hole (9) in the rear 7. Make sure the tire is stored
bumper and onto the hoist securely. Push, pull, and then
shaft. try to turn the tire. If the tire
moves, use the wheel wrench
Do not use the chiseled end of to tighten the cable.
the wheel wrench.
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock,
if the vehicle has one.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
432 Vehicle Care
To store the jack and jack tools: 3. Assemble the wheel blocks (2) 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h
and jack (7) together with the (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at
wing nut (1) and retaining the proper inflation pressure. Repair
bolt (8). and replace the road tire as soon as
4. Position the jack (7) in the it is convenient, and stow the spare
mounting bracket (6). Position tire for future use.
the holes in the base of the
jack (7) onto the pin in the Caution
mounting bracket (6).
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
5. Return them to their original and a different size spare tire is
location in the vehicle. See installed, do not drive in
“Removing the Spare Tire and four-wheel drive until the flat tire
Tools.”
is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and
1. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Full-Size Spare Tire the repairs would not be covered
Blocks
2. Wheel Blocks If this vehicle came with a full-size by the warranty. Never use
3. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit spare tire, it was fully inflated when four-wheel drive when a different
new, however, it can lose air over size spare tire is installed on the
4. Wheel Wrench and
time. Check the inflation pressure vehicle.
Extensions
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 406
5. Tool Bag and Vehicle Load Limits 0 259. For
6. Jack Mounting Bracket instructions on how to remove, The vehicle may have a different
7. Jack install, or store a spare tire, see Tire size spare tire than the road tires
8. Bolt Retaining Wheel Blocks Changing 0 423. originally installed on the vehicle.
This spare tire was developed for
1. Put the tools (4) in the tool If equipped with a temporary use use on this vehicle, so it is all right
bag (5) and place them in the full-size spare tire, it is indicated on to drive on it. If the vehicle has
retaining bracket (3). the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
2. Tighten down the wing nut (3). Labeling 0 400. This spare tire
should not be driven on over
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 433
four-wheel drive and a different size Jump Starting

spare tire is installed, drive only in Warning (Continued)
two-wheel drive.
Jump Starting - North the State of California to cause
After installing the spare tire on the cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
America
HANDLING.
and check that the spare tire is For an eAssist vehicle, see the
correctly inflated. Silverado/Sierra supplement. See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 352.
Have the damaged or flat road tire For more information about the
repaired or replaced and installed vehicle battery, see Battery - North
back onto the vehicle as soon as America 0 380.
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) { Warning
has run down, you may want to use
Do not mix tires and wheels of Batteries can hurt you. They can
another vehicle and some jumper
different sizes, because they will not cables to start your vehicle. Be sure be dangerous because:
fit. Keep your spare tire and its to use the following steps to do it . They contain acid that can
wheel together. If the vehicle has a safely. burn you.
spare tire that does not match the . They contain gas that can
original road tires and wheels in size
and type, do not include the spare in
{ Warning explode or ignite.
the tire rotation. WARNING: Battery posts, . They contain enough
terminals, and related electricity to burn you.
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
434 Vehicle Care
may not be able to get enough four-wheel-drive vehicle, be

Caution power from a single battery in sure the transfer case is in a
another vehicle to start your drive gear, not in N (Neutral).
Ignoring these steps could result diesel engine. If your vehicle
in costly damage to the vehicle has more than one battery,
that would not be covered by the Caution
using the battery that is closer
vehicle warranty. Trying to start to the starter will reduce If any accessories are left on or
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it electrical resistance. This is plugged in during the jump
will not work, and it could damage located on the passenger side, starting procedure, they could be
the vehicle. in the rear of the engine damaged. The repairs would not
compartment. be covered by the vehicle
1. Check the other vehicle. 3. Get the vehicles close enough warranty. Whenever possible, turn
It must have a 12-volt battery so the jumper cables can off or unplug all accessories on
with a negative ground system. reach, but be sure the vehicles either vehicle when jump starting.
are not touching each other.
Caution If they are, it could cause an
4. Turn off the ignition on both
unwanted ground connection.
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
If the other vehicle does not have You would not be able to start
accessories plugged into the
a 12-volt system with a negative your vehicle, and the bad
accessory power outlets. Turn
ground, both vehicles can be grounding could damage the
off the radio and all the lamps
damaged. Only use a vehicle that electrical systems.
that are not needed. This will
has a 12-volt system with a To avoid the possibility of the avoid sparks and help save
negative ground for jump starting. vehicles rolling, set the parking both batteries. And it could
brake firmly on both vehicles save the radio!
2. If you have a vehicle with a involved in the jump start
5. Open the hood on the other
diesel engine with two procedure. Put the automatic
vehicle and locate the
batteries, you should know transmission in P (Park) or a
positive (+) and negative (−)
before you begin that, manual transmission in Neutral
terminal locations on that
especially in cold weather, you before setting the parking
vehicle.
brake. If you have a
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 435
The positive (+) terminal is Before you connect the cables,

under a red plastic cover at the Warning (Continued) here are some basic things you
positive battery post. To should know. Positive (+) will
uncover the positive (+) and some have been blinded. go to positive (+) or to a remote
terminal, open the red plastic Use a flashlight if you need more positive (+) terminal if the
cover. light. vehicle has one. Negative (−)
For more information on the Battery fluid contains acid that will go to a heavy, unpainted
location of the remote can burn you. Do not get it on metal engine part or to a
positive (+) and remote you. If you accidentally get it in remote negative (−) terminal if
negative (−) terminals, see your eyes or on your skin, flush the vehicle has one.
Engine Compartment Overview the place with water and get Do not connect positive (+) to
0 355. medical help immediately. negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
{ Warning battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
An electric fan can start up even { Warning negative (−) cable to the
when the engine is not running negative (−) terminal on the
Fans or other moving engine dead battery because this can
and can injure you. Keep hands,
parts can injure you badly. Keep cause sparks.
clothing, and tools away from any
your hands away from moving
underhood electric fan.
parts once the engine is running.
6. Check that the jumper cables

{ Warning do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
Using a match near a battery can get a shock. The vehicles
cause battery gas to explode. could be damaged too.
People have been hurt doing this,
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
436 Vehicle Care
Do not let the other end touch

anything until the next step.
10. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable.
5.3L Shown, 4.3L, 6.0L, 6.2L, and 6.0L

6.6L Similar ‐ To the generator bracket, on
7. Connect the red positive (+) the vehicle with the dead
cable to the positive (+) battery.
terminal of the vehicle with the 4.3L Shown, 5.3L and 6.2L Similar
dead battery.
‐ To the metal bracket that is
8. Do not let the other end touch bolted to the engine and
metal. Connect it to the supports the resonator, on
positive (+) terminal of the the vehicle with the dead
good battery. Use a remote battery.
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
9. Connect the black negative (−)
cable to the negative (−)
terminal of the good battery.
Use a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 437
Caution Towing the Vehicle

If the jumper cables are Caution
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled
may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The
vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by
covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the Do not lash or hook to
jumper cables in the correct order, suspension components. Use the
making sure that the cables do proper straps around the tires to
6.6L not touch each other or other secure the vehicle.
metal.
‐ To the negative (−) post on
the auxiliary battery, on the Use only a flatbed tow truck for
vehicle with the dead battery. Jumper Cable Removal towing a disabled vehicle. Never
11. Start the vehicle with the good Reverse the sequence exactly when use a sling type lift or damage will
battery and run the engine for a removing the jumper cables. occur. Use ramps to help reduce
while. approach angles if necessary.
After starting the disabled vehicle A towed vehicle should have its
12. Try to start the vehicle that had and removing the jumper cables, drive wheels off the ground.
the dead battery. If it will not allow it to idle for several minutes.
start after a few tries, it Consult a professional towing
probably needs service. service if the disabled vehicle must
be towed.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
438 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means warranty. If using a shield, only components could be damaged.
towing the vehicle behind another use one that attaches to the The repairs would not be covered
vehicle, such as a motor home. The towing vehicle. by the vehicle warranty.
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy be towed with all four wheels on the
towing is towing the vehicle with all Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles ground.
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer’s instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and equipment
recommendations.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict Caution
airflow and cause damage to the Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
transmission. The repairs would If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is vehicles with a two-speed transfer
not be covered by the vehicle towed with all four wheels on the case that have an N (Neutral) and a
(Continued) ground, the drivetrain Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n) setting.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 439
(Drive). There should be no 8. Move the steering wheel to

{ Warning movement of the vehicle while make sure the steering column
shifting. is unlocked.
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into 5. Turn the engine off. 9. With a foot on the brake pedal,
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle release the parking brake.
to roll even if the transmission is Caution Keep the ignition key in the
in P (Park). You or others could towed vehicle in ACC/
be injured. Set the parking brake Failure to disconnect the negative ACCESSORY to prevent the
battery cable or to have it contact steering column from locking.
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral). the terminals can cause damage Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
to the vehicle.
Before disconnecting the towed
To dinghy tow: vehicle:
6. Disconnect the negative
1. Position the vehicle being battery cable at the battery and 1. Park on a level surface.
towed behind the tow vehicle, secure the nut and bolt. Cover 2. Set the parking brake, then
facing forward and on a level the negative battery post with a shift the transmission to
surface. non-conductive material to P (Park), and move the ignition
2. Securely attach the vehicle prevent any contact with the key to OFF.
being towed to the tow vehicle. negative battery terminal.
3. Connect the battery.
3. Apply the parking brake and 7. Shift the transmission to
4. Apply the brake pedal.
start the engine. P (Park).
5. Turn the ignition on with the
4. Shift the transfer case to engine off. Shift the transfer
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into Caution
case out of N (Neutral) to
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Two-Wheel Drive High. See
If the steering column is locked,
Drive 0 285. Check that the “Shifting out of N (Neutral)”
vehicle is in N (Neutral) by vehicle damage may occur.
under Four-Wheel Drive 0 285.
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
440 Vehicle Care
See your dealer if the transfer Dolly Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
case cannot be shifted out of be towed with the rear wheels on
N (Neutral). Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the ground. Two-wheel-drive
the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive transmissions have no provisions
6. Check that the vehicle is in Vehicles
Two-Wheel Drive High by for internal lubrication while being
shifting the transmission to towed.
R (Reverse) and then to D To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
(Drive). There should be vehicle, the vehicle must be towed
movement of the vehicle while with the rear wheels on the dolly.
shifting. See “Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
7. Shift the transmission to the Ground)” later in this section.
P (Park) and turn off the Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
ignition. the Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the Vehicles
tow vehicle.
9. Release the parking brake.
10. Reset any lost presets.
Caution
The outside temperature
display will default to 0 °C (32 ° If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
F) but will reset with normal towed with the rear wheels on the
usage. ground, the transmission could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Never tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the
ground.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 441
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive 5. Use a clamping device Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
vehicle from the front: designed for towing to ensure the Ground)
1. Attach the dolly to the tow that the front wheels are locked
into the straight position. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions. 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
2. Drive the front wheels onto the following the manufacturer's
dolly. instructions.
3. Shift the transmission to 7. Shift the transfer case to

P (Park). N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
4. Set the parking brake. Drive 0 285 for the proper
procedure.
{ Warning 8. Release the parking brake only
after the vehicle being towed is
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
firmly attached to the tow
vehicle's transfer case into vehicle.
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
to roll even if the transmission is 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle from the rear:
in P (Park). You or others could
1. Drive the rear wheels onto the
be injured. Set the parking brake
dolly.
to N (Neutral). 2. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 293.
3. Put the transmission in
P (Park).
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
442 Vehicle Care
5. Use a clamping device To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive Appearance Care

designed for towing to ensure vehicle from the rear:
that the front wheels are locked
into the straight position.
1. Drive the rear wheels onto the Exterior Care
dolly.
6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 2. Set the parking brake. See
Locks
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Parking Brake 0 293. Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
3. Put the transmission in
{ Warning P (Park).
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Shifting a four-wheel-drive 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Recommended Fluids and
vehicle's transfer case into following the manufacturer's Lubricants 0 463.
instructions.
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Washing the Vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is 5. Use a clamping device
in P (Park). You or others could designed for towing to ensure To preserve the vehicle's finish,
be injured. Set the parking brake that the front wheels are locked wash it often and out of direct
into the straight position. sunlight.
to N (Neutral). 6. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into Caution
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Do not use petroleum-based,
Drive 0 285 for the proper
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
procedure.
agents as they can damage the
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 443
Finish Care
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that sealant/wax materials is not
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the recommended. If painted surfaces
correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. are damaged, see your dealer to
safety precautions, and have the damage assessed and
appropriate disposal of any repaired. Foreign materials such as
If using an automatic car wash, calcium chloride and other salts, ice
vehicle care product. follow with the car wash melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
instructions. The windshield wiper sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
and rear window wiper, if equipped, industrial chimneys, etc., can
Caution must be off. Remove any damage the vehicle's finish if they
accessories that may be damaged remain on painted surfaces. Wash
Avoid using high-pressure or interfere with the car wash the vehicle as soon as possible.
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) equipment. If necessary, use non-abrasive
to the surface of the vehicle. Use See Power Assist Steps 0 42 for cleaners that are marked safe for
of power washers exceeding cleaning information. painted surfaces to remove foreign
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result matter.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
in damage or removal of paint washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild
and decals. cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove
are allowed to dry on the surface, residue from the paint finish. See
they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Caution Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to Do not apply waxes or polishes to
Do not power wash any avoid surface scratches and water uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
component under the hood that spotting. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
has this e symbol. as damage can occur.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
444 Vehicle Care
The bright metal moldings on the rinse the bedliner surface following
Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome or a chemical spill to avoid permanent
stainless steel. To prevent damage damage.
Machine compounding or always follow these cleaning
aggressive polishing on a Spray-in bedliners can fade from
instructions: oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to hauling, and hard water stains.
non-abrasive waxes and polishes the touch before applying any Clean it periodically by washing off
that are made for a basecoat/ cleaning solution. the loose dirt and using a mild
. Use only approved cleaning detergent. To restore the original
clearcoat paint finish on the
solutions for aluminum, chrome appearance, apply the bedliner
vehicle.
or stainless steel. Some conditioner available through your
cleaners are highly acidic or dealer.
To keep the paint finish looking new, contain alkaline substances and
keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings. Caution
covered whenever possible.
. Always dilute a concentrated Using silicone-based products
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the
Moldings may damage the bedliner, reduce
manufacturer’s instructions. the slip-resistant texture, and
. Do not use cleaners that are not attract dirt.
Caution intended for automotive use.
Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish. Stripes
This damage would not be Spray-In Bedliner Care
covered by the vehicle warranty. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
A spray-in bedliner is a permanent soft cloth, and a car washing soap
coating that bonds to the truck bed to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
and cannot be removed. Promptly emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 445
Lamp covers are made of plastic, Replace the wiper blades if they are
and some have a UV protective Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be
coating. Do not clean or wipe them caused by extreme dusty
while they are dry. Using wax on low gloss black conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
finish stripes can increase the snow, and ice.
Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
. Washer fluids and other cleaning water only. weatherstrips to make them last
agents in higher concentrations longer, seal better, and not stick or
than suggested by the Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
manufacturer. once a year. Hot, dry climates may
Clear debris from the air intakes, require more frequent application.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, between the hood and windshield, Black marks from rubber material on
or other harsh cleaners. when washing the vehicle. painted surfaces can be removed by
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. rubbing with a clean cloth. See
Windshield and Wiper Blades
. Recommended Fluids and
Aftermarket appearance caps or Clean the outside of the windshield Lubricants 0 463.
covers while the lamps are with glass cleaner.
illuminated, due to excessive Tires
heat generated. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires.
Caution
detergent. Wash the windshield
Failure to clean lamps properly thoroughly when cleaning the Caution
can cause damage to the lamp blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire
cover that would not be covered
treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle
by the vehicle warranty.
streaking. may damage the paint finish and/
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
446 Vehicle Care
Steering, Suspension, and

Caution (Continued) Caution Chassis Components
or tires. When applying a tire To avoid surface damage, do not Visually inspect steering,
dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals, suspension, and chassis
overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners, components for damaged, loose,
surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain or missing parts or signs of wear at
acid on aluminum or least once a year.
chrome-plated wheels. Use only Inspect power steering for proper
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
approved cleaners. Also, never attachment, connections, binding,
or Chrome
drive a vehicle with aluminum or leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
soap and water to clean the wheels. Visually check constant velocity joint
automatic car wash that uses boots and axle seals for leaks.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean silicone carbide tire cleaning
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. brushes. Damage could occur 1500 Series vehicles, at least every
A wax may then be applied. and the repairs would not be other oil change lubricate the outer
covered by the vehicle warranty. tie rod ends.
Caution 2500/3500 Series vehicles, at least
every other engine oil change
Chrome wheels and other chrome Brake System lubricate the upper and lower
trim may be damaged if the Visually inspect brake lines and control arm ball joints. Control arm
vehicle is not washed after driving hoses for proper hook-up, binding, ball joints on 1500 series vehicles
on roads that have been sprayed leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect are maintenance-free.
with magnesium, calcium, disc brake pads for wear and rotors
2500/3500 Series vehicles equipped
or sodium chloride. These for surface condition. Inspect drum
with steering linkage, at least every
chlorides are used on roads for brake linings/shoes for wear or
other engine oil change lubricate the
conditions such as ice and dust. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
tie rod ball joints, idler arm pivot
Always wash the chrome with shaft bearings, idler arm socket, and
soap and water after exposure. pitman arm socket.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 447
with power assist steps, extend corrosion. Larger areas of finish

Caution them and then use a high pressure damage can be corrected in your
wash to clean all joints and gaps. dealer's body and paint shop.
Lubrication of applicable steering/
suspension points should not be Do not directly power wash the Chemical Paint Spotting
done unless the temperature is transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water Airborne pollutants can fall upon
−12 °C (10 °F) or higher, and attack painted vehicle surfaces
or damage could result. can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated causing blotchy, ring-shaped
fluid will decrease the life of the discolorations, and small, irregular
For an eAssist vehicle, see the transfer case and/or axles and dark spots etched into the paint
Silverado/Sierra eAssist should be replaced. surface. Refer to “Finish Care”
supplement. previously in this section.
Sheet Metal Damage
Body Component Lubrication Interior Care
If the vehicle is damaged and
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, requires sheet metal repair or To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the replacement, make sure the body regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
steel fuel door hinge unless the repair shop applies anti-corrosion Immediately remove any soils.
components are plastic. Applying material to parts repaired or Newspapers or dark garments can
silicone grease on weatherstrips replaced to restore corrosion transfer color to the vehicle’s
with a clean cloth will make them protection. interior.
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak. Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove
parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the
Underbody Maintenance protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild
vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any Finish Damage hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
corrosive materials from the repellent from all interior surfaces or
Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result.
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and scratches with touch-up materials
other debris can collect. If equipped available from your dealer to avoid
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
448 Vehicle Care
Use cleaners specifically designed A concentrated soap solution will Speaker Covers
for the surfaces being cleaned to create streaks and attract dirt.
Vacuum around a speaker cover
prevent permanent damage. Apply Do not use solutions that contain
gently, so that the speaker will not
cleaners directly to the cleaning strong or caustic soap.
be damaged. Clean spots with water
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any . Do not heavily saturate the and mild soap.
switches or controls. Remove upholstery when cleaning.
cleaners quickly. Coated Moldings
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
Before using cleaners, read and containing solvents. Coated moldings should be cleaned.
follow to all safety instructions on
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
the label. While cleaning the interior, Interior Glass
open the doors and windows to get sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water.
proper ventilation.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When heavily soiled, use warm
To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth.
the interior using the following soapy water.
If necessary, use a commercial
cleaners or techniques: glass cleaner after cleaning with Fabric/Carpet/Suede
. Never use a razor or any other plain water.
Start by vacuuming the surface
sharp object to remove a soil using a soft brush attachment. If a
from any interior surface. Caution rotating vacuum brush attachment is
. Never use a brush with stiff being used, only use it on the floor
To prevent scratching, never use
bristles. carpet. Before cleaning, gently
abrasive cleaners on automotive
remove as much of the soil as
. Never rub any surface glass. Abrasive cleaners or possible:
aggressively or with too much aggressive cleaning may damage
pressure. the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
. Do not use laundry detergents or
more soil can be removed.
dishwashing soaps with Cleaning the windshield with water
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, during the first three to six months . For solid soils, remove as much
use approximately 20 drops per of ownership will reduce tendency as possible prior to vacuuming.
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. to fog.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 449
To clean: If the soil is not completely

removed, it may be necessary to Caution
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water. use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Do not attach a device with a
Microfiber cloth is suction cup to the display. This
recommended to prevent lint hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery may cause damage and would
transfer to the fabric or carpet. not be covered by the vehicle
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire warranty.
gently wringing until water does fabric or carpet.
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
After cleaning use a paper towel to Instrument Panel, Leather,
3. Start on the outside edge of the blot excess moisture. Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
soil and gently rub toward the Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
center. Rotate the cleaning Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and Natural Open Pore Wood
cloth to a clean area frequently
Radio Displays Surfaces
to prevent forcing the soil in to
the fabric. Use a soft microfiber cloth
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
dampened with water to remove
4. Continue gently rubbing the surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
dust and loose dirt. For a more
soiled area until there is no use a soft bristle brush to remove
thorough cleaning, use a soft
longer any color transfer from dirt that can scratch the surface.
microfiber cloth dampened with a
the soil to the cleaning cloth. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
mild soap solution.
5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth. Never use window
removed, use a mild soap cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth Caution
solution followed only by plain
water. separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse Soaking or saturating leather,
thoroughly and air dry before especially perforated leather, as
next use. well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
450 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Floor Mats
Wipe excess moisture from these the vehicle, blot immediately and { Warning
surfaces after cleaning and allow clean with a soft cloth dampened
them to dry naturally. Never use with a mild soap solution. If a floor mat is the wrong size or
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do Damage caused by air fresheners is not properly installed, it can
not use cleaners that contain would not be covered by the interfere with the pedals.
silicone or wax-based products. vehicle warranty. Interference with the pedals can
Cleaners containing these cause unintended acceleration
solvents can permanently change and/or increased stopping
Care of Safety Belts distance which can cause a crash
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not Keep belts clean and dry. and injury. Make sure the floor
recommended. mat does not interfere with the
{ Warning pedals.
Do not use cleaners that increase Do not bleach or dye safety belt
gloss, especially on the instrument Use the following guidelines for
webbing. It may severely weaken proper floor mat usage:
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
the webbing. In a crash, they
visibility through the windshield . The original equipment floor
might not be able to provide
under certain conditions. mats were designed for your
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse safety belt webbing only vehicle. If the floor mats need
Caution replacing, it is recommended
with mild soap and lukewarm
that GM certified floor mats be
Use of air fresheners may cause water. Allow the webbing to dry.
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
permanent damage to plastics may not fit properly and may
and painted surfaces. If an air interfere with the pedals. Always
freshener comes in contact with check that the floor mats do not
any plastic or painted surface in interfere with the pedals.
(Continued)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care 451

. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
top of another. retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
Verify the floor mat does not
floor mat to unlock each retainer
interfere with the pedals.
and remove.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
452 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information Your dealer recognizes the

importance of providing
Maintenance This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place
General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 452 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and
Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 453 the required maintenance for the blades.
Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
Special Application protect against major repair Caution
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to
Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required
maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Recommended Fluids and condition.
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 replacement parts. They have
Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 467 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Service and Maintenance 453
keep the vehicle in good working Severe Service Maintenance

condition, improves fuel economy, In addition to the normal service
and reduces vehicle emissions. schedule, some vehicles require
Schedule
Because of the way people use service more often. Severe service Owner Checks and Services
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. is for vehicles that are:
There may need to be more At Each Fuel Stop
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
frequent checks and services. in hot weather. . Check the engine oil level. See
Normal Service Engine Oil 0 360.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
All maintenance services, including mountainous terrain. Once a Month
those listed under Additional . Frequently towing a trailer. . Check the tire inflation
Required Services, are for pressures. See Tire Pressure
vehicles that: . Used for high-speed or
competitive driving. 0 406.
. Carry passengers and cargo . Inspect the tires for wear. See
within recommended limits on . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service. Tire Inspection 0 412.
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits . Check the windshield washer
0 259. { Warning fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 376.
. Are driven on reasonable road
Performing maintenance work can
surfaces within legal driving Engine Oil Change
be dangerous and can cause
limits. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
serious injury. Perform
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the SOON message displays, have the
Fuel 0 311. required information, proper tools, engine oil and filter changed within
and equipment are available. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
If they are not, see your dealer to under the best conditions, the
have a trained technician do the engine oil life system may not
work. See Doing Your Own indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
Service Work 0 354.
filter must be changed at least once
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
a year and the oil life system must Replacement may also be needed if . Visually inspect windshield wiper
be reset. Your trained dealer there is a reduction in air flow, blades for wear, cracking,
technician can perform this work. excessive window fogging, or odors. or contamination. See Exterior
If the engine oil life system is reset Care 0 442. Replace worn or
accidentally, service the vehicle Tire Rotation and Required damaged wiper blades. See
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Services Every 12 000 km/ Wiper Blade Replacement
last service. Reset the oil life 7,500 mi 0 385.
system when the oil is changed. Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Check tire inflation pressures.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 363. the vehicle, and perform the See Tire Pressure 0 406.
Passenger Compartment Air following services. See Tire
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Filter Rotation 0 413.
Inspection 0 412.
. Check engine oil level and oil
The passenger compartment air . Visually check for fluid leaks.
life percentage. If needed,
filter removes dust, pollen, and .
change engine oil and filter, Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
other airborne irritants from outside
and reset oil life system. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
See Engine Oil 0 360 and 0 368.
The filter should be replaced as part
Engine Oil Life System 0 363. . Inspect brake system. See
of routine scheduled maintenance.
Inspect the passenger compartment . Check engine coolant level. See Exterior Care 0 442.
air filter every 36 000 km/ Engine Coolant 0 370.
22,500 miles or two years, . Check windshield washer fluid
whichever comes first. Replace if level. See Washer Fluid 0 376.
necessary. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Visually inspect steering, . Lubricate body components. See . Check accelerator pedal for
suspension, and chassis Exterior Care 0 442. damage, high effort, or binding.
components for damaged, loose, . Check starter switch. See Starter Replace if needed.
or missing parts or signs of Switch Check 0 384. . Visually inspect gas strut for
wear. See Exterior Care 0 442. signs of wear, cracks, or other
Lubricate the suspension and . Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See damage. Check the hold open
steering components at least ability of the strut. See your
every other oil change. Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check dealer if service is required.
(If equipped with grease fittings)
0 384. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
. Check restraint system
. Check ignition transmission lock. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 54.
components. See Safety System
Check 0 72. See Ignition Transmission Lock . Verify spare tire key lock
Check 0 385. operation and lubricate as
. Visually inspect fuel system for
. Check parking brake and needed. See Tire Changing
damage or leaks. 0 423.
automatic transmission park
. Visually inspect exhaust system mechanism. See Park Brake and
and nearby heat shields for P (Park) Mechanism Check
loose or damaged parts. 0 385.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Additional Required Services
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
For GVW under 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4)
@
For GVW over 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
@ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace clutch fluid. (8)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Or every four years, whichever (5) Or every five years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required comes first. If driving in dusty comes first. See Cooling System
Services - Normal conditions, inspect the filter at each 0 369.
(1) Or every two years, whichever oil change or more often as needed. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. More frequent (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor comes first. Inspect for fraying,
replacement may be needed if the lines and hoses for proper excessive cracking, or damage;
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy attachment, connection, routing, and replace, if needed.
traffic, poor air quality, areas with condition. (7) Replace brake fluid every five
high dust levels or are sensitive to (4) Do not directly power wash the years. See Brake Fluid 0 378.
environmental allergens. Filter transfer case and/or front/rear axle
replacement may also be needed if (8) Replace clutch fluid every three
output seals. High pressure water years. See Hydraulic Clutch 0 367.
you notice reduced airflow, windows can overcome the seals and
fogging up, or odors. Your local GM contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
Service location can help you fluid will decrease the life of the
determine when it is the right time to transfer case and/or drive axles and
replace your filter. should be replaced.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
For GVW under 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
@ @ @
For GVW over 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
@ @ @ @ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace clutch fluid. (8)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Footnotes — Maintenance (4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application
Schedule Additional Required transfer case and/or front/rear axle
Services - Severe output seals. High pressure water Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever can overcome the seals and . Vehicles with Dual Wheels:
comes first. More frequent contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
Check dual wheel nut torque at
replacement may be needed if the fluid will decrease the life of the
160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100,
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy transfer case and/or drive axles and
1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving.
traffic, poor air quality, areas with should be replaced.
Repeat this service whenever a
high dust levels or are sensitive to (5) Or every five years, whichever tire/wheel is serviced or
environmental allergens. Filter comes first. See Cooling System removed.
replacement may also be needed if 0 369. . Severe Commercial Use
you notice reduced airflow, windows
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
fogging up, or odors. Your local GM
comes first. Inspect for fraying, components every oil change.
Service location can help you
excessive cracking, or damage; .
determine when it is the right time to Have underbody flushing service
replace, if needed.
replace your filter. performed. See “Underbody
(7) Replace brake fluid every five Maintenance” in Exterior Care
(2) Or every four years, whichever
years. See Brake Fluid 0 378. 0 442.
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each (8) Replace clutch fluid every three
oil change or more often as needed. years. See Hydraulic Clutch 0 367.
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Additional Battery Brakes

The 12-volt battery supplies power Brakes stop the vehicle and are
Maintenance and Care to start the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving.
Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping.
repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power.
performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have
maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
required. the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
It is recommended that your dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
perform these services — their corrosion-free.
trained dealer technicians know Fluids
your vehicle best. Your dealer can Belts Proper fluid levels and approved
also perform a thorough . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
assessment with a multi-point squeak or show signs of and components. See
inspection to recommend when your cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
vehicle may need attention. Lubricants 0 463 for GM approved
. Trained dealer technicians have
The following list is intended to access to tools and equipment fluids.
explain the services and conditions to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
to look for that may indicate recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be
services are required. replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Hoses Shocks and Struts Tires

Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated,
be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of wear may include the tires can save money and fuel,
With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ and can reduce the risk of tire
dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer failure.
advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven . Signs that the tires need to be
Lamps tire wear. replaced include three or more
. As part of the multi-point visible treadwear indicators; cord
Properly working headlamps, or fabric showing through the
taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect rubber; cracks or cuts in the
important to see and be seen on tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
the road. the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals, split in the tire.
. Signs that the headlamps need . Trained dealer technicians can
or damage, and can advise
attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. inspect and recommend the right
to light, cracking, or damage. tires. Your dealer can also
The brake lamps need to be provide tire/wheel balancing
checked periodically to ensure services to ensure smooth
that they light when braking. vehicle operation at all speeds.
. With a multi-point inspection, Your dealer sells and services
your dealer can check the lamps name brand tires.
and note any concerns.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Care . Your dealer has the required Wiper Blades

To help keep the vehicle looking like equipment to ensure proper Wiper blades need to be cleaned
new, vehicle care products are wheel alignment. and kept in good condition to
available from your dealer. For Windshield provide a clear view.
information on how to clean and . Signs of wear include streaking,
protect the vehicle’s interior and For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield skipping across the windshield,
exterior, see Interior Care 0 447 and and worn or split rubber.
Exterior Care 0 442. clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include . Trained dealer technicians can
Wheel Alignment scratches, cracks, and chips. check the wiper blades and
Wheel alignment is critical for replace them when needed.
. Trained dealer technicians can
ensuring that the tires deliver inspect the windshield and
optimal wear and performance. recommend proper replacement
. Signs that the alignment may if needed.
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine and/or an
Allison Transmission, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
®
Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transmission)
Automatic Transmission (8-Speed DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19331925, in
Transmission) Canada 19300537).
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 370.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 360.
Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Front Axle Driveshaft Splines (All Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
4WD 1500/2500/3500 Series) and Canada 19257122).
Rear Axle Driveshaft Splines (All
2WD 1500 Series with Automatic
Transmission)
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819).
Hydraulic Clutch System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570).
Hydraulic Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 19329450, in Canada 19329451).
(2500/3500 Series Only)
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Canada 10953474).
Hinge and Linkage, Fuel Door Hinge,
Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges,
Latch Bolt, and Linkage
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 93436060).
Rear Axle (1500 Series) SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).
Rear Axle (2500/3500 Series) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Rear Driveline Center Spline Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
(Two-Piece Driveshaft) lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C
Oil Filter
4.3L V6 19330000 PF63E
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 19330000 PF63E
6.0L V8 19303975 PF48E
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23281440 CF188
Spark Plugs
4.3L V6 12622441 41–114
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 12622441 41–114
6.0L V8 12621258 41–110
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22754397 -
Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22754397 -
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
468 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 0 469 for the vehicle's engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Service Parts
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Identification Label
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 472 This label, on the inside of the glove
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on box, has the following information:
the driver side of the vehicle. It can . Vehicle Identification
be seen through the windshield from Number (VIN).
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the . Model designation.
Vehicle Certification and Service . Paint information.
Parts labels and certificates of title . Production options and special
and registration.
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Technical Data 469
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 463.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
4.3L V6 1500 Series 15.1 L 15.9 qt
5.3L V8 1500 Series 15.7 L 16.6 qt
6.0L V8 2500 Series and 3500 Series 16.1 L 17.0 qt
6.2L V8 1500 Series 15.7 L 16.6 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
4.3L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 7.6 L 8.0 qt
6.0L V8 5.7 L 6.0 qt
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
470 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Fuel Tank
1500 Series Standard and Short Box 98.4 L 26.0 gal
1500 Series Long Box 128.7 L 34.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box 136.3 L 36.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box 136.3 L 36.0 gal
3500 Series Chassis Cab 240.4 L 63.5 gal
3500 Chassis Cab – Front Tank 89.0 L 23.5 gal
3500 Chassis Cab – Rear Tank (if equipped) 151.4 L 40.0 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Technical Data 471
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
4.3L V6 (LV3) H 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
4.3L V6 (LV1) P 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
5.3L V8 (L83) C 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.0L V8 (L96) G 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (L86) J 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
472 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
6.0L V8 Engine
V6 Engines If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
5.3L and 6.2L V8 Engines

9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Customer Information 473
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 485
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 476 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 476 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 480 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 it appears your concern cannot be
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
474 Customer Information
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Company wants you to be aware of The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico
its participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Company
Center
Company has committed to binding Mail Code: CA1-163-005
P.O. Box 33170
arbitration of owner disputes 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
involving factory-related vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.Chevrolet.com
service claims. The program Your inquiry should be accompanied
provides for the review of the facts 1-800-222-1020
by the Vehicle Identification
involved by an impartial third party 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Number (VIN).
arbiter, and may include an informal Telephone Devices (TTYs))
hearing before the arbiter. The Roadside Assistance:
program is designed so that the Customer Assistance 1-800-243-8872
entire dispute settlement process, Offices From U.S. Virgin Islands:
from the time you file your complaint Chevrolet encourages customers to
to the final decision, should be 1-800-496-9994
call the toll-free number for
completed in about 70 days. We assistance. However, if a customer Canada
believe our impartial program offers wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
advantages over courts in most General Motors of Canada
the letter should be addressed to:
jurisdictions because it is informal, Company
quick, and free of charge. Customer Care Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
For further information concerning
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
www.gm.ca
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-3777 (English)
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-7854 (French), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
or write to:
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See
1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com 0 468.
Overseas
Please contact the local General
The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
experience allows interaction with Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Motors Business Unit. Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if
vehicle-specific information in one equipped).
Customer Assistance for place.
Text Telephone (TTY) F : Chat with online help
Membership Benefits representatives.
Users
E : Download owner manuals and See my.chevrolet.com to register
To assist customers who are deaf, view vehicle-specific how-to videos. your vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
G : View maintenance schedules, Chevrolet Owner Centre
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
equipment available at its Customer Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
service appointments.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help
Chevrolet by dialing: service records and self-recorded representatives.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records. . Locate owner resources such as
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and
view locations, maps, phone warranty information.
numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles,
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia
information. galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Chevrolet-recommended a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle.
for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem.
GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830.
Reimbursement Program Coverage
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Program duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not
This program is available to covered.
qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of
reimbursement of eligible the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make
hand controls or a wheelchair/ When calling Roadside Assistance,
any changes or discontinue the
scooter lift for the vehicle. have the following information
Roadside Assistance program at
ready:
For more information on the limited any time without notification.
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Your name, home address, and
General Motors North America and
call the GM Mobility Assistance home telephone number.
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your services or payment to an owner or
Telephone (TTY) users, call location. driver if they decide the claims are
1-800-833-9935. made too often, or the same type of
. Location of the vehicle.
claim is made many times.
. Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to

. jump start a dead battery. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available,
service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be
. event, incidental expenses may restricted. Propane and other
Lock-Out Service: Service to
be reimbursed within the fuels are not provided through
unlock the vehicle if you are
Powertrain warranty period. this service.
locked out. A remote unlock may
Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
must present identification .
delivered back to the customer, Trip Interruption Benefits and
before this service is given.
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. the repair orders are required.
driven. Assistance is not given Once authorization has been
when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. received, the Roadside
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to
. Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment.
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will
covered. receive payment, up to $100,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information.
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Program if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
Appointments experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts

receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center 0 477.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number.
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended
repaired with Genuine GM parts, to provide basic operational
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag information about the vehicle. The
does not pay the full cost. Owner Manual includes the
Inflates? 0 79.
If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repair valuation based on that Owner Manual, and Warranty
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Manual.
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no
that you take an active role in its RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
contractual limits with that company.
repair. If you have a pre-determined $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts RETAIL SELL PRICE:
be original equipment parts, either $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
new Genuine GM parts or recycled shipping fees.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Service and Owner publications are Statement Defects
available for many current and past
This vehicle has systems that
model year GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES‐001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects

become involved in individual to the Canadian to General Motors
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like
To contact NHTSA, you may call this, notify General Motors.
the Vehicle Safety Hotline believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Canada immediately, and notify Chevrolet Motor Division
http://www.safercar.gov; or General Motors of Canada Chevrolet Customer Assistance
write to: Company. Call Transport Center
Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or P.O. Box 33170
Administrator, NHTSA write to: Detroit, MI 48232-5170
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch (English) or 1-800-263-7854
You can also obtain other (French), or write:
80 rue Noel
information about motor Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 General Motors of Canada
vehicle safety from Company
http://www.safercar.gov. Customer Care Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur.
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near Note
The vehicle has a number of
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your
computers that record information
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal
vehicle uses computer modules to
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal
monitor and control engine and
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded.
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law
deployment and deploy them in a
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
investigation.
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated, special equipment is required, and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information
consent of the lessee; in response 0 492.
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar® and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
OnStar 487
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
488 OnStar
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi® OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block™,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
24/7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
OnStar 489
Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

“OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.”
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicle’s navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicle’s navigation screen, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. download directions to the vehicle’s
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say “Route preview.” System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say “Get my destination.”
2. Say “Cancel route.” System System responds with the
responds: “Do you want to address and distance to the
cancel directions?” destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
490 OnStar
Ensuring Security 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App

. Change the default passwords information, press =, wait for (If Equipped)
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi Download the OnStar RemoteLink
RemoteLink mobile application. settings.” On some vehicles, mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
Make these passwords different touch Wi-Fi Settings on the Android™, BlackBerry®,
from each other and use a screen. or Windows® mobile devices.
combination of letters, numbers, 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display OnStar Subscribers can access the
and symbols to increase the the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), following services from a mobile
security. password, and on some device:
. Change the default name of the vehicles, the connection type . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
SSID (Service Set Identifier). (no Internet connection, 3G, if factory-equipped.
This is your network’s name that 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
is visible to other wireless (poor, good, excellent).
with automatic locks.
devices. Choose a unique name 3. To change the SSID or
and avoid family names or . Activate the horn and lamps.
password, press Q or call
vehicle descriptions. . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If with an Advisor. life, or tire pressure,
Equipped) if factory-equipped with the Tire
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Pressure Monitor System.
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access automatically to your mobile . Send directions to the vehicle.
to the Internet and web content at devices. Manage data usage by . Locate the vehicle on a map
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile turning Wi-Fi on or off on your (U.S. market only).
devices can be connected. A data mobile device, using the . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle RemoteLink mobile app, or by
controls only when it is safe to on/off, manage settings, and
contacting an OnStar Advisor.
do so. monitor data consumption,
if equipped.
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
OnStar 491
For OnStar RemoteLink information 3. Say the entire number without Verify Minutes and Expiration
and compatibility, see pausing, including a “1” and the
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or area code. System responds: Press = and say “Minutes” then
www.onstar.ca (Canada). “OK, calling.” “Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
Remote Services Calling 911 Emergency
Contact an OnStar Advisor to 1. Press =. System responds: Diagnostics
unlock the doors or sound the horn “OnStar ready.” Advanced Diagnostics provides a
and flash the lamps. status of the vehicle’s key systems
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
OnStar AtYourService “Call. Please say the name or with a monthly e-mail, or by
number to call.” pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
from restaurants and retailers on Alerts can be received in real-time
3. Say “911” without pausing.
your route, help locate hotels, via e-mail or text. The Proactive
System responds: “911.”
or book a room. These services Alerts feature (if available) can help
4. Say “Call.” System responds: predict and alert of potential
vary by market.
“OK, dialing 911.” upcoming maintenance issues with
OnStar Hands-Free Calling Retrieve My Number
select components on the vehicle,
before they become a problem.
Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service, 1. Press =. System responds: OnStar can also monitor and report
which requires available minutes. “OnStar ready.” tire pressure, if the vehicle is
2. Say “My number.” System equipped with a Tire Pressure
Make a Call Monitoring System.
responds: “Your OnStar
1. Press =. System responds: Hands-Free Calling number is,”
“OnStar ready.” then says the number.
2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.” Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
492 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

OnStar Additional
Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
Press Q to set up an account. provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
. After change in ownership and Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
at 90 days. Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar — such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
OnStar 493
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
0 483. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
494 OnStar
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 346. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
OnStar 495
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license.
OnStar - Software The definitive version of this
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES document should be available
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
496 OnStar
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releases–including,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Index 497
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and What Makes an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 What Will You See after an
Active Fuel Management® . . . . . . 276 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 346 When Should an Airbag
Adding a Snow Plow or Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Similar Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 75
Additional Information Airbags
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 Adding Equipment to the
Additional Maintenance Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Adjustable Throttle and On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Adjustments Passenger Status Indicator . . . 137
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Agreements Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Trademarks and License . . . . . 231 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 368 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Air Conditioning . . . . . .237, 238, 240 Alarm
Air Filter, Passenger Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189, 191
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Antenna
How Does an Airbag Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 82 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 293
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
498 Index
Antilock Brake System Automatic Transmission (cont'd) Brakes (cont'd)

(ABS) (cont'd) Shift Lock Control Function Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Appearance Care Auxiliary Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 176 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Apple CarPlay and Avoiding Untrusted Media Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Assistance Program, Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 267
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Assistance Systems for Center High-Mounted
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
B
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Battery
Assistance Systems for Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 302 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Audio Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Voltage and Charging
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 182 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Battery - North America . . . .380, 433
Audio Players Headlamps, Front Turn
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 385
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Signal, Sidemarker, and
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Automatic Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Bluetooth
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 High Intensity Discharge
Overview . . . . . . . . 216, 217,
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
221, 226
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Brake
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Stoplamps, and Back-up
Pedal and Adjustable
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . 364, 367 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Automatic Transmission Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 140
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Index 499
C Charging Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
California Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 138 Connections
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Check OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Perchlorate Materials Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 385 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Malfunction Indicator Traction and Electronic
California Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Proposition Child Restraints Control Light
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .352, 380, 433 Infants and Young Children . . . . . 90 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Capacities and for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Coolant
Carbon Monoxide Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 105, 106 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 133
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Cleaning Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237, 238, 240
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Cargo Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Climate Control Courtesy Transportation
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237, 238 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . 237, 238 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 116 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 238 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Center High-Mounted Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Text Telephone (TTY)
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 480 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
500 Index
Customer Information Driver Information Electrical System (cont'd)

Service Publications Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .145, 147 Instrument Panel Fuse
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 482 Driving Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395, 396
Customer Satisfaction Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 304 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 Characteristics and Emergency
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
D
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Engine
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 480
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 31 Check and Service Engine
Data Collection
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 256 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 258 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 355
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 485
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Daytime Running
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Coolant Temperature
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Cooling System Messages . . . 152
Diagnostics
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 E
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Door E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Electrical Equipment,
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 132
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Overheated Protection
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Electrical System
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Engine Compartment Fuse
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 472 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 301 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 277
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Index 501
Engine (cont'd) Fluid Fuel (cont'd)

Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Automatic Filling a Portable Fuel
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 364, 367 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 485 Four-Wheel Drive Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 144
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 171 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 276
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 173 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Requirements, California . . . . . 312
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
F
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Fan
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 307 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Forward Collision Alert Engine Compartment Fuse
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Features
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .285, 380 Instrument Panel Fuse
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . 141 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395, 396
Filter,
Frequency Statement
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 368 G
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Front Fog Lamp
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 175 Gauges
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Engine Coolant
Front Seats
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
FlexFuel Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 132
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 63
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 117 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
502 Index
Gauges (cont'd) Headlamps (cont'd) I

Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 144 Idle System
Warning Lights and High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 173 Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 145 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
General Information Heated Ignition Transmission Lock
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 452 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Heated and Ventilated Front Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Indicator
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Heater Infants and Young Children,
GM Mobility Reimbursement Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237, 238, 240 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
High Voltage Devices and Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
H
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Instrument Panel
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 175
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 408 Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 256 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 50
Headlamps
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 298 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 141
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 J
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 295
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Jack
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186, 188
Daytime Running Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Jump Starting - North
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
How to Wear Safety Belts
Headlamps, Front Turn
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Signal, Sidemarker, and
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237, 238, 240
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Index 503
K Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Lights (cont'd)

Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 153 LATCH System Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Keyless Entry Replacing Parts after a Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 134
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 36 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 LATCH, Lower Anchors and StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
L Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 400
Light Traction Control System
Lamps
Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 141 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 143
Auxiliary Roof
Lighting Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Locks
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 174
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Exterior Lamps Off
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 138
Antilock Brake System Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 140 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 144
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Lane Departure
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 for Children (LATCH
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Lane Departure Warning
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 309
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 173
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 142
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 142
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
504 Index
M Messages (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd)

Maintenance Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 50
Maintenance and Care Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Monitor System, Tire
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 453 Object Detection System . . . . . 153 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Recommended Fluids and Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 154
N
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Navigation
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 138 Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 383
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 O
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Object Detection System
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Media Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 196 Mirrors Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Automatic Dimming Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Messages Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Oil
Battery Voltage and Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 363
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 132
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 88
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 152 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Index 505
OnStar® Additional Parking (cont'd) Power (cont'd)

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 Brake and P (Park) Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 385 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 275 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 271
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Parking or Backing Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 302 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Passenger Airbag Status Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Operating Mode Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 71
Overheated Engine Passenger Compartment Air Privacy
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 485
Operation Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 82 Program
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Perchlorate Materials Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 479
Ordering Requirements, California . . . . . . 353 Proposition
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 482 Personalization 65 Warning,
Outlets Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 California . . . . . . . . . . . .352, 380, 433
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Phone
R
Overheated Engine Apple CarPlay and
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 483
Protection Operating Mode . . . . 375 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . 216, 217,
Radios
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183, 184 221, 226
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 191
P Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Park Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Port
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 201
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Power
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 65
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 302
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
506 Index
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd) Safety Belts (cont'd)

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Recognition Restraints Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 73
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 71
Recommended Fluids and Retained Accessory Safety Defects Reporting
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 484
Records Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Ride Control Systems U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 438 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Reimbursement Program, Roads Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roadside Assistance Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 479
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Seats
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Roof Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Replacement Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 472 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 63
Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 59
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 59
S
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 88 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 65
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Replacing LATCH System Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Securing Child
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Replacing Safety Belt System Restraints . . . . . . . . . . .102, 105, 106
How to Wear Safety Belts
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Security
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Reporting Safety Defects Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 484 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Index 507
Security (cont'd) Signals, Turn and Storage Areas (cont'd)

OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Snow Plow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 115
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Special Application Services . . . . 459 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Accessories and Specifications and Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Climate Control Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 238 StabiliTrak Switches
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 354 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 467 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 38 System
Maintenance, General Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Forward Collision
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 468 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 486
Publications Ordering Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Systems
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 479 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Services Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 459 Steering System Messages . . . . . 156
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Steps
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Shift Lock Control Function Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Check, Automatic Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 476
Shifting Storage Areas
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 45
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
508 Index
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Transportation Program,

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Towing Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 316 Truck-Camper Loading
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 316 Turn and Lane-Change
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 438 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Turn Signal
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 345 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
U
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Traction
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 418
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Control System (TCS)/
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 167
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406, 408 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Traction Control/Electronic
Updates
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 409 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 408 Trademarks and License
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199, 201
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Trailer
Terminology and Definitions . . 404 Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 345 V
Uniform Tire Quality Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Vehicle
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Wheel Alignment and Tire Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Transmission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 420 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 468
When It Is Time for New Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . 364, 367 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
9956065) - 2017 - CRC - 9/27/16
Index 509
Vehicle (cont'd) Wheels

Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 159 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 419
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 When It Is Time for New
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 142 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 94
Vehicle Care Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Vehicle Data Recording and Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Windshield
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 391 Winter
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
W
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 385
Warning
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 391
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 308
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

17 CHEV Silverado OM en US 23476161B 2016OCT04 LO 2P

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

17 CHEV Silverado OM en US 23476161B 2016OCT04 LO 2P

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k17_Chevrolet_Silverado_23476161B.

Introduction This manual describes features that

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam

In Brief Vehicle Features

Base Shown, Uplevel Similar

See Keys 0 33 and Remote Keyless . Turn on the hazard warning

Power Door Locks Windows

If equipped, the power sliding rear

To adjust the power lumbar support,

Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other

Press I to heat the driver or Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Exterior Mirrors 2. Press the arrows on the control

Canada and Mexico

If equipped with power mirrors: 1. Press (1) or (3) to select the

2. Press the arrows on the control Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

Tilt and Telescoping Steering Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps in the

1. Fan Control 4. Defrost

Climate Control System (with Air Conditioning)

1. Fan Control 6. K (Rear Window Defogger, If

Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

The Range Selection Mode buttons,

The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone If equipped, some audio controls

Cruise Control SET− : Press briefly to set the

Parking Assist Vehicles with a Center Console Universal Remote System

Sunroof Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To Performance and

The low tire pressure warning light

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Keys, Doors, and Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

moving the key out of the RUN

The ignition key and key rings, and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Programming with Two Programming without

3. Quickly, within five seconds, This procedure will take

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To replace the battery: Remote Vehicle Start

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

From inside, pull the door handle

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Delayed Locking To unlock the doors:

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors To shut the tailgate, firmly push it

Tailgate After closing the tailgate, pull it back

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Center Stack Switch . Press j again to extend to the Vehicle Security

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

Manual Rearview Mirror Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim